Kumpulan soal2 ukp 2022

1. The range of tide is the.....

A. Distance the tide moves out from the shore
B. Difference betwen the height of high end low tide
C. Maximum depth of the water of high tide
D. Duration of time betwen high and low tide
2. Alarm signal consisting of seven short Blast followd by one long blast is sound alarm bells. What are you to do?
A. Report on the bridge (deck crew) or engine control room engine crew for further
B. Go to (or remain in) your cabin and wait for further orders.
C. Go to your life boat station (Muster Station)
D. go to your Fire Station
3. One of The Rules for implementing emergency drills according to SOLAS is..
A. on board passengership lifebuot and fire drills must be cared out Once a week or immediately after leaving the Last port
B. emergency training should be down every 2 week
C. every 2 month the lifeboat must be lower into the water or take turns
D. onboard cargo ship lifeboat and fire drills must be held Once a week or 24 hours
4. What type of message would you broadcast In case of a main engine failure?
A. urgency
B. no message is necessary
C. safety
D. distress
5. When anchoring a20-meter vessel at night, You must Show..
A. two all-round white light
B. one all-round white light
C. one all-round white light and a flare up light
D. two all-round White Light
6. During emergency situation, the channel that can be used to contact the nearest other ship...
A. Radar
B. vhf channel 70 and channel 16
C. rdf
D. radio telepon
7. The classification of type A fire includes...
A. wood paper cloth plastic rubber
B. tv Radio fan refrigerator Transformer etc.
C. Oil,fuel gas, oil, and alcohol
D. all answer are correct
8. What alarm signal must be sounded by the alarm Bells In case of Fire...
A. a continuous signal
B. one long Blast follow by Seven short Blasts
C. series of Short Blasts
D. the signal Which is stated in the master list
9. The term “power-driven vessel” Rivers to any vessel______
A. travelling at a speed greater than that of the current
B. with propelling machinery in use
C. with propelling machinary on board Whether in use or not
D. making way against the current
10. The following are the main contents of the shipboard emergency contingency plan, except
A. Escape route
B. Organization
C. agreement
D. Danger signals
11. The Light required by The Rules must be shown..
A. whenever a look out is posted
B. at all times
C. only from Sunset to sunrise
D. from sunrise to Sunset in restricted visibility
12. A Vessel is overtaking when she approaches another from more than How many Degrees about
A. 22,5˚
B. 0,0˚
C. 11,25˚
D. 45,0˚
13. When a vessel Sounds three short Blasts on the Whistle.....
A. this indicates that Danger is ahead
B. all other vessels should stand clear
C. her engines are going astern
D. the vessell is not under command (broken Down)

14. The classification of type B fire includes...

A. wood paper cloth plastic rubber
B. tv Radio fan refrigerator Transformer etc.
C. Oil,fuel gas, oil, and alcohol
D. all answer are correct
15. Abnormal condition that have the potensial to and Danger human Life properti Endy environment located is the definition of
A. emergency procedure
B. emergency checklist
C. shipboard emergency contingency Plan
 D. emergency situation
16. The following are the step that must be carried out on board the ship so that the crew of the deal with emergency situation that occur on the ship
quickly, safely and Under Control except
A. familiar with emergency planning procedure & drill
B. familiar with navigation tools and ship documents
C. familiar with safety rules
D. familiar with ship parts
17. Situation that will occur on a passengership during a emergency situation except
A. passenger stay in the cabin
B. passenger will move to the higher side when the Sheep tilts
C. everyone will Panic scream histerycally, Stare, run here and there etc.
D. passenger trying to find safety equipment
18. In case of a man Overboard (stbd side) Which of the following manuver would be approval
A. keep on route
B. Turn on the anchor
C. short Turn To port
D. short Turn To stbd
19. Kode untuk berita bahaya dalam radio yaitu
A. please
B. MAY DAY
C. PAN PAN
D. SECURITE
20. What action should be taken by the Officer of the Watch in the event of fire being reported to........ 00.00 to 04.00 watch?
A. Call the Master
B. Stop engines and inform the engine room
C. Sound the Fire Alarm
D. Send the bridge look-out down to investigate
21. Safety massage or news that contains informations about shipping safety, navigation, and weather the word....
A. Emergency
B. Securite
C. May Day
D. Pan pan
22. Barges being towed at night...
A. must be lighted only if towed astem
B. must be lighted at all times
C. must be lighted only if manned
D. need not be lighted
23. How often should emergency steering drits be carried out?
A. At least every 6 months
B. At least every 3 months
C. At least every 9 months
D. At least every 12 months
24. According to SOLAS rules, what should be done when abandon ship drill is
A. Check if the life jacket is worn property
B. Starting and operating life-saving radio equipment.
C. Launching the lifeboat
D. Lifeboat
25. When man overboard situation, which of these actions would be correct?
A. Alter course towards the same side the man has fallen
B. Alter course towards the opposite side the man has fallen
C. Saya Tidak Tahu.
D. All of these.
E. Go crash astern
26. A vessel may exhibit lights other than those prescribed by the Rules as long as the additional light
A. do not interfere with the keeping of a proper look-out
B. Saya Tidak Tahu
C. have a lesser range than the prescribed lights
D. All of the above
E. are not the color of either sidelight

27. Frequency and channel used by international shipping for distress calls safety of navigation, and regular calls on the VHF channel
A. Channel 833
B. 2182 KHz (channel 72)
C. 156.8 MHz (channel 16)
D. 121.5MHz (channel 09)
28. What kind of a signal is to be sounded with the ship's Bell in case of a fire on the ship?
A. A series of consistent alternation of long and short beeps
B. One long followed by seven short sound signals
C. Saya Tidak Tahu.
D. A series of long beeps
E. A series of short beeps.
29. which vessel is by definition, unable to keep out of the way of another vessel?
A. Vessel restricted in her ability to maneuver
B. Saya Tidak Tahu.
C. Vessel engaged in fishing
D. Vessel towing
E. Sailing vessel
30. “_ _ _” is sounded continuously is a signal if
A. Saya Tidak Tahu
B. Grounding
C. Man overboard
D. Abandon ship Fire on board
31. What should be prepared at bunkening, to handle in the event of a small oil spill on the deck?
A. Saya Tak Tahu
B. MSM
C. SOPEP
D. M notice dealing with a pollution
E. MARPOL
32. What is a Thermal Protective Aid?
A. A chemical compound which when mixed produces light and heat
B. Special clothes that prevent a survivor from loosing heat
C. A large plastic bag big enough to put a man inside
D. A portable electric heater
E. Saya Tidak Tahu
33. You are Senior Off Deck / Duty officer onboard one of the vessels involved in a collision Wh..... following the collision?
A. Make sure your vessel crew are safe and then offer your assistance to the other vessel
B. Start an argument with the other vessel about fault
C. Continue the voyage to your destination
D. Saya Tidak Tahu
E. Continue the voyage to your destination
34. The functions of the Emergency Escape Breathing Device are
A. Breathing apparatus for entering cavities or tanks lacking oxygen
B. Saya Tidak Tahu
C. Used when putting out a them
D. Diving aids
E. Escape from hazardous atmosphere compartments to provide personnel respiratory prote........
35. As a probable result of being in collision with your vessel, the other vessel involved is....responsibilities to the other vessel?
A. There is no statutory requirement to provide assistance as the actions of that vessel wer..... the collision
B. You should inform the nearest Coast Radio Station of the incident and if your damage is...... on your voyage
C. Your vessel should manoeuvre close to the other vessel and aid the fire fighting operation
D. Saya Tidak Tahu
E. After checking the extent of the damage and welfare of your crew, if possible your vessel....... offer assistance, until being relieved of
that obligation by the other vessel
36. Alternative actions that are prepared when the main planned action fails is the meaning of
A. Emergency Procedures
B. Saya Tidak Tahu
C. Contingency Plans
D. Emergency
E. Ship-board Emergency
37. For identification purposes at night, US Navy submarines on the surface may displa light of which color?
A. Amber (yellow)
B. Red
C. Blue
D. White
38. As defined in the Rules, a towing light is a yellow light harning the same characteristics as w........
A. all-round light
B. masthead light
C. sidelight
D. stern light
E. Saya Tidak Tahu
39. The news code on the radio when emergency situation that must be addressed immediately......
A. SECURITE
B. PAN PAN
C. MAY DAY
D. Saya Tidak Tahu
40. On the ship’s fire plan, what information was found?
A. The signal used on the ship to indicate there is a fire
B. The duties of each crew member in case of fire
C. The action to take if you heard the fire alarm
D. The location of various fire fighting appliances and equipment.
41. This 121,5 MHz frequency is used for.....
A. SARSAT-COSPAS EPIRBS
B. DSS VHF Calls
C. SART Transpondeur
D. INMARSAT E EPIRBS
42. The emergency channel of VHF is....
A. Channel 69
B. Channel 16
C. Channel 21
D. Channel 09
43. For the case emergency flooding, OOW on the bridge must have available...
A. Plan of the vessel premises, showing the boundaries of the watertight compartment means of closing them and management posts.
B. Plan of suction system
C. Stability information booklet
D. Plan for flooding
44. DSC is acronym of......
A. Digital Selective Calling
 B. Digital Selecting Call
C. Digital Selective Call
D. Digital Selecting Calling
45. What Ship’s course shall be kept during helicopter evacuation?
A. Against the wind
B. In accordance with the instructions received from the pilot of the helicopter.
C. With the wind on thge nose from the opposite side of the helicopter works.
D. With the wind at the stern, so as to reduce the effect of wind as much as posible.
46. “On area A4 the function” “Transmission and reception of signals for locating” “is mainly........”
A. The use of SART transponders
B. The use of HF DSC
C. The use of SARSAT COSPAS Epirbs
D. The use of MF DSC
47. What is the correct understanding of the term “ accomodation ladder”?
A. The accomodation ladders can be mounted parallel or perpendicular to the ship’s boat
B. Portable bridge arrangement between ship and shore, when alongside.
C. The accomodation ladders is arrangement between the decks on the ship.
D. The accomodation ladders is arrangement on an oil tanker between the foc’sle and the accomodation
48. After leaving a ship in distress, the survival crafts shall...
A. Disperse in order to increase the probability of detection
B. Stay together in the area of the disaster.
C. Move one after another.
D. Move over to the nearest beach
49. As per SOLAS, what is the number of TPA (Thermal Protective Aids) to be carried into open type lifeboat
A. Each rescue boat must have the same number of thermal protective aids, according to the number of people for wich it is certified
B. 10 in each lifeboat.
C. Not required because the lifeboat is equipped with tarpaulin which can strech during hot weather.
D. One for each member of the crew who does not have an immersion suits
50. What is the general emergency signal ?
A. A series of long signals.
B. Seven short beep followed by one long
C. A series of short signals.
D. A continuous signal with the ship's whistle and general alarm signal the ship
51. Distress alerts sent by Inmarsat to the RCC are sent through:
A. VHF
B. NCS
C. MES
D. INMARSAT

52. You have received a nine-digit MMSI of the vessel on your DSC equipment. In what publication you will find the name of the ship?
A. The ITU List of Call signs and Numerical Identities of Stations used by the Maritime Mo....Mobile-Satellite Services.
B. The ITU List of Coast Stations
C. The ITU List of Radio determination and Special Services
D. The ITU List of Ship Stations
53. What is the correct understanding of the term "PANAMA LEAD"?
A. A panama lead is non-roller type fairlead mounted at the ship's side and enclosed so th.... be led to shore with equal facility either
above or below the horizontal.
B. The access point where mooring lines are lead when making fast to the shore
C. A panama lead is the hole through the deck where the anchor chain passes into the cha......
D. A panama lead is the direction that a mooring rope makes from the ship when made fas.........
54. The duties of the "Standby Watch keeper" when he is not on the bridge is?
A. Remain in the expected location, available for immediate call from the bridge
B. Return to his cabin and catch up with some sleep
C. Patrol the ship and report anything unusual to the bridge
D. Tidy up the accommodation and clear the'mess rooms
55. Which word will preced a emergency message?
A. MAYDAY
B. URGENCE
C. PAN
D. PAN PAN
56. What should you do if you receive a distress alert on HF Radio?
A. Relay the message immediately on 2182 kHz.
B. No response is necessary providing the vessel is more than 24 hours away.
C. Acknowledge receipt
D. Wait three minutes and if no acknowledgement is heard from a coast station you should relay the alert.
57. You wish to send a message with the Inmarsat-A fax-installation to an Inmarsat-C Inatallation........
A. Possible
B. Not possible
C. Maybe
D. Can’t
58. Things that must be done when the ship is experiencing a situation outside of normal circumtances that have a high degree of tendency will be
able to harm the ship and its cargo is
A. shipboard contingency plan
B. abandon ship
C. muster list
D. No go area
59. For medical advice, which of the following two digits codes is used to obtain?
 A. 32
B. 37
C. 38
D. 39
60. On area A3 the function “”Transmission and reception of signals for locating”” is mainly based
A. the use of SART transponders
B. the use of MF and/or VHF R/T
C. the use of SARSAT COSPAS Epirbs
D. the use of INMARSAT Epirbs
61. “”Transmission of ship to shore distress alerts”” “ On area A1 the function” is mainly based
A. The use of portable VHF
B. The use of VHF DSC
C. The use of SART transponders
D. The use of HF DSC
62. Things to consider in the Shipboard Contingency Plan are:
A. Implement the provisions in the SOLAS
B. Methods of communication used on board
C. Looking at situations and conditions during an emergency situation
D. Getting used to abk in an emergency situation
63. On your VHF DSC equipment, how will you start a cancelling messageafter you send by mistake a distress call?
A. SECURITE-All Stations - This is "SAINT-ROMAIN
B. MAYDAY-All Stations - This is "SAINT-ROMAIN "
C. All Stations- This is "SAINT-ROMAIN
D. PAN PAN - All Stations- This is "SAINT-ROMAIN"
64. To make a "call-request" one should?
A. select the Navtex in on-line position
B. select the VHF in on-line position
C. select the telex in on-line position
D. select the Inmarsat in on-line position

65. The muster list must be posted in conspicuous locations and signed by the
A. safety officer
B. owner
C. Master
D. flag Officer.
66. How many radar transponders (SART) shall be fitted on a ship, which will be used in lifeboat
A. One on each side of the ship and one in each lifeboat
B. One in each lifeboat.
C. One on each side of the ship
D. Two on each side of the ship.
67. Channel 13 on VHF was also authorized to.
A. Aircraft to ship navigational communication
B. Lock & bridge communication
C. Aircraft to ship operational communication
D. Coast to aircraft operational communication
68. For medical assistance, which of the following two digits codes is used to obtain:
A. 37
B. 32
C. 39
D. 38
69. News sent from ship to ship that wants to deliver important news about the weather, etc. Called?
A. Safety Message
B. Distress Message
C. Call message
D. Urgency message
70. How often must inspection of proper working of the EPIRB's and SART's take place onboard.........
A. Week
B. Daily
C. Year
D. Month
71. If in a station announces the safety message, that is
A. Has an very urgent message concerning the safety of a vessel, a plane or another m........
B. Is going to be under repairs
C. Is in serious and imminent danger and needs immediate assistance
D. Will relay a message concerning an important navigational or meteorological warning
72. When a vessel arrives at a port to pick up a plot and enter harbour, there should be some....... the anchor forward. Who has have responsibility
to do that?
A. Fitter
B. Boatswain
C. Cadet
D. Master
73. MMSI of the vessel can be found in the
A. The ITU List of Call signs and Numerical Identities of Stations used by the Marime Mobile and Maritime Mobile- Satelite Services
B. The ITU List of Radio determination and Special Services
C. The ITU List of Coast Stations
D. The ITU List of Ship Stations
74. How many channels should have portable VHF stations (portable-two way VHF) for use in lifeboats/life rafts?
 A. Mandatory channel 16 and one extra.
B. Only channel 13.
C. Only channel 16.
D. Channels 6, 13 and 16.
75. Which channel is used for VHF DSC distress calls,
A. 72
B. 9
C. 16
D. 70
76. In area A2 the Transmission and reception of signals for locating is based mainly on the
A. the use of transponders SART
B. the use of the COSPAS-SARSAT EPIRBS
C. the use of INMARSAT EPIRBS
D. the use of MF DSC
77. Transmission of ship to shore distress alerts" On area A4 the function is mainly based
A. The use of MF DSC and INMARSAT Epirbs
B. The use of HF DSC and COSPAS SARSAT Epirbs
C. The use of VHF DSC and VHF Epirbs
D. The use of HF DSC and INMARSAT Epirps

78. The aeronautical distress frequencies is all designated SAR aircraft and civil aircraft carry equipmentr operating on the international
aeronautical distress frequencies (amplitude modulation) what is the frequencies
A. 121.5 MHz and/or 243.0 MHz
B. 127.8 MHz and/or 349.6 MHz
C. 123.8 MHz and/or 247 6 MHz
D. 243.1 MHz and/or 486 2 MHz
79. A distress-call, onboard via RCC, What is RCC
A. Rescue Coordinating Centre
B. Rescue Coordinating Central
C. Rescue Coordination Centre
D. Resque Coordination Central
80. What mode must be used on the MF/HF transmission, when transmitting a telexmessage
A. E2B/G2B
B. F2B/J2B
C. F1B/J2B
D. E1B/G2B
81. The DSC-controller display the following DOO 244562000 CH16 ; S detresssmking After recoving the DSC message the following is done
immediately?
A. Listen out on VHF channel 16
B. Lauten out on VHF channel 70
C. Listen out on VHF channel 13
D. Listen out on VHF channel 06
82. Which of frequencies is in accordance with the present recommendations 'a ship in distress should transmit the appropriate alarm signal
followed by the distress calland message on one or all of the international distress frequencies"
A. 500 kHz, 2182 kHz and 156.8 MHE
B. 550 kHz, 2182 kHz and 121.5 MHz
C. 500 kHz, 2367 kHz and 243 MHz
D. 550 kHz, 2367 kHz and 121 5 MHz
83. In case of an emergency and immediately after a corresponding signal is given by the ship, what is the next thing you need to do as a chief
officer on watch?
A. To use the internal speaker system to inform the crew and passengers of the reason for the signal.
B. To send a distress signal to asking for help.
C. To use a VHF station to wam ships in the area.
D. Call the nearest coastal radio station
84. The news code on the radio when urgency situation that must be addressed immediately is......
A. SECURITE
B. PAN PAN
C. MAY DAY
D. PLEASE
85. What flag would you hoist if man overboard?
A. Mark “O”
B. Th “R”
C. Flag “S”
D. Flag “U”
 UKP SELASA

1) A large vessel develops a sudden sheer when it stops moving through the water, having been steaming th shallow water channel for
several miles. The sheer may be strong and unexpected and is due to what reasor
A. The hydrodynamic interaction effects from the banks of the shallow water channel acts on the stern cause the vessel to
sheer strongly
B. The vessel stopping shifts the pivot point forward and creates a turning moment and results in the ship swinging
towards the bank
C. The large volume of water dragged behind the vessel continues to move forward and cause a strong turnirgmoment on
the stern of the vessel
D. I don't know
E. Saya TidakTahu.
2) What would be the correct understanding of the term "a ship is directionally unstable"?
A. The ship will only require small amounts of helm to maintain its course when steaming in a heavy seaway
B. When the rudder is kept amidships, the ship will continue on a straight course
C. I don't know
D. The ship requires continual application of the rudder to maintain a steady course
3) The bridge is informed by an eye-witness that a man has just fallen overboar which of the following maneuv the most appropriate action
when the person is still close to the vessel?
A. Scharnow Turn
B. Direct Turn
C. Williamson Turn
D. I don't know
4) Which of the following is the simplest method of locating a ship's position?
A. Visual bearing of terrestrial markings.
B. Horizontal sextant angle.
C. Sky observation
D. Using the bearing and scale on the radar
5) The ship's engine is going astern and the ship is picking up sternway. The rudder is amidships and the ship he single, right-handed, fixed
pitch propeller. What would be expected to happen?
A. The ship will probably start to change heading to starboard and stern speed will increase
B. The ship will probably start to change heading to port and stern speed will increase
C. The ship will move astern at an increasing speed and the stern start to swing off to starboard
D. The ship will probably go straight astern without a change in heading and the stem speed will increase
6) The ship is starting to slow down after steaming at full ahead speed. What will happen to the position of the point"?
A. It will move aft as the ship slows down
B. It will move to the side of the centre line
C. Same position as when the ship is steaming at full speed ahead
D. The "pivot point" will move towards the bow of the ship
7) Which type of vessel suffers from the greatest squat effects?
A. Vessel with a low Block Coefficient
B. Vessel with a large length to beam ratio
C. Vessel with a high Block Coefficient
D. Vessel with a small length to beam ratio
8) Trim by the stern mean?
A. not allowed due to increased resistance and excess fuel.
B. means the bow draught greater than that of the stern..
C. not allowed due to dangerous slamming loads.
D. mean draught of stern greater than that of the bow.

9. In exercising, trim is one thing that is very considered. What is meant by trim?

A. Difference between front draft and back draft

B. UKC Change
C. Speed ??change
D. Turnaround
E. Saya TidakTahu

10. What will have a major effect on the performance of a tug when used to assist in the manoeuvring of a large v
 A. The experience of the tug crew.
B. I don't know
C. The position of the tug relative to the ship's pivot point
D. The use of the tug's wire instead of the ship's towing spring

11. In shallow water a ship will experience "Squat". What are the principle reasons creating the effects

A. There is an increase in the water velocity and a decrease of water pressure around the ship’s hull
B. There is an increased effect of gravity due to closeness of the sea-bed
C. I don't know
D. There is a decrease in the water velocity and an increased of water pressure around the ship's hull

12. The influence of these water conditions on the ship's motion is

A. A and B are correct

B. A and B are wrong
C. The loading of the ship will be related to the draft of the ship, where this draft will affect the limitations of the steering
movement, especially if the ship with the draft is sailing in shallow waters. In addition, ships with irregular loading can result
in negative stability which can endanger the ship when it is processed
D. in narrow and shallow waters if the keel of the ship is too close to the bottom of the water there will be back and forth waves
on the side of the ship and a decrease in the water level between the bow and stern of theship

13. How is the effect of shallow water felt by ships?

A. The ship becomes sluggish in responding to the rudder.

B. The effect of the propeller thrust becomes greater, if the engine is given a stern direction, the bow turns faster to the right
and the stem to the left
C. Turning Circle got bigger.
D. Ships that have negative stability are more unstable, especially if they are trim by head.

14. When the ship is free from the groove and out into the open sea, the captain instructs full away. The term Full Away means

A. Ship sailing at full turn

B. The ship is safe from the dangers of navigation
C. The ship sails with the thrust of the current
D. Ship sailing with one engine

15. One test that a ship must meet in determining its maneuverability during voyage is

A. Turning Circle Test

B. Running Circle
C. Drill
D. Everything is true.

16. To reduce the influence of Squat when the ship sails in narrow waters, the appropriate action is

A. Adding payload
B. Reduce Speed
C. Anchored
D. Increase Speed

17. Explain what is likely to happen if two ships travelling in opposite directions are to pass each other in a narrow river?

A. As they approach, rudder should be applied quickly to avoid sheering into the path of each other. Then as they are alongside
they will be attracted and finally repel each other as they pass clear
B. Due to interaction, the bows will repel each other, and then when alongside each other the two ships will be sucked together
and finally the sterns will be repelled as they start to pass clear
C. There will be very little effect between the two ships as they pass
D. Due to interaction, the bows will attract each other as they approach, then they will repel each other alongside and as they
pass clear, the stems will be attracted.

18. Internal factors that affect the ship's maneuvering except

A. Type and number of rudder leaves

B. Ship trim.
C. The shape of the hull.
 D. Current

19. How can the effects of Squat be minimized, when a ship is proceeding in shallow water?

A. Maintain a slow speed just sufficient to maintain steerage

B. Enter the shallow water with a stern trim and proceed at a moderate speed.
C. Maintain a speed of about six (6) knots and use minimal rudder when manoeuvring
D. Decrease the speed and keep the ship to the centre of the channel where the water is probably deepest

20. A large vessel is proceeding slowly up a narrow channel, using its own engines and assisted by the use of one tug. Where should the tug be
connected to assist the ship in maintaining its course in the centre of the channel?

A. Made fast on a line through the centre lead astern.

B. I don't know
C. Made fast on a line through the centre lead ahead
D. Standing-by- Ready for use anywhere, as require

21. A tug is moving towards the bow of the ship to make fast and is in the vicinity of the ship's shoulder, as illustrated. What specific danger should
be considered when making this approach to the bow?

A. The positive pressure field at the ships bow may repel the tug and make the connection very difficult to establish
B. All of the alternative answers
C. The stern of the tug may be sucked in towards the bow and also suffer a reduction in the positive GM, making it very
unstable.
D. The tug may be turned across the bow of the ship and also suffer a lose of stability with a danger of being turned over if
touched by the ship

22. A ship is steaming at "Full Ahead" when the engines are changed to "Full Astern" Would this reversal of engines produce the same results in
deep water as in shallow water (where the under keel clearance is equal to about half the draught)?

A. The reduction in speed and turning effects will vary very little between deep and shallow water.
B. The speed will reduce quickly and the transverse thrust will swing the ships head to starboard as the ship slows down.
C. The effectiveness of the rudder and propeller are greatly reduced and therefore the results willbe considerablydifferent
D. The shallow water will produce an increase water velocity and a reduction in pressure.

23. The ropes are removed, leaving 1 tros and 1 spring, front and stern, known as

A. Double Spring
B. Single up
C. Squat
D. Plimsol Mark

24. The ship's rudder full over when the ship's engines are full ahead. Will the turning effect (lift force) of the rudder be changed when the engine is
stopped?

A. Yes, the lift force will be dramatically reduced when the engines are stopped
B. Yes, the Lift or turning force will be reduced to about 50% of the original lift force when the engines are stopped
C. No, the turning force applied by the rudder will be maintained within about 90% of the lift force when going fullahead
D. No, the lift force is unaffected by the speed of the propeller

25. The ship is approaching shallow water where the Under Keel Clearance will reduce to about 0.25 of the ship's draught. Which of the following
answers most accurately summarizes the aspects to be considered when deciding a suitable speed?

A. A reduced ability to stop the vessel and maintain steerage

B. I don't know
C. All of the suggested answers
D. A further reduction of underkeel clearance and possible changes of the ship's trim

26. What is meant by the term UKC (Under Keel Clearance)

A. All wrong answers

B. The safe distance between the keel of the ship and the seabed
C. Safe distance between the seabed and the waterline
D. The safe distance between the keel and the waterline
27. A large vessel is coming alongside a pier with two tugs assisting and there is little wind or current affecting the vessel. What would be
considered the best use of the tugs and at which position?

A. I don't know.
B. Pushing on the ship's side and made fast in case the vessel's movement towards the berth requires reducing by the tug
pulling off
C. Pushing on ship's side, but not made fast to allow the tug to move to another position if needed
D. Made fast Forward and Aft using the centre leads

28. The ship has completed a 360 degree turn at full speed in deep water. The ship is now to repeat the turn at full speed in shallow water. What
will be the difference in the turning circle diameter?

A. The turning diameter will be smaller in shallow water

B. The turning diameter will be the same for all depths
C. It will be the same provided the UKC is 25%-50%
D. The turning diameter will be increased in shallow water

29. When a vessel is moving in shallow water it will experience an effect known as "Squat". Which of the following statements most accurately
specify the results of squat on the vessel?

A. I don't know
B. There will be a reduction of the vessel's underkeel clearance and a possible change of trim
C. There will be an increase in the vessels draught while moving through the water
D. There will be a change of draught and a reduction in the speed

30. What depth of water would be considered as "Shallow Water" in relationship to a change of the ships manoeuvring characteristics?

A. When the "Under Keel Clearance" is less than 15% of the draught of the ship. When the "Under Keel Clearance" is less than a
quarter of the draught of the ship
B. When the "Under Keel Clearance" is less than 50% of the draught of the ship
C. When the "Under Keel Clearance" is equal to the draught of the ship

31. In determining the quantity of cargo by the ship's draught, the first correction for trim reflects the fact that the center of the area of waterline
does not usually coincide with the centre of gravity of the ship.

A. there is usually a deflection of the hull.

B. the ship usually sailed with trim to aft.
C. the Centre of area of the waterline is usually not in the middle of the ship.
D. Saya TidakTahu

32. Ships vary considerably in design and underwater shape, but does the ship's trim ever have any influence on itssteering abilities?

A. Yes, it is usually best to be on an even keel and have no trim at all

B. Yes, the ship often steers better if trimmed by the stern
C. Yes, a ship often steers better if trimmed by the bow
D. No, the ship will have the same steering ability and is unaffected by trim

33. The ship is berthed in a steady offshore beam wind of 30 knots which suddenly increases to 60 knots. What will be the change of force exerted
on the ship driving it off the jetty?

A. The force will be Tripled

B. The force will be Quadrupled
C. I don't know
D. The force will be Doubled

34. Where would the "pivot point" be considered to be located when the ship is proceeding at full speed ahead and there is no wind or current?

A. At about 1/6 of the ship's length from the stern At about 1/6 of the ship's length from the bow
B. At amidships
C. At a position near the stern of the ship

35. Who will usually carry out statutory surveys and certifications?

A. The ships company inspectors

B. The IMO
 C. The ship's classification society
D. The ships home port authorities

36. A ship normally turns (swings) around a point which is not the centre of gravity. What is this point normally called?

A. Centre of Floatation.
B. Centre of Buoyancy
C. Pivot Point
D. Centre of Turn

37. Which of the following hull shapes would normally provide a directionally stable ship?

A. A long ship with a wide beam

B. A long ship with a narrow beam
C. A short ship with a narrow beam
D. A short ship with a wide beam

38. The term INTACT STABILITY means?

A. initial stability.
B. stability of loaded ship
C. stability at small angles of heel
D. stability to ship undamaged

39. What seas are special areas in the Annex II of MARPOL.

A. Antarctic sea- south off 60S.

B. The Black Sea, the Baltic Sea, the Antarctic sea.
C. The Black Sea, the Baltic Sea.
D. North Sea, Black Sea, Baltic Sea, Antarctic sea.

40. What does the abbreviation IAMSAR mean?

A. Merchant Radio Signal and Receiver

B. International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue Manual
C. Maritime Emergency Radio Signal and Response
D. Merchant Ship Safety and Rescue

41. The lists called that give the position and task during a lifeboat drill for all persons onboard the ship is?

A. The Drill List

B. The Duty List
C. The Crew List
D. The Muster List

42. What does the abbreviation SOLAS mean?

A. International Agreement for Security of Load and Ships.

B. International Rules for Safe Ocean Lines and Sailingroutes.
C. International Conference for Security of Loads aboard Ships.
D. International Convention for the Safety of Lives at Sea.

43. a damage control plan, what is the main elements?

A. Boundaries of the watertight compartments for decks and holds.

B. Position of controls for opening and closing of watertight compartments.
C. Arrangement for correction of list due to flooding
D. A damage control plan is the same as an emergency plan
E. Instructions and procedures for reporting damage to the Company Arrangements for correction of list due to flooding within
15 minutes

44. The distance from the surface of the water to the highest point on a vessel is?

A. Level draught
B. Centre Line
C. Air draught
D. Water Line
45. You approach the shore with a lifeboat, when you see a guy waving horizontally a white flag. What does this mean

A. Stand by to take the rope from lino-throwing apparatus

B. Do not approach the coast, rescue boat will come to you.
C. Going ashore here very dangerous
D. You can go ashore accost here

46. Tanker ship loads the following cargoes, except

A. Oil
B. Chemical
C. Coal
D. Asphalt

47. In exercising, trim is one thing that is very considered. What is meant by trim?

A. UKC Change
B. Difference between front draft and back draft
C. Turnaround Speed ??change
D. Saya TidakTahu.

48. The master said, have sent the telexThe reported speech of the sentence is

A. The Master said that he has sent the telex

B. The Master said that I had sent the telex
C. The Master said that he had sent the telex
D. The Master said that have sent the telex

50. What is the meaning of: Secure the tug?

A. Secure the tug means: to pick up the tug line

B. Secure the tug means: to make fast the tug
C. Secure the tug means; to pass a line to the tug
D. Secure the tug means: to let go the tug

51. By the term "deratization" means the operation for?

A. removal of unpleasant smells in the cargo holds

B. removal of poisonous gases from cargo spaces
C. destruction of rodents on boards.
D. decontamination of the load using gaseous insecticides

52. If the vessel violates the requirements of the MARPOL, on the territory of another party of the Convent penalties shall be determined by the?

A. the legislation of the country where the infringement was committed

B. the provisions of the Convention
C. the rules of international maritime law
D. the legislation of the flag State

53. According to ICLL, 2003 damage stability norms are the following.

A. Static list to 15˚, the residual arm GZ> 0,1m, residual area >1.0 m. degr (0.0175m.rad.)
B. Static list to 80, the residual arm GZ > 0,2m, residual area >4.3 m. degr Static list to 120, the residual arm GZ > 0,1m, residual
area >4,3 m. degr
C. Static list to 170, the residual arm GZ> 01m, residual area >4.3 m. degr
D. Saya TidakTahu.

54. What the term OIL mean, according Oil Pollution Regulations?

A. All of the mentioned

B. Fuel oil
C. Sludge
D. Diesel oil
55. Maintain seaworthiness of the ship In cargo operations with shipboards cranes, the ship without visible reason gets a big heel towards the per
This may be a sign of

A. running aground
B. large metacentric height
C. great rate of keel
D. negative GM

56. Where does the deck officers keep on watch when during cargo operation on tanker ship?

A. In Engine room
B. In Main deck
C. In Bridge
D. In CCR

57. The engines are going astern and the ship is making sternway of about 1.5 knots with the rudder hard to starboard. What effect will this have on
the ship's progress?

A. The rudder will have no effect when the ship is making sternway, it should be in the amidships position when going astern.
B. This will give the stem a lift force to port
C. This will give the stern a lift force to starboard There will be no lift force and the ship will go straight astern

58. What is the best way to ensure that all passengers are aware of the situation If the general alarm is sounding and evacuation of the ship is
required

A. Inform the passengers through Public Address system. Crew with designated emergency duties should proceed to their cabin
section and search all cabins. Guide and evacuate passengers. If the area is inaccessible report to their superior or the bridge
B. Alarm signal and Public Address system will be effectively, including head count at muster point Use Public Address system to
inform the passengers Inform all passengers to report to designated area forhead count.
C. Crew with designated emergency duties should proceed to the muster station to count all passengers insection. If somebody is
missing, report to their superior

57. What new journal introduces the MARPOL Annex VI.

A. Record book for ballast operations of the ship.

B. Record book for operations in the engine room of ships.
C. Ozone-depleting substances record book.
D. Record book of ship waste management.

58. the Curve of Statical Stability (GZ curve), how can an approximate value of the initial transverse Metacentriceight (GM) be found from the Curve
of Statical Stability (GZ curve)?

A. Drawing a tangent to the curve through the origin and erecting a perpendicular through the angle of heel of 57.3 degrees
B. Drawing a tangent from the highest point of the curve to the X axis and measuring it in metres
C. It is impossible to establish the GM value from the curve of righting levers (GZ)
D. The value in metres from the X axis of the point where the curve changes from concave to convex shape

59. MARPOL Annex I Discharge of oil from the Engine room (ER) Which answer is true?

A. Bilge water from the ER may be discharged through oily/water separator to guarantee that the oil in theeffluent does not exceed
100.
B. Bilge water from the ER may be discharged through oily/water separator to guarantee that the oil in theeffluent does not exceed
15 ppm
C. CO Bilge water from the ER through oily/water separator to guarantee that the oil in the effluent does not exceed zero ppm
D. Bage water from the ER may be discharged through oily/water separator to guarantee that the oil in theeffluent does not exceed
30 L/Mile

60. A continual worsening of the list or trim indicates

A. structural failure.
B. negative GM.
C. an immediate need to ballast.
D. progressive flooding.

61. Acronym of SOPEP is?

A. A Shipboard Oil Pollution Exemption Procedure

 B. A Ship-Owners Permitted Entry Plan
C. A Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan

62. The term "Squat" in exercise means

A. The flow of water under the keel

B. Reduction of the space below the keel of the ship to the seabed
C. Increased water pressure.
D. The effectiveness of the rudder and propeller when the ship is moving in shallow water

63. Two vessels are meeting each other in confined waters. What would be the effects of interaction between the two vessels as they approach
each other?

A. Each vessel will experience an increase in speed

B. There will be no effects in these circumstances
C. The bows of the ships will be sucked together
D. The bows of the ships will be pushed away from each other

64. Does water displacement (A) depend from the density of sea water?

A. Yes. In greater density (A) increases.

B. no. If less density (A) is reduced.
C. Yes. If less density (A) increases.
D. Does not depend on the density of sea water,

65. Means of processing ship motion are all equipment on board that can be used to process ship motion accordi

what is desired. The ship's maneuvering facilities include

A. Mooring Line
B. Driving force
C. Windlass
D. Navigation Equipment

67. A balanced rudder has some of the rudder area forward of the rudder axis. About how much area should this be to call it a balanced rudder?

A. It should be about 55%

B. It should be about 5%
C. It should be about 50%
D. It should be about 20%

68. Which is an advantage of using watertight longitudinal divisions in double bottom tanks?

A. Cuts down free surface effect.

B. Lowers the center of buoyancy without decreasing GM.
C. Decreases weight because extra stiffeners are unneeded.
D. Increases the rolling period

69. With respect to existing ship" Chapter 4 of annex VI of the MARPOL 73/78 required

A. International certificate for ecological energy safety.

B. Certificate of compliance with ISO-standards, issued by the administration of the flag State
C. The ship's management plan for energy efficiency..
D. Constructive energy efficiency index lower than the maximum set by the IMO.

70. when is Parallel sweep search in a coordinated way achieved?

A. All facilities proceed with minimum safe speed

B. All facilities proceed with maximum safe speed
C. All facilities proceed with same speed
D. All facilities proceed with different speed

71. On passenger ships on short international voyages, What is the adequate marking of liferafts?

A. SOLAS C PACK
B. SOLAS B PACK
C. SOLAS A PACK
 D. SOLAS D PACK

72. Explain what is likely to happen if two ships travelling in opposite directions are to pass each other in a narrow river?

A. There will be very little effect between the two ships as they pass
B. Due to and then when alongside each other the two ships will be sucked together and finally the stems will be repelled as they
start to pass clearinteraction, the bows will repel each other,
C. Due to interaction, the bows will attract each other as they approach, then they will repel each other alongsideand as they pass
clear, the stems will be attracted As they approach, rudder should be applied quickly to avoid sheering into the path of each other.
D. Then as theyare alongside they will be attracted and finally repel each other as they pass clear

73. In determining the quantity of cargo by the ship's draught, the first correction for trim reflects the fact that

A. the Centre of area of the waterline is usually not in the middle of the ship.
B. there is usually a deflection of the hull.
C. the ship usually sailed with trim to aft.
D. the center of the area of waterline does not usually coincide with the centre of gravity of the ship,

74. For what and where are rubber mats used on board a pure RoRo car carrier?

A. Under the loading ramp flap to prevent jetty damage

B. Under the loading ramp flap to prevent vehicle damage
C. Under the loading ramp flap to prevent ramp damage
D. Under the loading ramp flap to prevent jetty damage

76. Permissible metacentric height GMperm is?

A. equal to or greater than the minimum GM.

B. less than the minimum GMmin.
C. greater than the minimum GMmin.
D. synonymous with GMmin and the minimum are equal.

77. Fast rescue boats shall be capable of carrying

A. 10 Persons
B. At least 5 seated persons and a person lying down
C. 3 Persons
D. At least 6 persons seated

79. How should lashing belts be stowed on board a RoRo vessel?

A. According to model type

B. According to the manufacturer
C. According to their date of manufacture
D. According to their Safe Working Load (SWL)

80. You approach the shore with a lifeboat, when you see a guy waving a white flag vertically. What does this mean?

A. Accosting here is very dangerous, should proceed in the direction given by the flag
B. Accosting here is very dangerous
C. This is the best place for going ashore
D. too close, aid will be sent to you

81. SMCP is acronym from?

A. IMO Standard Marine Communica

B. Standard Marine Communication Phrase
C. Standard the Maritime Communication Phrase
D. Standard Maritime Communication Phrase
E. Standard the Marine Communication Phrase

82. The first correction for trim at draft survey is

A. larger than the second and always negative

B. less than a second and it's always negative.
C. larger than the second and always positive.
D. positive or negative, but always greater than the second,
83.ManoeuvreTheWhen the ship is free from the groove and out into the open sea, the captain instructs full away. The term Full Away: means

A. Ship saling at full turn

B. The ship sals with the thrust of the current
C. Ship sailing with one engine
D. The ship is safe from the dangers of navigation

84. What does the term BAPLIE mean?

A. Baplie is a merge of two 20 Bays in a 40-foot

B. Baplie is a type of custom declaration
C. BAPLIE is an acronym for Bay plan (stowage plan).
D. Message for occupied and empty locations on container carrier

85. When a vessel is to experience a long tow across an ocean, what would be the best system of connecting the tow?

A. Wire from a deep sea tug through the forward centre lead of the ship and made fast onto several mooring bits on the forecastle
B. Wire from a deep sea tug made fast through a shoulder lead on the vessel's leeward side
C. Wire from a deep sea tug connected to the ship's anchor chain

86. In which areas can plastics be disposed overboard?

A. Of 100 miles from the coast.

B. In coastal waters.
C. Nowhere is permitted.
D. In the specific areas described in (ref. MARPOL).

87. On container ships, The main function of the buttress is

A. When used at the base of container stacks its prevents the tank top plating from being pierced
B. To support the lowest tier of containers in a con-bulker's cargo hold
C. To support container stacks in a non-cellular cargo hold
D. To support the lowest tier of containers in a non-cellular cargo hold

88. normal procedure for the vessel, if olf container lashings fail at sea, would be to?

A. Report the matter to the equipment manufacturer's

B. Enter the number and type of failed equipment into the lashing equipment file on board
C. Report the matter to the ship owner
D. Enter the number and type of failed equipment in the deck log book.
E. Saya TidakTahu.

89.What would you do if you saw a person falling overboard?

A. If I saw a person falling overboard

B. If I saw a person falling overboard I would shout once, "Man overboard If saw a person falling overboard would run to the Bridge
C. If I saw a person falling overboard I would shout repeatedly, "Man overboard

90. The term "angle of flooding" in the code for the carriage o grain in bulk (Int. Grain Code) means.

A. angle of heel at which openings in the hull, superstructures, which do not closed weathertight, in the waterare immersed in water
B. angle of heel at which the grain in a partially filled cargo holds began to shift
C. angle of heel at which the deck goes under the water
D. angle of inclination, which calculates the conventional heeling moment.

91. According to MARPOL Annex II, discharge of cargo residues from ships, chemical tankers is subject to the following conditions:

A. Ship is proceeding en route at a speed of at least 7 knots; Discharge above the waterline, Ship is >25 nmfrom nearest land and 4. Depth
of water is >12m.
B. Ship is proceeding en route at a speed of at least 7 knots; Discharge above the waterline, Ship is > 25 nm from nearest land; 4. Depth of
water is >12m., and 5. Filter not to allow concentration more than 5 ppm.
C. Ship is proceeding en route at a speed of at least 7 knots; Discharge below the waterline, Ship is 12 nm)from nearest land and 4. Depth
of water is >25m
D. Ship is proceeding en route at a speed at least 7 knots; Discharge above the waterline, Ship is > 25 nm from near…
92. Under MARPOL Annex II, guide for ship's officers on chemical tankers, for operating procedures and facilities shall be in:

A. Loading Manual
B. Stability Booklet for the Master.
C. Cargo record book
D. Procedures and Arrangements Manual(P and A Manual).

93. The most effective sector search is

A. When the search pattem radius is larger than 20 NM

B. When a datum marker can be used as a reference
C. Position of the search object is accurately known
D. Position of the search object is not accurately known

94. What kind of action would be appropriate to take according to MARPOL-Annex IV. When your ship has in operation an approved sewage
treatment plant certified by the Administration. During discharge, while vessel is awaiting pilot off Cape Henry, USA, the surrounding water is
iscoloured?

A. Continue discharge since the treatment plant is of an approved type

B. Continue discharge since Annex IV of MARPOL is internationally not yet in force
C. Stop discharge
D. Reduce discharge rate in order to have less discolouration of surrounding water

95. "Special zones in rule 1-10 on MARPOL 73/78 means?

A. special areas such as: the Red Sea; The Black Sea. The Gulf of Mexico, Antarctica, etc
B. 12 miles off the coast of Bulgaria.
C. 50 miles from the nearest land.
D. 12 miles from the nearest land,

96. Vessel is heeling over dangerously to port side; cargo will be put overboard to stop healing I am heeling over to port. will jettison cargo to stop
heeling

A. I have a dangerous list to port, will jettison cargo to stop listing

B. have a dangerous list to port: I will put cargo over board to stop listing
C. "I am heeling over to port; I will put cargo over board to stop listing

97. When applied to ships, What is the correct understanding of the term "Bending moments"?

A. The longitudinal Bending Moment at any section within the ship is the total moments tending to alter the longitudinal shape of the ship
B. The longitudinal Bending Moments are the forces between empty and full compartments causing the ship t bend and change shape
C. All of the suggested answers
D. The Bending Moments of a ship are the forces acting on the ship causing it to hog and sag
E. Saya TidakTahu.

98. What does the term "Attained EEDI" in MARPOL Annex VI mean?

A. Reference value of constructive energy efficiency index of a ship.

B. The attained constructive energy efficiency index of a ship, calculated in accordance with a special Guide onIMO
C. The maximum permissible value of constructive energy efficiency index of a specific type of ship
D. The minimum permissible value of constructive energy efficiency index of a specific type of ship

99. how to treat the surface of the deck and ramps vehicle ro-ro?
 A. With rubber-based paints
B. With non-skid paints
C. With non-slip tapes
D. With anti-fouling paints

100. Under MARPOL Annex II, the Government shall appoint a Terminal surveyor on chemical tanker terminal?

A. for the control of technological processing on chemical tankers, such as the stevedore on duty. Thesame monitor to be led in the Cargo
Record Book entries from the crew.
B. for the control of technological processing on chemical tankers for non-spill.
C. for the control of technological processing on chemical tankers, for fire safety.
D. for the control of technological processing on chemical tankers, such as a PSC officer. He/She must submitentries in the Cargo Record
Book,

101. According to SOLAS a fast rescue boats shall be capable of:

A. Manoeuvring for at least 8 hrs at a speed of 10 knots

B. Manoeuvring for at least 4 hrs at a speed of 20 knots in calm water
C. Manoeuvring for at least 4 hrs at aspeed of 8 knots
D. Manoeuvring for at least 4 hrs at a speed of 4 knots

102. According to the recommendations of IMO in case of fumigation of cargo in transit safety procedures are performed

A. from fumigator in charge or trained representatives of master

B. from coastal professional fumigator in charge or of Ch Officer
C. only by the Senior Assistant captain
D. only from coastal professional-fumigator in charge

103. In accordance with the requirements of IACS the work of the loading computer systemshould be tested monthly and that documented by the
master with or without the presence of a classification survey.

A. should be tested annually and documented by the master with or without the presence of a classification survey
B. should be tested daily and that documented by the master with or without the presence of a classification survey.
C. should be tested every five years and that documented by the master with or without the presence of n classification survey
D. Saya TidakTahu

104. What parameter has no effect on the size of the correction of GM for the presence of free sufaces?

A. The width of the tank.

B. The density of the liquid in the tank.
C. The maximum capacity of the tank.
D. The length of the tank.

105. What is the meaning of "SWL" ?

A. Safe working load

B. Salt water load
C. Single working load
D. Swing length
E. Saya TidakTahu.

106. As per the amendments ICLL 60 in force by 2005, for ships with 1>100m, hatch covers in the area 1 conditional

load 1 75 1/m2 shall now be designed for

A. 2,43 m2 t/m2
B. 5 to 6.8 t/m2
C. 3,5 m2
D. 5 t/m2

107. "Vessel needs helicopter for medical assistance." It means..

A. I want medical assistance in helicopter

B. "I need helicopter for medical assistance
C. I want a helicopter with doctor"
 D. I require helicopter with doctor
E. Saya TidakTahu.

109. Which Convention regulates the requirements for IGS (inert gas systems)

A. LL'66
B. MARPOL
C. STCW
D. SOLAS

113. A vessel has sustained damage in a collision with another vessel. It is necessary to have a Seaworthy Certificate before the vessel sails. Who will
issue this certificate?

A. Classification Society
B. the Consul of the Embassy.
C. Captain of the Port
D. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.

114. Annex VI to MARPOL 73/78 apply to

A. ships visiting ports of the State party to Annex Vi to MARPOL 73/78.

B. ships flying the flag of a State party to MARPOL Annex VI of 73/78.
C. all vessels, regardless of their flag.
D. ships flying the flag of a State party to MARPOL Annex VI or visiting the ports of such a State

115. In case of a man overboard (stbd side), which of the following maneuvers would be appropriate?

A. Short turn to port

B. Keep on route
C. Short turn to stbd
D. Turn on the anchor

118. Means of processing ship motion are all equipment on board that can be used to process ship motion according to what is desired. The ship's
maneuvering facilities include:

A. Navigation Equipment
B. Mooring Line
C. Windlass
D. Driving force

119. The bridge is informed by an eye-witness that a man has just fallen overboar which of the following maneuvers is the most appropriate action
when the person is still close to the vessel?

A. Direct Turn
B. don't know
C. Scharnow Tum
D. Williamson Tum

124. What seas are special areas in the Annex II of MARPOL

A. The Black Sea, the Baltic Sea

B. Antarctic sea-south off 60S
C. North Sea, Black Sea, Baltic Sea, Antarctic sea
D. The Black Sea, the Baltic Sea, the Antarctic sea.
E. Saya TidakTahu.

125. MARPOL Annex I controls include?

A. only the documentary records (inspection of the Oil Record Book only).
B. only entries in SOPEP
C. only entries in the Cargo Record Book.
D. measurements, such as the ullage of sludge tank.
126. on passenger ships of 500 GRT and on it.How many fast rescue boats should be

A. At least one of the rescue boats shall be a fast rescue boat

B. One fast rescue boat and one rescue boat on each side of the vessel
C. One fast rescue boat on each side of the vessel
D. Fast rescue boat to accommodate 50 % of the passenger on each side

127. What is the main issue for the introduction of the act. In US waters Oil Pollution Act of 1990" was activated in August 1993

A. To encourage owners to build double hull vessels for trading US waters?

B. No, not if the local US State Authority is correctly notified
C. To prevent oil spills in US waters?
D. To enforce owners to use equipment of higher standards that those of today?

128. Computer and software for cargo calculations

A. is supported by the ship's crew and are not subject to certification.

B. is maintained by computer Division of the Shipping company. is supported by the manufacturing firm and are not subject to certification.
C. are subject to approval and certifications by classification society.
D. Saya TidakTahu.

130. Where would the "pivot point" be considered to be located when the ship is proceeding at full speed ahead and there is no wind or current?

A. At a position near the stern of the ship

B. At amidships
C. At about 1/6 of the ship's length from the bow
D. At about 1/6 of the ship's length from the stem
E. Saya TidakTahu

131. Traffic must proceed carefully. It means....

A. You must navigate with caution

B. "You must proceed carefully
C. "You must proceed with care"
D. "You must navigate with carefully

132. You approach the shore with a lifeboat, when you see a guy waving a white flag vertically. What does this mean?

A. This is the best place for going ashore Accosting here is very dangerous, should proceed in the direction given by the flag
B. too close, aid will be sent to you
C. Accosting here is very dangerous
D. Saya TidakTahu.

133. The meant by the term "Single up" when a vessel is preparing to leave the jetty to which it was moored?

A. Single up is the term used to describe the process of letting go most of the moorings linesand just leaving sufficient lines to stay safely
alongside
B. Single up is the term used when only one single tug is used to assist the ship in leaving theberth
C. Single up is the term used when a ship leaves the jetty without any assistance from tugsand it is entirely on its own steam
D. Single up is the term used when there is only one single rope left out between the ship andthe jetty, when leaving the berth

UKP RABU

1. What is function of the waueguide ? generate the R.F. pulses

2. To carry out a Trial maneuver, Which of these input information is not required?A Delay
 3. The critical time while anchoring in a strong current and narrow channel is?When the ship stops in the water before the anchor is
dropped
4. Features in GPS when set to zero have an accuracy equivalent to that of the Accurate Positioning Is ? Selective Availability
5. Radars 10 cm also called ? S band
6. In worst case, how much can the difference be expected to be between local datum and Satellite datum ? Up to several nautical miles
7. The highest level of commercial navigational accuracy is provided by?DGPS, within a coverage area
8. How long the ECDIS ability have to preserve the previous track record? 12 hours
9. Where will you find the number of the chart?At the bottom right hand corner and top left hand corner outside the margin
10. What is the vertical beam must be wide enough to allow for? rolling and pitching of the ship
11. What is the signal from a racon ? enables the beacon to be identified
12. uses pulse in radar transmission in order to ? avoid interference
13. Unwanted radial lines that sometimes appear on the radar screen, the name given is ? Spoking
14. What is the meaning closest point of approach ? Two bassic parameters needed to assesss the risk of collision in meeting situation at sea
area passing
15. What is the requirements for using radar for collision advance are described in ? International Regulations for Prevention of Collisions at
Sea
16. Which of these factors does bearing resolution depend on ? HBW
17. What are the proportional steps for embarkation stairs to use?length = 480 mm, breadth = 115 mm, depth = 25 mm
18. What is the correct ratio of compressions to breaths in CPR? 30 to 2
19. The first sign and symptom of a Cardiac Infarction is? Sudden crushing, vice-like pain in the centre of the chest.
20. For giving CPR, an adult is defined as someone over the age of ? 12 years
21. A typical phenomenon of carbon poisoning is the ? Red
22. How long should you flush a victim's eye with water if a chemical splashes in it? 20 minutes
23. Warm a victim of hypothermia by ? putting hot water bottles against the victim's armpits and neck
24. The Muster List shall show the duties assigned to members of the crew. Which of the following duties shall beincluded according to
present regulations? Manning of fire parties assigned to deal with fires
25. what of the following is the correct thing of you to do, If a person is in a siale of shock? Treat and reassure the casualty and stay with the
person at ail times,
26. which affects the strength rather than the direction of the reflected radar energy, what the factor is ? target surface texture
27. A conversion table for converting the charted depth in meters to feet can be found at ? All answers are correct
28. Precautions to be taken During testing and/or maintenance work on the CO2 system affecting the exhaust systemand precautions to
ensure that gas is not released into the engine compartment due to faults must be ensured are ? Check the main valve for a potential
leakage
29. How many hand held distress flares are carried in each lifeboat? 6
30. The Ship Security Plan is an international rule that aims to ? Protect your ship from risks posed by security threats or incidents
31. What is the meaning of this symbol?Lower lifeboat to water

32. Where shall the warning signals be placed if a work is performed on the radar mast?
A.Warning notes on all the doors to the
B.Warning plate attached to the mast
C.Warning plates fastened to the mast and each radar
D.Warning notes on all the doors to the bridge
E. Sayatidaktahu

32.How often should anchor bearings be taken, while as vessel is at anchorage?

A.At least every four hours

B.they are only required if the weather is bad
C.At least every hour
D.In accordance with local port state rules
E.Sayatidaktahu

33. objective evidence is required to confirm conformance with established maintenance requirements inclusive?
A.of a computerised maintenance program for diesel engines
B.of documented procedures and instructions for the onboard work routines and verification of theirimplementation by the
appropriate personnel
C.of a computerised planned maintenance system
D.of keeping work record books and inventories of deck and engine departments up to date
E. Sayatidaktahu

34. The criteria for determining Choices and the level of detail to aid introduction to new or newly commissionedmembers are ?
A.The individual experience with the new assignment and job responsibilities
B.The rank of the newly assigned crewmember
C.The intelligence quotient of the newly assigned crewmember
D.The age of the seaman and the number of years worked sea
E. Sayatidaktahu

35. To check a victim for life-threatening bleeding in the initial assessment ?

A.look for a very pale skin color
 B.check for blood-saturated clothing or blood pooled under the body
C.remove the victim's clothing and look everywhere
D.roll the victim over and inspect the whole body
E. SayaTidak Tahu

36. In CPR, give chest compressions at a rate of ?

A.80 compressions per minute
B.120 compressions per minute
C.100 compressions per minute
D.60 compressions per minute
E. SayaTidak Tahu

37. When do you automatically haye the consent of a victim to quit first aid?
A.a responsive adult who seems upset
B.in child whose porents are present
C. An unresponsive adolf
D.any adult who cannot speak
E.SayaTidak Tahu

38. What detector testing and inspection requirements must be observed on all UMS operated ships as well as on mostother ships,
engine room equipped with fire detectors?
A.All the mentioned alternatives
B.Check that the actual detector is giving appropriate signals to the central control unit and that all electricconnections are in
good order
C. Check the detector with heat and/or smoke (in accordance with instructions in its manual)
D. When testing detectors by suitable equipment (smoke and heat) check that the sensors self controlling system,e.g. a
flashing control light etc. is functioning

39. Which of the following types of information is considered sensitive?

A.Planned maintenance schedule and emergency response procedures
B.Ship schematics and HR policies
C.Voyage itinerary and departure and arrival times
D.Way points and training records
E.SayaTidak Tahu.

40. fallen lifeboat cables must be rewinded and updated reqularly checked every ?
A.Renewed every three years
B.Turned every 2 years and renewed every 4 years
C.Turned at intervals of not more than 30 months and renewed every 5 years
D.Turned every 30 months and needs only to be renewed if the wire is in poor condition
E.SayaTidak Tahu.

41. Which of the following principles is important to follow when searching for explosives?
A.Know exactly what a bomb looks like
B.Try to reach behind bulkheads to find a bomb
C.Throw any suspicious items overboard
D.Do not touch any suspicious packages
E.SayaTidak Tahu.

42. What is meant by bearing in determining the position of the ship?

A.The direction the ship takes on its voyage
B.course over the ground
C.The paths of intended travel between three or more points
D.track in passage plan

43. Which item among those below is included in the normal equipment of every lifeboat?
A.Sea-charts and navigating equipment
B.One immersion suit for each person
C.A VHF transceiver
D.One set of fishing tackle
E.SayaTidak Tahu.
45. A device that can detect drug packages in a large shipping ship shop is ?
A.Vapor detector
B.Pallet scanner
C.Security container
D.Access control system
 E.SayaTidak Tahu.

46. In a distress situation, how many times or for how long should the emergency alarm signal be sounded?
A.Until all crew members and passengers have reported to their respective muster stations
B.3 times
C.3 minutes
D.Until the signal "risk is over" or the order "abandon ship" is given
E.SayaTidak Tahu.
47. Which of these actions should crew take if a suspicious object that may be a bomb is located during a search?
A.Confirm with their search partner that the object found is suspicious
B.Throw the object overboard
C.Cover the suspicious object with a box or blanket
D.Place the object in a desk drawer or file cabinet
E.SayaTidak Tahu.

48. Weapons that are widely and publicly available in the community are?
A.Vehicle borne device
B.Gun
C.Liquid explosive
D.Incendiary device
E.SayaTidak Tahu

49. The requirements listed regarding life-saving equipment in accordance with current regulations are?
A. All prescribed life-saving appliances shall be fitted with the manufacturers name and Logo
B. All prescribed life-saving appliances shall be made of non-combustible or fire retardant material
C. All prescribed life-saving appliances shall be of such a colour that they are in contrast to the surroundingcolour
D. All prescribed life-saving appliances shall have marking in red colour
E. SayaTidak Tahu.
50.What the meaning of waypoint in the passage plan? A waypoint is a position where the ships course is to be changed

51. When navigating, large-scale maps are used because ? More accurate information

52. Who has the authority to take over and make the right decisions in case of an emergency the ship crossing the SuezCanal?
A.ship company
B.Ship flag
C. Suez Canal Authority
D.The master of the ship
E.SayaTidak Tahu

54. What is the IMO definition of ECDIS? A system that display hydrographic information in order to assist the Safe navigation

55. When proceeding along a narrow channel a vessel should?

A. Keep to the outer limit which lies on her own port side
B. Keep to the side which lies on her own port side
C. Keep to the side which lies on her own starboard side
D. Keep to the outer limit which lies on her own starboard side
E. SayaTidak Tahu.
56. Which form of navigation may be suspended without notice under defense planning?
A. electronic
B. piloting
C. celestial
D. all answers are false
E.SayaTidak Tahu.
57. What GPS reception must provide when failure warning and status indication ?
A. All answers are false
B. an alarm if engine speed is suddenly increased
C. an indication of a change in the number of satellites
D. An alarm if a new position has not been calculated within the last two seconds
E.SayaTidak Tahu.
58. What is the requirements for using radar for collision advance are described in?
A. Admiralty List of Radio Signals
B. Marine Orders Part 21
C. International Regulations for Prevention of Collisions at Sea
D. Radar Manual Vol. 2
E.SayaTidak Tahu.
59.First aid for a serious burn includes:
 A. pulling away burned clothing stuck to the skin
B. rubbing butter or oil into the burned skin
C. putting ice on the burn
D. putting a loose dressing on the burn
E.SayaTidak Tahu.
60. The depth of chest compressions in CPR for an adult is:
A. 1-2 ??
B. 10 ??
C. 4-5 ??
D. 6-8 ??
E. SayaTidak Tahu
61. To control severe bleeding?
A. run cold water on the wound
B. wrap a bandage as tight as you can over the wound
C. put a tourniquet above the wound
D. put direct pressure on the wound
E.SayaTidak Tahu.
62. In case of suspected injury to the spine, the injured person shall be placed?
A.on Abdomen
B. in an anti-shock position
C. Leave it motionless without moving
D .in a laterally stable position
E. SayaTidak Tahu.
63. Use a barrier device when giving rescue breaths to:
A. prevent blowing too much air into the victim
B. prevent victim from vomiting
C. prevent air from leaving victim's lungs too soon
D. prevent transmission of infections
E.SayaTidak Tahu.

64.An AED should be used on a nonbreathing victim seen to collapse suddenly:

A.after you give CPR for 2 minutes
B.as soon as possible
C. after giving abdominal thrusts for choking
D.after getting MA and doctor will tell you to use it
E.SayaTidak Tahu.

65. If Mouth - to - Mouth (M-T-M) ventilation by itself is unsuccessful and the casualty's heart stops, or has stopped
beating, you must perform External Chest Compression (ECC) in conjunction with M-T-M. What is the complete late
when performing ECC?
A.Complete 25 compressions at the rate of 75 compressions per minute.
B.Complete 10 compressions at the rate of 40 compressions per minute.
C.Complete 30 compressions at the rate of 100 compressions per minute
D.Complete 20 compressions at the rate of 60 compressions per minute
E.Saya Tidak Tahu

66. On-board training in the use of davit-launched liferafts (including inflation and lowering whenever practicable) must take place ?
A.every 3 months
B.every months
C.every 2 months
D.every 4 months
E.'Saya Tidak Tahu

67. which indicates that a suspicious package ?

A.The parcel smells like chocolate
B.The parcel is addressed to no one in particular, arrives unexpectedly and seems heavy for its size
C.The parcel came from Joe in the safety department and arrived quicker than expected
D.The parcel is wrapped in clean, brown paper and is addressed to a crewmember from his wife
E.Saya Tidak Tahu

68. The documents used to describe and implement the SMS may be referred to as the?
A.Ship Maintenance Manual
B.Ship Management Manual
C.Safety Management Manual
D.Shipboard Instruction Manual
E.Saya Tidak Tahu
 70. The company should have procedures estabilished for corrective action. Corective action.....................
A. May reduce or prevent occurence of a non-conformity
B. Punish the persons guilty of neglect without taking any other action afterwards
C. Investigate who was at fault and put the blame on the person(s) involved
D. Guaranty that there is no recurrence of a non-conformity

71. A vessel shall so far is practicable, avoid crossing traffic separation lanes. But if obliged to do so shall cross the....................

A. At a small an angle as practicable

B. On a heading as nearly as practicable at right angles
C. Avoiding impeding traffic using the scheme
D. Making a course as nearly as practicable at righy angles

72. features in GPS when set to zero have an accuracy equivalent to that of the accurate positioning service.........is

A. Auto-correction
B. Transit
C. Selective availability
D. Anti-spoofing

A. Line throwing appliance

B. Radio signal emitting parachute flare
C. Lifeboat hand flare
D. Survival craft distress pyrotechnic signals

74. Shipboard personnel, as part of day to day operation of the ship, should be expected to correct non-conformities whenever possible. In this
respect, what are "Non-Conformities"

A. Damage
B. Defects, malfunctioning
C. Any one these
D. Deficiencies

75. objective evidence is required to confirm conformance with established maintenance requirements inclusive

A. of a computerised maintenance program for diesel engines

B. of documented procedures and instructions for the onboard work routines and verification of their implementation by the appropriate personnel
C. of a computerised planned maintenance system
D. of keeping work record books and inventories of deck and engine departments up to date

76. The highest level of commercial navigational accuracy is provided by?

A. SPS, without selective availability

B. DGPS, within a coverage are
C. PPS, without selective availability
D. NAVSAT, using the Doppler-shift

77. Where shall the warning signals be placed if a work is performed on the radar mast?

A. Waming notes on all the doors to the bridge

B. Waming notes on all the doors to the
C. Warning plate attached to the mast
D. Warning plates fastened to the mast and each radar

78. which affects the strength rather than the direction of the reflected radar energy, what the factor is

A. target surface texture

B. target size
C. target aspect
D. target shape

79. What the meaning of waypoint in the passage plan?

 A. A way-point is the destination of a route
B. A way-point is the starting point of a voyage
C. A waypoint is a position where the ships course is to be changed
D. A way-point is a position on a leg

80. In worst case, how much can the difference be expected to be between local datum and Satellite datum ?

A. Up to 1000 meters
B. Up to several nautical miles
C. Up to 500 meters
D. Up to 100 meters

81. When navigating, large-scale maps are used because ?

A. Tanda
B. Better colour
C. More accurate information
D. Brightest lights are shown
E. Larger symbols

82. Who has the authority to take over and make the right decisions in case of an emergency the ship crossing the Suez Canal?

A. ship company
B. Ship flag
C. Zues Canal Authority
D. The master of the ship

83. A conversion table for converting the charted depth in meters to feet can be found at ?

A. in the Light List

B. All answers are correct
C. in Bowditch Vol. II
D. on the chart

84. What shall the OOW do if the visibility conditions are fast deteriorating?

A. Start another radar

B. Call the Master
C. Take more frequent position fixes
D. Check all life saving equipment

85.What is the erical beam must be wide enough to allow for

A. reduction of sea clutter

B. large targets
C. soting and pitching of the ship
D. nation of shadow sectors
 UKP kamis
1. Name three international convention that cover the international shipping trades ?

● The three international convention that cover the shipping trade is SOLAS 74/78, and STCW 78/95
● The three international convention that cover the shipping trade is SOLAS 74 SOLAS 78, and STCW 78
● The three international convention that cover the shipping trade is SOLAS 74/78, and MARPOL 73
● The three international convention that cover the shipping trade is SOLAS 74/78, and STCW 78/95 and MARPOL.

3. One of the cargo documents is the manifest, What is meant by manifest ?

● Unloaded playload list

● List of cargo that has been loaded on board
● List of cargo ready to be loaded on board
● Loading list based on booking list
4. A bulk cargo is loaded and the cargo stow has been left with an excessive peak height; what could be result of this station.
● Damage to hatch covers
● Excessive stresses on tank top
● Excessive stresses on transverse bulkheads
● Excessive cargo sweat
● Saya tidak tahu
5. Which cargo is most likely to melt due to compression and/or vibration when carried in bulk is
● Wheat
● Maize
● Iron ore concentrates
● Urea
● Saya tidak tahu
6. Cargo that contains a risk to the safety of human life, ship, and the cargo itself is the meaning of ?
● Harmless cargo
● Dangerous cargo
● Overload
● Perishable cargo
● Saya tidak tahu
7. If the cargo area is centered on the top of the ship it will have a negative GM. The impact od negative GM is
● Does not affect the ship
● The ship in hogging position
● The ship may break
● The ship will capsize if it gets a force from outside
● Saya tidak tahu
8. A material that is placed between cargoes, or between cargo and the floor/wall of the ship’s hatch which function as a support for cargo to
protect the cargo is ?
● Dunnage
● Chain
● Wire Clip
● Turnbuckle
● Saya tidak tahu
9. The effect of coal with a high sulfur content is ?
● Spontaneous combustion leading to a large outbreak of fire
● Evolution of methane gases resulting in fire and explosion
● A possible shift of cargo and loss of stability
● Corrosion of steelwork in the cargo holds if the cargo becomes wet
● Saya tidak tahu
10. A bulk carrier is to carry a full deck cargo of packaged timber; to what regulation must the vessel comply ?
● Grain Regulations
● Marrine Polution Regulations
● International Code for the carriage of Dangerous Goods
● IMO Code of Practice for the carriage of Dangerous Goods
● Saya tidak tahu
11. Passanger ships have normal requirement of 1 lifejacket per person + 10% children in addition to this, how many lifejackets have to be stowed in
conspicuous places on deck or at the muster station ?
● 15% extra
● 5% extra
● 20% extra
● 10% extra
● Saya tidak tahu
12. ”Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operation, are deemed to present a hazard to
either marine resources or human health or cause harm to amenities or other legitimate uses of the sea and therefore justify a limitation on the
quality and quantity of the discharge into the marine environment” Such substances are.
● A liquid cargo that is prohibited for carriagein vessels other than type 1 chemical tanker, as defined in the ABC
● An NLS as defined in ISGGOT, revision V
● A category “X” substance as identified in MARPOL Annex II
● A category “Y” substance as identiefied MARPOL Annex II
● Saya tidak tahu
13. Prior to loading a reefer a cargo it is good practice to carry out an ‘ice list’ of the temperature sensors within the cargo space, Part of the test is
to immerse the sensors in a test bucket of known temperature, usually zero degrees Celsius as this is melting point of ice. Which of the options is
correct in relation to preparing the test bucker ?
● Increasing level indicate that the fruit may be starting to ripen
● Insulated ice bucket should be filed with ice cubes approximately 2 centimeters square and a small quantity of distilled water to
produce an ice water mixture. The ice cubes should be produced from clean distilled water
● All answer are false
● Make a careful note of the ice test onboard and note this is in the Ozone depletion prior to loading as well
● Saya tidak tahu
14. What is the possible concern if fuel tanks on a bulk Carrier, which are close to cargo spaces containing grain, are excessively heated?
● The grain cargo may produce methane gas
●No damaged should occur
● The grain cargo may be heated and damaged
● The cargo may liquefy
● Saya tidak tahu
15. During a pre-loading survey prior to loading grain on a bulk carrier, very small amount of the previous garin cargo is found in a cargo hold; what
is the significance of this situation?
● The remaining cargo from the previous voyage can begin
● The affected cargo hold should be left empty
● The cargo hold can be cleaned while other holds are loaded
● The vessel may fail the pre-load survey and be declared off-hire
● Saya tidak tahu
16. MV INTAN DAYA 8 which loaded coal departure from Balikpapan to SurabayaThe temperature of the bulk coal cargo during the voyage was
recorder above 55 degrees celcius.
The recommended procedure is to
● Use fire fighting cargo in the space
● Commence ventilation of the hold space to cool the cargo
● Notify the ship owner and/or charterer and open the hatch covers to cool the cargo
● Seal the hold and monitor the cargo using suitable instruments
● Saya tidak tahu
17. The factors causing the occurrence of broken stowage as below are, except
● Loading time
● Charge form
● Load type
● Loading space shape
● Saya tidak tahu
18. After the discharge of lube Oil Additives, Phthalates and Olefins and before the loading of “high-space” cargoes on a chemical tanker, the test
that might be expected to produce unsatisfactory result during initial wall-wash analysis would be
● Odor
● Non-volatile matter
● Color
● Hydrocarbons
● Saya tidak tahu
19. Which of the following is not primary purpose for using dunnage?
● To provide ventilation circulation
● To provide cargo segregation
● To protect cargo from the effects of sea
● To prevent chafage on cargo
● Saya tidak tahu
19. A bulk cargo vessel is found to be 4,0 centimeters over her maximumload line draft after loading what
should bethe actions of master ?
● Order the pumpmen out of fresh water or ballast until the maximum allowed load line is achieve
● Record a lower draught and sail
● Inform the port authorities and sail
● There is not a problem as over loading is permitted
● Saya tidak tahu
20. Full reference and details relating to dangerous goods will be found in which document?
● IMDG code
 ● “M” Notices
● ISM Guidelines
● Stowage plan
● Saya tidak tahu
21. What must be ensured before starting the ballasting of the double bottom tank with seawater is
● After peak tank and fore peak tank have been filed prior to carrying out the ballasting operation
● Cargo space are empty of cargo, and the bilges have been covered with burlap
● All hatch covers are secured for sea going condition
● Correct valves have been opened, air ventilators are open and ballasting plan has been agreed
● Saya tidak tahu
22. Stack allowable weights on a container vessel should not be exceeded because this can cause
● The GM to excessive leading to high roll accelerations
●The lashing to be overloaded
● Failure of the corner posts of the containers stowed at the bottom of the stack
● Torsional effects on the hull
● Saya tidak tahu
23. What is essential to ensure that efficient shipping of ballast tank on bulk carrier can be achieved
● The trim of the vessel is not important
● A trim by the bow is required
● The vessel must be maintained at an even keel
● A good stern is maintened during de-ballasting operation
● Saya tidak tahu
24. What crane operators must ensure during cargo operation?
● All Planned Maintenance terms are completed prior use and the crane is certified by the Chief Engineer in good working condition
● The crane control operates, the limit switch work fine, and but the weight must lifted not inside the crane SWL
● Crew is aware of the operator’s loading plane. There is signalman on standby duty near the gangway and terminal has been informed
of the crane usage in port
● Crane control are operational, limit switches are functioning property and weight to be lifted are within the SWL of the crane
● Saya tidak tahu
25. What governs the disposal of dry bulk cargo residues at sea?
● The code of safe practice for solid bulk cargoes
● MARPOL regulations
● SOLAS 74/88 regulations
● Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter
● Saya tidak tahu

26. What is the first action to be taken when a port temperature test reveals a fire an a waiting room filed with coal
● Fill the hold with water
● Close all air ventilation and other openings to the hold in question
● Open the hatches and cover the top of the cargo by foam
● Call for assistance from other ships or rescue vessels
● Sayab tidak tahu
27. What are the advantages of ballasting double bottom ballast tanks by gravity filling on a Bulk Carrier?
● Free surface effect is eliminated
● There is minimum pressure head on the tank top and pumps are not required
● Ballasting is done more quickly
● Ballasting can be done without any supervision
● Saya tidak tahu
28. It is considered especially necessary to continue to ventilate the tank and to continuously monitor the atmosphere when working inside a cargo
compartment which still contains vegetable Oil residues, because
● Vegetable oils are commonly washed using very hot water. Forced ventilation will make the temperature inside the compartment better
to working. Monitoring the atmosphere will indicate if the humidity is increasing
● For a tank which has contained vegetable oils. If it continuously ventilated an Enclose space entry permit is not required. however for
anyone entering the compartment without a permit in place, they must carry an oxygen meter which continuously monitor the
atmosphere.
● Forced ventilation will create a hard “skin” on the residues, making them safer to stand on. Testing the atmosphere will indicate when
this skin has formed, as no further vapours will be released
● The decomposing residues continue to release hazardous gases, reducing the levels of oxygenin the tank and making the atmosphere
potentially dangerous
● Saya tidak tahu
29. What is meant by limber boards in Permanent dunnage ?
● Fixed application mounted on top of tank top or bottomof hatch
● Fixed application mounted above hatch gutters
● Sweat blades are side-mounted fixed applications in the hold
● Fixed applications installed to cover pipes or for walls directly adjacent to the engine room
● Saya tidak tahu
30. Small-sized loads that can be arranged or placed between other large loads or as insertion loads are called
● Broken Stowage
● Stowage Factor
● Dunnage
● Cargo Filers
● Saya tidak tahu
31. Which are the man hazards associated with the transportation of bulk salt cargo on the bulk Carrier are?
● I don’t know
● This cargo maybe liable to spontaneous combustion
● The only possible hazard is associated with ingress of water into the hold and a loss of stability
● There are no special hazards associated with this cargo
● Saya tidak tahu
32. When planning of loading containers, the planning Officer must refer to
● The cargo securing manual
● MARPOL 73/78 annex IV
● The Safety of Life at Sea Convention
● Cargo Stowage and Security Code
33. One of the efforts to avoid rusting on the wallsof the loading tank or ballast are :
● All wrong
● Don’t fill the tank with sea water
● Smearing with oil
● Doing coating
● Saya tidak tahu
34. The main concerns when steel cargo is transported in bulk carriers are?
● The springing of hatch cleats as the vessel flexes due to torsional stresses
● A relatively small range of stability as compared to carrying grain
● Deformation due to tersional stresses
● Bending moments being greatly exceeded in the sea going condition
35. Your ship’s ballast treatment system has broken down and there are no ballast water reception facilities at your next port which of the following
option maybe considered an acceptable action by the port state in such an emergency station.
● Chemical treatment/Chemical disinfection
● All answer are not correct
● Decision not to treat
● Physical treatment heat or UV radiation
● Saya tidak tahu
36. When is a work considered ”working aloft”…
● When done at a height of over 1,80 meters
● When done at a height of over 2,5 meters
● When done at a height of over 2 meters
● When it is necessary to mount the scaffold.
● Saya tidak tahu
37. In the loading / arrangement of dangerous cargo known as away from terms, what is the meaning of away from?
● Separating the load with a space, it should only be longitudinally 12 meters
● The load in the hold must be in a different room, in the same hold in different decks is allowed but there should be a waterproof, if
loaded on the deck should be 6 meters longitudinally
● The load is loaded 1 package on the deck while the other on the UTD (upper tween deck) the distance is not
● Keep cargo for other dangerous items to be separated in order did not cause harmful interaction in the event of an accident in the
space with a longitudinal distance of 3 meters
● Saya tidak tahu
38. When loading coal on BULK Carrier the vessel should be provided with
• Means for drawing cargo samples
• Ramneck tapes to seal the cargo hold and deck stores
• Means for measuring cargo temperatures
• A glass hydrometer for the measurement of water content in the cargo

39. Determination of embossed gastric markings placed on the right and left sides of the middle of the ship (amidship), must be in accordance with
• STCW 1978
• LLC 1966
• Marpol 73/78
• Solas 1974
40. A special list of cargo loaded on a ship that needs to be prepared for reporting and other administrative purpose is called ?
• Load Summary
• Manifest
• Stowage Plan
• Tally list
41. What is the purpose of draught survey before and after loading on a bulk Carrier ?
 • Because of movement of the cargo during the voyage
• To ascertain the actual weight of cargo loaded
• To measure ship dead weight is not over than maximum load capacity
• All answer are correct
42. Prior to loading a reefer a cargo it is good practise to carry out an ‘ice test’ of the temperature to sensors within the cargo space.Part of the test
is to immerse the sensors in a test bucket of known temperature usually zero degrees. Celsius as this is the melting point of ice. Which of the
options is correct in relation to preparing the best bucket ?
• Insulted ice buckets should be filled with ice cubes approximately 2 centimetres and a small quantity of distilled water to produce an
ice water mixture. The ice cubes should be produced from clean distilled water
• A,B and C is false
• Make a careful not of the ice test onboard and not this in the ozone depletion prior to loading as well
• increasing levels indicate that the fruit may be starting to ripen
43. Common background colors used on warning signs the require certain “ mandatory” actions, such as action that may require wearing a seat belt
during certain work tasks are ?
• Red
• Blue
• Yellow
• Green

44. A bulk cargo is loaded and the shore cargo figure is 10.000 tones , the chief officer calculate 500 tones have been loaded, what should the
master do ?
• Ask for a draft survey to be carried in the presence of P&I club representative
• I don’t know
• Inform Designated Person Ashore (DPA)
• Bills of loading to be signed *Clean* by Master
45. Who is responsible to ensure that all personal on board are provided with suitable Personal Protective Equipment where it is need ?
• The Master
• The Safety Officer
• The company or employer
• The Head Department
46. The drain pipe covers fitted on the hatch coamings of a bulk carrier are secured
• When heavy weather is expected
• During the Ballast passage
• In the event of a cargo hold fire
• After securing the hatch covers
47. A ship that is a Stiff condition has the characteristic of
• Very Comfortable
• Everything is correct
• Shaking and returning slowly
• Weight on the bottom
48. What the master should do when A bulk cargo of heavy metal concentrate has a moisture content of 16 and a transportable humidity limit of 18
?
• Load the cargo as the moisture content is within acceptable limits
• I don’t know
• Refuse to load the cargo as the moisture content outside acceptable limits
• Seek advice from character and owners
49. The perforated plate cover of the cargo hatch bilges are normally covered with burlap, so as
• To prevent small particles of cargo draining into the bilges
• To prevent drainage of liquefied cargo into the bilges
• To protect the plates from stevedore damage
• To allow water and large particle of cargo to drain into the bilges
50. What necessary precaution should be taken before entering a tank or an enclosed space ?
• Bring a torchlight and put on safety shoes
• Used a breathing apparatus if the oxygen level is below 21%
• Remember to have a collegue standing by to assit you if any problem
• Make sure that the tank enclose space is gas free, ventilated and the oxygen contents measure, 02 content shall be 21% before
entering the tank enclosed space
51. A Vessel has a lost several containers over board during a voyage. Upon arriving in the port the vessel is being inspected by attending Surveyor.
Must important item to be checked during this inspection would be
• Certificate approval related to lashing equipment used to secure those containers
• The vessel safety equipment certificate
• The vessel safety construction certificate
• The vessel class certificate

52. A tank used for ship ballast where the tank is completely separated from the cargo tank and fuel system on board the ship is…..
• Clean ballast tank
• All wrong
• Segregated ballast tank
• Double bottom tank
53. Which can damage the hydraulic system of the hatch cover of the bulk carrier ?
• Extreme weather conditions
• Repeated hatch cover operations
• Dust and cargo particles around the piston seals
• Ice accretion on piston jackets
54. Which one of the following options best describe why the ballast water Management Convention does majority of ships to treat their ballast
water by exchanging if at sea ?
• Ship regularly capsize during ballast exchange operation
• The IMO Convention was sponsored by ballast treatment system manufacturers
• Ballast exchange in the deep sea can required large deviation from shortest courses between port, so wasting fuel
• Ballast treatment system have been proven to the more effective than ballast

55. A reefer vessel is loading cargo of fruit alongside in a port. During loading another vessel arrive at an adjacent berth to have its cargo discharge
after having been towed in following a fire onboard which had resulted in abandonment. What should concern the Master of the reefer vessel
most about the situation ?
• All answers are correct
• To maintain a specified minimum temperature for a prescribe time period to kill off any fruit
bacteri which may be present to the cargo
• Cover the stow with a Tenasco (heavy plastic ) sheet where possible to protect it from the wind
• That the cargo may be contaminated by the smell of smoke and the products of combustion from
the damaged vessel
57. When we get the cargo of reefer container through the storage plan preparation of reefer container prior to load are
• Power supply must be in accordance with the needs of the container (4400220 V )
• The door container should be tightly sealed not in the seal
• The fan does not match the type of cold charge
• The temperature of the card for air temperature control does not work
57. What the meaning of” Fresh Water Allowance” ?
• The allowance assigned by the Classification Society when the vessel is built, to indicate the compensation that maybe applied during
topping off to allow for dock water density
• The number of millimetres by which a vessel’s True Mean Draught changes when shepasses from salt water into a dock of a different
water density
• The number of millimetres by which a vessel’s True Mean Draught changes when shepasses from salt water to fresh water, or vica
versa
• The number of centimetres by which a vessel’s maximum draught is calculated to increase when she passes from salt water to fresh
water
58. A FIVE yearly through survey of cargo gear on general cargo vessel should be carried out by
• Classification society survey
• The Chief Engineer
• The Deck Officer
• The Master

59. During the passage of methane gas and carbon monoxide from bulk coal cargoes are measure by
• Using the approved sampling ports fitted on each hatch coaming
• Partially opening the hatch cover and lowering the measuring sensors
• Using the cargo hold sounding pipes
• Partially opening the hatch covers and lowering the measuring sensors
60. Who is responsible to ensure that all personnel on board are provided with suitable Personnel Protective Equipment where it is needed ?
• The Master
• The Safety Officer
• The Head Department
• The company or employer
61. Who is most responsible if a ship accident occurs on a mandatory waters of inland sea while the command is under Pilot advise when guiding
the ship in the local waters
• All answers are correct
• Master and pilot are equally responsible
• Master as the responsible leader on board
• Pilot as the responsible leader when guiding the ship

62. When submerged centrifugal cargo pump is being run too high speed during discharge of viscous chemical cargo and consequent damage the
pump start racing causing a heat build up around the suction, possible localised solidification of the cargo and consequent damage the pump. What
term to applied to this problem ?
• Segregation
• Calassification
• Gravitation
• Cavitation
63. Where are vessel allowed to dispose sediment from ballast tanks ?
• In any water depths more than 100 meters
• In any waters tested in the ballast water Management Plan
• At sea in water more than 200 meters deep when more than 200 miles from land or shore
• In any waters listed in the ballast water Management Plan
63. In case of an alcohol abuse for the first time, the Executive Director of the maritime administration may suspend a seafarer’s certificate of
competence for :
• over 1 years
• up to 1 years
• up to 2 years
• for 6 month
64. “Service on board a ship which gives the knowledge, insight and skills required for the issue of certificate or other document referred to in these
regulations “Which of the words is defined as follows
• Seagoing service
• Length of service
• On-board training
 • Serving
66. The load Line Convention applies to which ships ?
• For ships over 500 GT
• For ships with a draught of over 6m
• For all ships in the international voyage
• For all vessels over 24m in the international voyage
67. The educational process need various number of approach models which are listed bellow, except
• Sportsmanship approach
• Cognitive approach
• Behavioral approach
• Interactive approach
68. Which of the following factors is not an ideal type of team
• Active participation
• Accept cross-fuctional opinions
• Individualist
• Problem solving together
69. How many classes is specified in the IMDG-Code ?
•5
•9
•4
•3
70. The supervision of maritime service of seafarers is ?
• Control by the master/employer and public supervisory authority that the requirements of law or
agreement concerning the employee’s sevice on board are statisfied
• A formality the signing and stamping of employment agreement and report on seamen by the
consulate
• The interview by the employer/master of the seafarer prior to service.
• The master’s/ employer’s control
71. Which organization or administration is responsible for axaminations and inspections of ships and the
issue of a “Safety Certificate of equipment and the supply of cargo ship”?
• International Maritime Organization (IMO)
• International Labor Organization (ILO)
•Ships Classification Associations (Lloyd’s. American Bureau of Shipping, The Norwegian Veritas,
Germanische Lloyd’s, etc )
• Government Authorities of the Flag State.
72. As per MARPOL 73/78, coal slury, clay slurry, dextrose solution and molasses are
• “OS” (Other substance)”
• Category Z
• Category Y
• Category X
73. The validity of the shipping documents can be extended by the administration
• 3 month
• 5 month
• 12 month
• 1 month
74. How should you, methodically speaking get to know and to find relevant provisions in the book
“Excerpts from the Norwegian Passenger and Cargo Ship Legislation, etc” ?
• By help of the Preface
• Just turn over the pages
• By help of the Headword Register, the chronological Register, the table of contents, the
respective provisions, the Preface , etc.
• By using the table of contents, only
75. What are the levels of responsibility as per the STCW Convention?
• Higher , medium and performing
• Command, management and performance
• Management, operational, and support level
• Command and performing
76. Oil, chemical and gas tankers over 10.000 GT and other ships above 70.000 GT, the main steering gear shall comprise:
• Two or more identical power units
• One power unit
• Three or more identical power units
•Four or more identical power units
77. When you join a new ship, how are you informed about safety rules, alarm instructions and your own
duties in case of an emergency?
• By oral instruction by the Captain
• By folder distributed to each crew member
• By alarm instructions in all crew cabins
• By muster lists exhibited in conspicuous places
78. It is the Master’s responsibility to verify that the specific requirement (procedure and instruction
• lanjut no.29
 UKP JUMAT
1. In transporting wood pellets in bulk, what hazards are involved ?
2. A five yearly thorough survey of cargo gear on general cargo vessel should be carried out by ( Classification society surveyor )
3. How much liferaft capacity should be provided on a conventional cargo ship of more than 85meters in length?( 100% of the complement
if it can be readily launched on either side of the ship, If it cannot be readily launched on either side, 100% must be provided on each side )
4. Coal to be loaded in balikpapan for China is declared to have a high moisture content but less than the transportable moisture limit
(TML) what should the master make sure ?
5. Who is responsible to ensure that all personnel on board are provided with suitable personnel protective equipment, where it ia
needed? ( The company or employer )
6. A ship that is in a stiff condition has the characteristich of?
7. Under international regulation for a bulk carrier who need to be trained in the use of oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment ? (
The ship’s crew )
8. FEU is acronym from ? ( Forty-foot equivalent units )
9. Your ship’a ballast treatment system has broken down and there are no ballast water reception facilities at next port, which of the
following option mau be considerated an acceptable action by the port state in such an emergency situation ?
10. Dangerous cargo is required special handling starting from the preparation of loading , loading to the ship maintenance during the
voyage until at a discharge port to handle it cargo should be considered ?
11. Which one of the following options best describes why the ballast water management convention does majority of ships to treat their
ballast water by exchanging it at sea ?
12. What is meant by bulk grain load having a low angle of repose is ? ( Liable to shift )
13. A condition when the total concentration of cargo weight is concentrated at the ends of the ship (bow and stern) is called ? ( Hogging )
14. Book part II, cargo/ballast operations, must be carried and completed on oil tankers of ? ( 150 gross tonnes and above )
15. A bulk cargo is loaded and the shore cargo figure is 10.000 tonnes, the chief officer calculates 9.500 tonnes have been loaded, what
should the master do? ( Ask for a draft survey to be carried in the presence of P&I club representative )
16. The main concerns when steel cargo is transported in bulk carriers are ?
17. The meaning of the Hatch list is ? ( A list of items in each hold)
18. One of the efforts to avoid rusting one the Walls of the loading tank or ballast are ?
19. When planning of loading containers the planning officer must refer to ?
20. What should the master make sure when a bulk cargo of steel coils is loaded and the number of recorded by the chief officer is rusty ?
21. What is load on top (LOT) on the tanker system?
22. Before entering the enclosed space, there are several things that muat be considered namely? ( Free from gas)
23. What is essential to ensure that efficient stripping of ballast tanks on a bulk carrier can be achieved ? ( A good stern trim is maintained
during the ballasting operations)
25. What necessary precaution should be taken before entering a tank or an Enclosed space? (Make sure that the tank enclose space is gas
free, ventilated and the oxygen content is measure, O2 content shall be 21% before entering the tank enclosed space)
26. Why do bulk cargo carrier need to carry oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment ? ( Because of enclosed and confine space entry
equirements)
27. Within the oil discharge monitoring and control system , an overboard discharge control is defined as ? ( A device which automatically
initiates the sequence to stop the overboard discharge of the effluent in alarm conditions and prevents the discharge throughout the period the
alarm prevails)
28. What is the full title of the IMO code which applies to all gas carriers built after 1986 ? ( The internasional code for the construction and
equipment of ships carrying liquefied gases on bulk (IGC code)
29. Classification of IMDG code of SOLAS chapter VII regulation 2 gives the classification of dangerous goods,they are ?
30. Prior to loading a reefer a cargo it is good practise to carry out an ‘Ice test’ of the temperature sensors within the cargo space, part of the
test is to immerse the sensors in a test bucket of known temperature, usually zero degrees celsius as this is the melting point of ice, which of the
options is correct in relation to preparing the test bucket ? ( Insulated ice buckets should be filled with ice cubes approximately 2 centimetres
square and a small quantity of distilled water to produce an icewater mixture, the ice cubes should be produced from clean distilled water)
31. Which can damage the hydraulic system of the Hatch cover of the bulk carrier? (dust and cargo particles around the piston seals)
32. Which one of the following options best describes why the ballast water management convention does majority of ships to treat their
ballast water by exchanging it at sea?
33. Cargo disposal system in bulk cement carrier is? (using its own pumping system and equipment)
34. Determination of embossed gastric markings placed on the rightand left sides of the middle of the ship (amidship), must be in
accordance with?
35. The drain pipe convers fitted on the Hatch coamings of a bulk carrier are secured ? (in the event of a cargo hold fire)
36. Which are the main hazards associated with the transportation of bulk salt cargo on the bulk carrier are? (The only possible hazard is
associated with ingress of water into the hold and a loss ofstability)
37. Information about the maximum point loading in cargo holds and on deck of a general cargo vessel may be obtained from? (ships
capacity plan )
38. Facilities for providing individual control measures for ceritain work-related tasks that fall under the ISM code are? (the permit to work
system)
39. What is the possible cocern of fuel tanks on a bulk carrier, which are close to cargo spaces containing grain, are excessively heated? ( The
grain cargo may be heated and damaged)
40. The factors causing ini the occurrence of broken stowage as below are, except? (Charge form)
41. The most important monitoring when carrying refrigerated cargo is? (regular temperature checks)
42. On Roro vessel, what is the maximum securing load of single use wire ropes? (80% of the breaking strength)
43. The precautions to be taken for the safety of personnel when very dusty cargo is to be loaded in bulk on your ship are? (ensure that all
cranes, deck storerooms etc, are fully closed to prevent entry of dust)
44. Containers on deck are secured? (with twistlocks, rods and chains)
45. Passanger ships have normal requirement of 1 lifejacket per person + 10% for children. In addition to this , how many lifejackets have to
be stowed in conspicuous places on deck or at the muster stations? (5% extra)
 46. What must be ensured before starting the ballasting of the double bottom tank with seawater is? (correct valves have been Opened, air
ventilators are open and ballasting plan has beenagreed)
47. What do you understand by the term “hoist”? (raising or lowering a crane boom)
48. What should you know about the emergency stops on deck?(where they are located and how to operate them)
49. Which must be ensured after completing ballast operations on bulk carriers are? (all valves have been closed, tank ventilators are in
open position and sounding pipe capscreplaced)
50. The weight a vessel can carry is called the? (deadweight)
51. The recommended position of storing steel wire rod coils on bulk carriers is? (with their cores aligned fire and aft)
52. The main problem when a dry bulk cargo develops a flow state is that? (the cargo shifts easily causing major stability problems)
53. Which of the following is not a primary purpose for using dunnage? (to prevent chafage on cargo)
54. Usual practice to carry out fresh water washing before loading cargo of steel products for? (remove all traces of salt that could possibly
contaminate the steel cargo)
55. The things that required under internasional regulations during cargo watch keeping on a bulk carrier? (the vessel’s draughts must be
frequently checked and recorded)
56. If the cargo area is centered on the top of the ship it Will have a negative GM is? (the ship will capsize if it gets a force from ourside)
57. Which cargo is most likely to melt due to compression and/or vibration when carried in bulk is? (iron ore concentrated)
58. MARPOL classified the used dunnage of a bulk carrier as? (garbage)
59. What should be checked before starting ballasting on a bulk carrier in very cold conditions is? (All are ventilators are open and free from
ice build-up)
60. Mate receipt document in loading means?(statement letter from the commander I)
61. Ventilation in the cargo hold is very important to prevent?(prevent gas concentration)
62. Dangerous cargo on a pallet should be stowed?(in a secure container)
63. What should be checkedafter completion of cleaning and testing of the bilge spaces in a cargo hold of a bulk carrier? (drain plate over
bilge has been fitted and then covered with burlap)
64. The effect of coal with a high sulfur content is?(corrosion of steelwork in the cargo holds if the cargo becomes wet)
65. Full reference and details relating to dangerous goods Will be found in which document?(IMDG code)
66. What crane operators must ensure during cargo operations?(crane controls are operational, limit switches are functioning properly and
weights to belifted are within the SWL of the crane)
67. The application of permanent (permanent dunnage) installed on the bottom of the Hatch or above the ship’s tank top is?(floor ceiling)
68. What the meaning of chafage?(damage to the load due to moving or shifting from its place)
69. Cleaning the cargo area is very important before washing for?(cargo residues Will not clog the bilge lines and associated suctions and
valves)
70. When the longitudinal distribution of cargo is concentrated in the middle, then the condition of the ship is called?(sagging)
71. What the officer in charge should do before commencing hold-cleaning operations on a bulk carrier?(risk assessment, permit to work
/enter and tool-box talk)
72. In loading, over stowage means?(loads that should be unloaded at a destination port but are carried to the next port)
73. What is the first action to be taken when a port temperature test reveals a fire in a waiting room filled with coal?(fill the hold with water)
74. Which must be inspected after completion of removing coal with high sulfur content in cargo hold?(areas of corrosion)

Inspect and report depects and damage to cargo space, hacth covers and ballast
1. In transporting wood pellets in bulk, what hazards are involved?
Oxigen depletion and generation of carbon monoxide in cargo and communicating space
2. A Five yearly thorough survey of cargo gear on general cargo vessel should be carried out by
Classification society surveyor
3. How much liferaft capacity should be provided on conventionalcargo ship of more than 85 meter in length?
100% of the complement if it can bereadily launched on either side of the ship. If it cannot be readily launchedon either side, 100% must be provided on
each side
4. Coal to be loaded in balikpapan for China is declared to have a high moisture content ( but less than the transportable Moisture Limit (TML)); what
should the master make sure?
All cargo hold bilges are sounded and daily and the amount of water logged; the bilges can then be pumped out
5. Who is responsible to ensure that all personnel on board are provided with suitable Personnel Protective Equipment where it si needed?
The company or employer
6. A ship that is in a stiff condition has the characteristics of
Shaking and returning slowly
7. Under International regulation for a bulk carrier who need to be trained in the used of oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment?
The ship’s crew
8. FEU is acronym from?
Fourtyfoot equivalent units
9. Your ship’s ballast treatment has broken down and there are no ballast water reception facilities at next port. Which of the following option may be
considered an aceptable action by the port state in such an emergency situation
A decision not treat
10. Dangerous cargo is required special handling , starting from the preparation of loading to the ship, maintenance during the voyage until a discharge
port, to handle it cargo should be considered
All answer are correct
11. which one of the following options best describeds why the ballast water Management convention does majority of ships to treat their ballast water
by exchanging it at sea?

12. What is meant by bulk Grain load having a low angle of repose is?
Liable to shift
13. Who is responsible to ensure that all personel on board are provided with suitable personel protectiveequipment, where it is needed?
The company or employer
14. A condition when the total concentration of cargo weight is concentrated at the ends of the ship ( bow and stern) is called?
Hogging
15. Book part II, Cargo/Ballast operations, must be carried and completed on oil tankers of
150 gross tonnes and above
16. A bulk cargo is loaded and the shore cargo figure is 10000 tonnes;the Chief officer calculates9 500 tonnes have been loaded; what should the Master
do?
Inform Designated Person Ashore (DPA)
17. The main concerns when steel cargo is transpoted in bulk carries are?

18.The meaning of the Hatch list is

Load destination list

19. One of the efforts to avoid rusting on the walls of the loading tank or ballast are
All wrong

20. when planning of loading containers, the planning officer must refer to
Cargo stowage security

21.What should the master make sure when a bulk cargo of steel coils is loaded and the number of rolls recorded by the chief officer is rusty
Clause the bill of lading with the reference numbers of the rusty cils and so make the bill of lading a ”dirty”
22. What is load on top (LOT) on the tanker system?
All answers are correct

23. When we get the cargo of reefer container through the srorage plan, preaparation of reefer container prior to load are
Power supply musti b.e in accordance with the needs of.the container (440/220 V )

24. Before entering the enclosed space, there are several things that must be considered, namely:
Everytlling is correct

25. What is essential to ensure that efficient stripping of ballast tank on a bulk carrier can be achieved?
A good stern trim is maintained during the ballasting operations
26.The criteria that must be met when loading cement bulk cargo, specific gravityand flow characteristic are?
They are fixed and the cargo has a stowage factor of 0.5 cubic meters/tone
27. What necessary precaution should be taken before entering a tank or an enclosed space?

28. Why do bulk cargo carrier need to carry oxygent analysis and gas detection equipment?
Because of enclosed and cnfine space entry requirements
29.Within the oil Discharge Monitoring and control system, an overboard discharge control is defined as
A device which automatically initiates the sequence to stop the overboard discharge of the effluent in alarm conditions and prevents the discharge
throughout the period the alarm prevails

29. What is the full title of the IMO code which applies to all gas carriers built after 1986?
The international Code for the contruction and equipment of ships carrying liquefied gases in bulk ( the IGC Code)

30.Classification of IMDG Code of SOLASChapter VII Regulation 2 gives the classification

Class 1: Explosives / explosives or articles with explosivehazards

31. Prior to loading a reefer cargo it is good practice to carry out an ‘ice test’ of the temperature sensor within the cargo space. Part of the test is to
immerse the sensors in a test bucket of known temperature, usually zero degrees Celsius as this is the melting point of ice. Which of the options is correct
in relation to prepare the test bucket?
Insulated ice bucket should be filled with ice cubes approximately 2 centimeters square and a small quantity of distilled water to produce an icewater
mixture. The ice cubes should be produce from clean distilled water
32.Which can damage the hydraulic system of the hatch cover of the bulk carrier
Dust and cargo particles around the piston seals
33. Cargo disposal system in bulk cement carrier is?
Using its own pumping system and equipment
34. Determination of embossed gastric markings placed on the right and left sides of the middle of the ship (amidship), must be accordance with
Solas 1974
35. The drain pipe covers fitted on the hatch coaming of a bulk carrier are secure
In the event of a cargo hold fire
36. Which are the main Hazards associated with the transportation of bulk salt cargo on the bulk carrier are?
The only possible Hazards is associated with ingress of water into hold and loss ofstability
37. Information about the maximum point loading in cargo holds and on deck of a general cargo vessel may be obtained
Ship capacity plan
38. Facilities for providing individual control measures for certain work-related task that fall under the ISM Code are
The Permit to work system
39. What is the possible concern if fuel tanks on a bulk carrier, which are close to cargo spaces containing grain are excessively heated
The grain cargo may be heated and damaged

MONITOR THE LOADING, STOWAGE, SECURING, CARE DURING THE VOYAGE AND THE UNLOADING
1. The factors causing the occurrence of broken stowage as below are, except
Loading time

2. The most important monitoring when carrying refrigerated cargo is?

Regular temperature checks
3. 42. On RoRo Vessel, What is maximum securing load of single use wire rope
70 % of the breaking strength
4. The precaution to be taken for the safety of personnel when very dusty cargo is to be loaded in bulk on your ship
Ensure that all cranes, deck store rooms etc, are fully closed to prevent entry of dust
5. Container on deck are secured
With twislocks, rods and chains
6. Passanger ship has normal requirement of 1 lifejacket per person + 10 person for children. In addition to this, how many lifejacket have
to be stowed in conspicuous place on deck or at the muster stations
5% extra
7. What must be ensured before starting the ballasting of the double bottom tank with seawater is?
Correct valves have been opened, air ventilators are open and ballasting plan has been agreed
8. The most important act before entering a enclosed space and checking the cargo space is
The necessarry permits
9. What do you understand by term “hoist”
Hoisting a load
10. Small-sized loads that can arranged or placed between other large loads are called
Cargo Fillers
11. What should you know emergency stops on deck
Where they are located and how to operate them
12. What is the definition of hatch list

13. Which must be ensured after completing ballast operations on bulk carrier are
All valves have been closed, and tank ventilatorsare in kept closed position
14. The weight a vessel can carry is called the
deadweight
15. When on a ship the longitudinal distribution ofcargoisconcentratedinthemiddle,thentheconditionoftheshipiscalled
Sagging
16. The recommended position of storing steel wire rod coil on bulk carriers is ?
With their cores aligned fore and aft
17.
18. What is meant by limber boards in permanent dunnage
 Fixed application mounted on top of tank top or bottom of hatch
19. The main problem when a dry bulk cargo develops a flow state is that
The cargo may produce carbon dioxide gas
20. Which of the following is not a primary purpose for using dunnage
To protect cargo from the effects of swea
21. Usual practice to carry out fresh water washing after sea water washing before loading cargo of steel products for
Remove all traces of salt that could possibly contaminate the steel cargo
22. The thing that required under international regulations during cargo watch keeping on bulk carrier
The quantity of cargo loaded or dischar jed must be recorded at hourly intervals
23. if the cargo area is centered on the top of the ship it will have a negative GM. The impact of negative GM is
the ship will capsize if .it gets a force from outside
24. Which cargo is most likely to melt due to compression and/ or vibration when carried in bulk is
Urea
25. MARPOL Classified the used dunnage of a bulk carrier as?
Cargo residue
26. What should be checked before starting ballastingon a bulk carrier in verry cold condition is
All the air pipes and sounding pipes are in open condition
27. Mate receipt document in loading means?
Receipt of cargo on board
28. Ventilation in cargo holds is very important to prevent
all the above
MV.INTAN DAYA 8 which loaded coal departed from Balikpapan to Surabaya cargo during the voyage was recorded above 55 degrees
Celsius.
The recommended procedure is to?
Commence ventilation of the hold space to cool the cargo
29. Dangerous cargo on a pallet should be stowed
In a secure container
30. … as a support for cargo to protect the cargo is
Dunnage
31. What is the possible concern if fuel tanks on bulk carrier, which are close to cargo spaces containing grain, are excessively heated?
The grain cargo may be heated and damaged
32. What should be checkedafter completion of cleaning and testing of the bilge spaces in a cargo hold of bulk carrier?
Bilge space has been left open for the voyage
33. The effect of coal with a high sulfur content is
Spontaneous combustion leading to a large outbreak of fire
34. Full reference and details relating to dangerous goods will be found in which document?
IMDG Code
35. What crane operators must ensure during cargo operations?
Crane controls are operational, limit switches are functioning properly and weights to befitted are within the SWL of the crane
36. The application of permanent (permanent dunnage) installed on the bottom of the hatch or above the ship’s tank top is?
floor ceiling
37. Your ship ballast treatment system has broken down and there are no ballast water receptions facilities at your next port which of the
following option may be considered an acceptable action by the port state in such an emergency situation
Decision not to treat
38. What the meaning of Chafage?
Damage to the load due to moving or shifting from its place
39. Cleaning the cargo area is very important before washing for?
The vessel remains in compliance with the necessary provisions of MARPOL
40. When the longitudinal distribution of cargo is concentrated in the middle, then the condition of the ship is called
Sagging
41. What the officer in charge should do before commencing hold-cleaning operations on a bulk carrier?
Risk Assessment , Permit to work /enter and tool-box talk
42. In loading, Over stowage means
Loads that should be unloaded at a destination port but are carried to the next port
43. What is the first action to be taken when a port temperature test reveals a fire in awaiting room filed with coal?
Fill the hold with water
44. Which must be inspected after completion of removing coal with high sulfur content in cargo hold
Areas where cargo may be stick ing to the walls of the hold, prior to water washing

2.the hand position for chest compressions in CPR for an adult is.
 Where the lower ribs meet the breastbone
 About 3 inches above the navel
 On the upper half of the breastbone slightly above the nipples
 On the lower of the breastbone midway between nipples
 Saya tidak tahu
4.the planning of the enhanced inspection on the rez. 1049(ESP code) shall be carried out periodicaly by the
  By inspecton authorities anonymously
 Only by the authorities of flag state control.
 From the inspecting authorities, from class society. And from shipping company. Through the records from the owner’s inspection report
by resolution A.866
 By inspection authorities on the occasion of the participation of the classification organization
 Saya tidak tahu
6. according to ICLL, 2003 damage stability norms are the following
 Static list to 80, the residual arm GZ > 0.2m, residual area >4.3m degr
 Static list to 15˚, the residual arm GZ > 0,1m, residual area >1.0m degr (0.0175m rad)
 Static list to 170, the residual arm GZ > 01m. Residual area >4.3m degr
 Static list to 120, the residual arm GZ > 0,1m. Residual area >4.3m degr
 Saya tidak tahu
7.a small amount of carbon dioxide wil quickly result in.
 Flames and smoke
 Screaming and shouting
 Fire
 Unconsciousness and death
 Sayatidak tahu
8. for givin CPR, an adult is defined as someone over the age of
 8 years
 12 years
 10 years
 6 years
 Saya tidak tahu
9. what is the correct ratio of compressions to breaths in CPR
 15 to 2
 30 to 1
 15 to 1
 30 to 2
 Saya tidak tahu
10. the depth of chest compressions in CPR for an adult is
 10??
 1-2??
 4-5??
 6-8??
 Saya tidak tahu
11. how long should you flush a victim’s eye with water if a chemical splashes in it?
 60 minutes
 5 minutes
 20 minutes
 Until help arrives
 Saya tidak tahu
12.warm a victim of hypothermia by
 Shinning a heat lamp on victim
 Giving the victim a hot bath
 Putting hot water bottles against the victim’s armpits and neck
 Covering the victim with blankets
 Saya tidak
13. the criteria for determining choise and the level of detail to aid introduction to new or newly commossioned crew members are?
 The age of seaman and the number of years worked sea
 The rank of the newly assigned crew member
 The inteligence quotient of the newly assigned crewmember
 The individual experience with the new assignment and job responsibilities
 Saya tidak tahu
14. to check a victim for life-threatening bleeding in the initial assessment
 Check for blood-saturated clothing or blood pooled under the body
 Look for a very pale skin color
 Remove the victim’s cloting and look everywhere
 Roll the victim over and inspect the whole body
 Saya tidak tahu
15. how much food per person is supplied in a lifeboat
 Not less than 20000kj
 Not less than 10000kj
 Not less than 5000kj
 None-only barley sugar sweets supplied
 Saya tidak tahu
16.the company should have procedures estabilished for corrective actions involves solutions which
  Punish the person guility of negiect without taking any other action afterwards
 Guaranty that there is no recurrence of a non-conformity
 Inverstigate who was at fault and ut the blame on the person involed
 May reduce or prevent occurrence of a non-conformity
 Saya tidak tahu
17.for how long and at what speed is a fully loaded lifeboat designed to operate in a calm weather?
 10knots for 24 hours
 6 knots for 24 hours
 4 konts for 48 hours
 3 knots for 24 hours
 Saya tidak tahu
18. objective evidences is required to confirm conformance with estabilished maintenance requirements inclusive
 Of documented procedures and instructions for the on board work routines and verifivation of their implementation by the appropriate
personnel
 Of a computerised maintenance program for diesel engines
 Of keeping work record books and inventories of deck and engine departments up to date
 Of a computerised planned maintenance system
 Saya tidak tahu
19. shipboard personnel, as part of day to day operation of the ship, should be expected to correct non-conformils whenever posible. In this
respect, what are non-conformites
 Deficiences
 Defects, malfunctioning
 Any one these
 Damage
 Saya tidak tahu
20.which indicates that a suspicious package?
 the parcel came from joe in the safety department and arrived quicker than expected
 the parcel is wrapped in clean, brown papper and is addressed to a crewmember from hia wife
 the parcel smells like chocolate
 the pasrcel is addressed to no one in partcipular, arrives unxepectedlly and seems heavy for its size
 saya tidak tahu
21.is a repairmen not comprised by the specification of crew under obligation to public supervision of maritime service?
 Yes, in any circumstances
 Yes, if no collective wages agreement aplies to the employment relationship
 Not in any circumstances
 Yes, if engaged by the owner
 Saya tidak tahu
22.a device that can detect drug packages in a large shipping ship shop is?
 Vapour detector
 Security container
 Acces control system
 Pallet scanner
 Saya tdk tahu
23.which of the following data layer categories is NOT displayed on ECDIS?
 Ship hydrodynamic information
 Hydrograhic ofice data
 Notice to mariners information
 ECDIS warnings and messages
 Saya tidak tahu
24.a conversion table for converting the charted depth in meters to feet can be found at?
 On the chart
 In bowditch vol. II
 In the light list
 All answers are correct
 Saya tidak tahu
25.which from of navigation may be suspended whitout notice under defense planning?
 celestial
 ploting
 all answers are false
 electronis
 saya tidak tahu
26.when navigating, large-scale maps are used because?
 Brightest lights are shown
 Better colour
 Larger symbols
 More accurate information
 Saya tidak tahu
27.which data must ECDIS be able to record at one-minute intervals?
 Estimated time of arrival
 Speed through the water
 Shaft RPM
 Course made good history
 Saya tidak tahu
28.what is meant by bearing in determining the position of the ship?
 The direction the ship takes on its voyage
 The paths of intended travel between three or more points
 Track in passage plan
 Course over the ground
 Saya tidak tahu
30. what is the meaning closest point of appproach?
 Range between theree ships will pass each other if both ships maintain course speed
 Two basic parameters needed to assess the risk of. Collision in meeting situation at sea are
 Located at the bottom which take place within radar terminology
 Saya tidak tahu
.
32
33.vessel is heeling over dangerously to port side, cargo will be put overboard to stop heeling
 I am heeling over to port: i will jettison cargo to stop heeling
 Have a dangerous list to port: i will put cargo over board to stop listing
 “i am heeling over to port: i will put cargo over board to stop listing
 I have a dangerous list to port: i will jettison cargo to stop listing
 Saya tidak tahu
36.
37.what shall the OOW do if the visibility conditions are fast deteriorating?
 Take more frequent position fixes
 Check all life saving equipment
 Start another radar
 Call the master
 Saya tdk tahu
41. which of these factors does bearing resolution depend on?
 PRF
 HBW
 VBW
 Peak power of the set
 Saya tidak tahu
42. to carry out a trial maneuver, which of these input information is not required?
 The proposed speed
 A delay
 The proposed position i the target
 The proposed sourse
 Saya tidak tahu
.
49. the most popular and accessible means of firefighting on ships is?
 Chemical foam
 Powder fire extinguishing means
 Water
 Carbon dioxide
 Saya tidak tahu
50. the deformation of the ship’s hull called sagging under draught survey means
 Torsion-difference in the draught between the port and starboards without hill
 Reduce draught in the middle compared to the ends
 Greater draught on the starboards side compared to the port side
 Increased draught in the middle compared to the ends
 Saya tidak tahu
52. the bridge is informed by an eye-witness that a man has just fallen overboard which of the following maneuvers is the most appropriate when
the person is still close to the vessel?
 Direct turn
 Williamson turn
 I dont know
 Scharnow turn
 Saya tidak tahu
57.on container vessels, twist locks are preferred over cone-based lashing systems because
 Cargo securing manuals do not allow for cobe-based lashing systems
 Twislocks provide uplift resistance as well as horizontal restraint, helping to prevent containers from failing overboard in heavy weather
  Cone-based lashing systems are not type-approved by classifcatin societies
 Cone-based lashing systems are more prone to failure than twinlocks
64.In the approved, in accordance with Annex of MARPOL by Administration "Shipboards Oil Pollution Emergency Plans-SOPEP"
 the captain there is no right to make additions and corrections, SOPEP has already been approved
 the master may submit additions, after authorization by the administration of flag
 the master is obliged to submit amendments to the relevant sections.
 the master may submit additions, after authorization by the company.
 Saya Tidak Tahu
66.The rights and obliations o the maritime Administration of the republik of bulgaria arise from...
 Rules for the structure and activity of the EXECUTIVE AENCY “maritime administration”
 Customs in bulgarian ports
 The rules of classification societies
 The merchant shipping code of bulgarian
 Saya tidak tahu
 .
70.what must be ensured before starting the ballasting of the doubel bottom tank with sewater is?
 After peak tank and fore peak tank have been filied prior to carrying out the ballasting operation
 Cargo spaces are empty of cargo, and the bilges have been covered with burlap
 All hatch covers are secured for sea going condition
 Correct valves have been opened, air ventilators are open and ballasting plan has beenargreed
 Saya tidak tahu
72.stack allowable weights on a container vessel should not be exceeded because this can cause
 The GM tov become excessive leading to high roll accelerations
 The lashing to be overloaded
 Failuire of the corner posts of the containers stowed at the bottom of the stack
 Torsional effects on the hull
 Saya tidak tahu
73. what is essential to ensure that efficient shipping of ballast tanks on a bulk carrier can be achieved?
 The trim of the vessel is not important
 A trim by the bow is required
 The vessel must be maintained at an even keel
 A good stern trim is maintained during de- ballasting oerations
 Saya tidak tahu
78.What shall the capacity of passenger ship lifeboats be?
 The boats of each board should take 125% of all persons on board the ship.
 The boats of each board should take 110% of all persons on board the ship.
 The boats of each board should take 50% of all persons on boards the ship.
 The boats of each board should take 100% of all persons on boards the ship.
 Saya Tidak Tah
 .
80.Which is the best way to board a liferaft which is floating close to the ship, when conditions permit?
 Wearing a lifejacket, jump into the water close to the raft and then swim to it
 Jump into the raft itself
 Use a rope ladder close to the raft to climb down and board
 Jump into the water close to the raft, without a lifejacket, as this will make it easier to swim and board the liferaft
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
81.How many annexes do we find in MARPOL and what is the content of annex 1?
 We find 6 annexes in MARPOL and annex 1 is the regulations for the prevention of pollution by all
 We find 5 annexes in MARPOL and annex 1 is the regulations for the prevention of pollution by sewage
 We find 4 annexes in MARPOL and annex 1 regulations for the prevention of pollution by garbage
 I don't know
82.Chapter III of SOLAS requires ships longer than 100 meters to have an additional life raft on the forecastle. Sho this life raft be equipped with a
hydrostatic release unit?
 No, this life raft is for intentional throwing overboard only
 It does not matter.
 Yes, as the other life rafts.
 Yes or no depending on the length of the ship.
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
84.What is the amount of the pyrotechnical equipment in the Life Boat?
 2 ps. Hand flares, 5 ps. Parachute rockets, 4 ps. Buoyant smoke signals;
 6 ps. Hand flares, 4 ps. Parachute rockets, 2 ps. Buoyant smoke signals
 4 ps. Hand flares,2 ps. Parachute rockets, 6 ps. Buoyant smoke signals
 8 ps. Hand flares,4 ps. Parachute rockets, 2 ps. Buoyant smoke signals
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
85.In accordance with the requirements of IACS the work of the loading computer system
  should be tested annually and documented by the master with or without the presence of a classification survey
 should be tested daily and that documented by the master with or without the presence of a classification survey
 should be tested monthly and that documented by the master with or without the presence of a classification survey.
 should be tested every five years and that documented by the master with or without the presence of a classification survey
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
86.Signal code indicates speed in kilometers/hour starting with the letter?
 V
 S
 D
 L
88.Signal code indicates speed in miles/hour starting with the letter?
 L
 D
 Y
 S
89.Computer and software for cargo calculations
 is supported by the manufacturing firm and are not subject to certification.
 is supported by the ship's crew and are not subject to certification.
 is maintained by computer Division of the Shipping company.
 are subject to approval and certifications by classification society.
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
90.The following instructions provide the correct LONGITUDE signal
 "G6950W" = "Longitude 117°50' East"
 "G6950S" = "Latitude 69°50' South"
 "G14535E" = "Longitude 145°35' East"
 "G6950S" = "Latitude 79°52' North"
 Saya Tidak Tahu
92.Lighting and figure objects are included in the COLREG section?
 Part A
 Part B
 Part D
 Part C
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
94.If the bows of the two ships of power cross each other what action should be taken?
 In a crossing situation, a vessel that sees another vessel on her portside must crossing from the other vessel
 If the bearing against the approaching ship, change
 In a crossing situation, a ship that sees another ship on its starboard must crossing from the other ship
 If the bearing on another ship changes
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
96.Conduct of vessels in sight of one another is regulated in COLREG in part?
 Section II of Part A P2TL
 Section II of Part B P2TL
 Part D P2TL
 Part C P2TL
 Saya Tidak Tahu
97.The following instructions provide the correct LATITUDE signal
 "L6950S" = "Latitude 69°50' South"
 "L6950S="Longitude 69°50' South"
 L6950S" = "Latitude 79°52' North"
 "L6950S"="Longitude 69°50' North"
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
98.Section Part B COLREG discusses?
 Send actions in restricted visibilty
 Action of the ship in a state of crossing
 The actions of ships in a state of seeing each other
 Action of the ship in every condition of sight
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
100.What amount of water will you hand out to each person as Commander of a life boat with which you left the ship?
 no water during the first 48h, then by 1/4 liter per day (more in the tropics).
 During the first 24 hours no water, then 1/2 liter per day (more in the tropics)
 no water during the first 24h, then by 1/4 liter per day (more in the tropics).
  1/2 liter immediately, then the 1/4 of the day (in the tropics).
 Saya Tidak Tahu.

105."A" class (fire) divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks Which of the following requirements do not comply with the rules?
(SOLAS II-2/3.3)
 Insulated on both sides with approved combustible material
 Constructed of combustible material
 Insulated on both sides with approved non-combustible material
 Constructed of non-combustible material
118.The temperature at the place where the fire extinguisher is installed must not exceed
 30°
 20°
 39°
 49°
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
119.Signal code indicates the Longitude of a place is expressed by 4 numbers or if deemed necessary 5 numbers starting with the letter?
 D
 A
 G
 B
128.The noble position of humans over God's creatures because humans have reason and have dignity in the form of creative abilities, sense of
initiative and high dignity and faith are called
 Responsibility
 Respect
 Nature
 Dignity
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
129.A process or a number of continuous and interconnected activities that involve humans, technology, methods, and capital to achieve an
organizational goal in the operation of ships:
 Company management
 Government management
 Guided management
 Ship management
131.Determination of embossed gastric markings placed on the right and left sides of the middle of the ship (amidship), must be in accordance with
 LLC 1966
 Marpol 73/38
 Solas 1974
 STCW 1978
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
139.In the implementation of the competence based curriculum there are a number of forms which relate with the individual and social, among
other things as follows, except.
 Occupational competence
 Diagonal competence
 Academic competence
 Cultural competence
 Saya Tidak Tahu
140.Courage to make quick, precise, practical and rational decisions and take responsibility for the consequences and risks that arise as a
consequence of the decisions taken, is the definition of?
 Must be purpose based leadership
 Approach between leaders who are leaders
 Approach leadership goals
 Leadership approach based on leadership goals
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
141.The implementation of the policy depends on the commitment of the decisions Wordy efforts made will be in vain. The way to do this is
through easy-to-accept communication Mudince
 Boss pays attention by letter
 Subordinates do their best
 Bosses don't care what the letter contains
 Subordinates work by letter
 Saya Tidak Tahu
143.Human resources to crew the ship must be prepared with good planning, therefore it is necessary
 Interview
 Ability test before boarding the ship
 Psychological test
  On-board training
144.Managerial is a blend of art and science, the meaning of the word is
 Managers must master science and art
 Managers must master knowledge
 Managers must master the art
 Managers must be creative
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
145.Education with meaning is based on a number of pillars, among other things as follows, except
 Learning on how to compete
 Learning on how to know and to master
 Learning on how to live together
 Learning on how to do
 saya Tidak Tahu.
146.Decision making process is always faced with probability situations. A manager must calculating the probability factor based on the following
matters, except
 The capacity and experiences in making the decisions
 The analytical ability
 The level of intelligence of a manager
 The ability to duplicate the past experiences
 Saya Tidak Tahu
147.Which annexes of MARPOL did not come into force internationally?
 Annex 5, and Annex 6
 Annex 3, and Annex 6
 Annex 4, and Annex 5
 Annex 4, and Annex 6
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
148.When do you automatically have the consent of a victim to give first aid?
 a child whose parents are present
 any adult who cannot spea
 a responsive adult who seems upset
 an unresponsive adult
 Saya Tidak Tahu
149.The requirements listed regarding life-saving equipment in accordance with current regulations are ?
 All prescribed life-saving appliances shall be made of non-combustible or fire retardant material
 All prescribed life-saving appliances shall be fitted with the manufacturers name and Logo
 All prescribed life-saving appliances shall have marking in red colour
 All prescribed life-saving appliances shall be of such a colour that they are in contrast to the surrounding colour
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
150.In passenger ships, all watertight doors in main transverse bulkheads shall be operated
 daily
 monthly
 each four hour watch
 weakly
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
151.The hull and the machinery of a cargo ship are subject of certification over a period of time established by the Administration, but not more
than
 2 years.
 4 years.
 5 years.
 3 years.
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
155.What could happen if a bulk vessel failed to display placards notifying the crew of the disposal of garbage within and outside Special Areas?
 The ship owner could be penalized by the P. & I. Club concerned
 The vessel could be detained by its flag Administration
 The vessel could be detained by port state control authorities
 The classification society concerned could suspend the Vessel's International Oil Pollution Prevention (IOPP) Certificate
158.The most important consideration, in terms of stress, when planning stowage of containers on a container vessel would be
 Distribution of the containers only
 Distribution and weight of the containers
 The vessel's draft and trim
 Weight of the containers only
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
containers over board during a voyage. Upon arriving in the port the vessel is being inspected by attending Surveyor. Mist important item to be
checked during this inspection would be
 The vessel class certificate
 The Vessel safety equipment certificate
 Certificate approval related to lashing equipment used to secure those containers
 The vessel safety construction certififate
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
165.The effect of coal with a high sulfur content is?
 A possible shift of cargo and loss of stability
 Evolution of methane gases resulting in fire and explosion
 Spontaneous combustion leading to a large outbreak of fire
 Corrosion of steelwork in the cargo holds if the cargo becomes wet
166.How many classes is specified in the IMDG-Code ?
 3
 4
 5
 9
167.Oil, chemical and gas tankers over 10,000 GT and other ships above 70,000 GT, the main steering gear shall comprise:
 Three or more identical power unit
 One power unit
 Four or more identical power unit
 Two or more identical power units
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
168."A" Class divisions in ships are constructed so that they are capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame to the end of a standard fire
test held for how many minutes?
 30 minutes
 90 minutes
 20 minutes
 60 minutes
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
169.A self contained Breathing Apparatus should contain at least 1200 litters of air. How long should this last a normal person who is not carrying
out hard work?
 15 minutes
 30 minutes
 90 minutes
 60 minutes
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
170.Which of the following principles is important to follow when searching for explosives?
 Do not touch any suspicious packages
 Try to reach behind bulkheads to find a bomb
 Throw any suspicious items overboard
 Know exactly what a bomb looks like
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
171.What class of fire is a smouldering fire of Metal materials?
 class A
 class B
 class C
 class D
 saya tidak tahu
172.What is the acronym PPI?
 Plan positioning indicator
 Plan positioning indicating
 Plan position indicating
 Plan position indicator
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
173.Pump rooms on oil tankers shall be provided with a fixed fire-extinguishing system. Which of the following systems is in accordance with
present regulations? (SOLAS II-2/63)
 Portabel Fixed Foam fire-extinguisher system
 Fixed CO2 fire-extinguisher system
 Portabel Fixed CO2 fire-extinguisher system
 Fixed Foam fire-extinguisher system
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
174.According to (SOLAS II-2/2.2.3), type of construction material should be avoided regarding fire protection purposes is?
  All plastic material
 All combustible materials
 All composite materials
 All uncovered wooden material
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
175.How many fireman's outfits are to be carried by tankers? (SOLAS II-2/17.3.1.2)
 At least three sets
 At least four sets
 At least two sets
 At least five sets
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
176."B" Class divisions in ships are constructed so that they are capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame to the end of a standard fire
test held for how many minutes?
 90 minutes
 30 minutes
 15 minutes
 60 minutes
 Saya Tidak Tahu
177.Accommodation spaces separated from the remainder of the ship by thermal and structural boundaries. Why?
 Because it is required by the flag port regulations
 So that passengers can stay in the accommodation in case of fire in the engine room
 To increase effectiveness of the air-conditioning in the accommodation
 To provide means of escape for the passenger and crew
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
178.It is the Master's responsibility to verify that the specific requirements (procedures and instructions) regarding the Safety Management System
are observed. Who should actually verify this on board?
 the Master and Officers
 the chief engineer
 the master
 the Designated Person
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
179.Who may serve as the person in charge of an oil transfer aboard a tanker in a US port?
 the bosun
 A certificated tankerman
 the pumpman
 Only licensed officers
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
180.An AED should be used on a nonbreathing victim seen to collapse suddenly.
 after giving abdominal thrusts for choking
 after getting RMA and doctor will tell you to use it
 as soon as possible
 after you give CPR for 2 minutes
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
181.In international law the territorial sea forms part of a State's territory. At how many miles does the Law of the Sea Convention set the limit of
the territorial sea?
 twelve miles
 Two hundred miles
 six miles
 twenty miles
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
182.Who is responsible for not violating the strength of the ship?
 The administration of the flag State
 The classification organization.
 The master.
 The company that manage the ship
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
183.A Cargo Ship Construction Certificate will be issued for:
 A period not exceeding 24 months
 A period not exceeding 48 months
 A period not exceeding 12 months
 A period not exceeding 6 months
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
184.The master of the vessel shall submit a sea protest in cases where...
  The interests of the ship owner are affected by an unauthorized act
 the administration of a certain country does not respect the right of the flag
 as a result of force majeure or other conditions which affect or might affect the interests of the ship owner
 If the ship is to pass through an area with active military activities
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
185.Which organization or administration is responsible for examinations and inspections of ships and the issue of a "Safety certificate of
equipment and the supply of cargo ship"?
 Government Authorities of the Flag State
 International Labor Organization (ILO).
 Ships Classification Associations (Lloyd's, American Bureau of Shipping. The Norwegian Veritas, Germanische Lloyd's, etc.)
 International Maritime Organization (IMO).
 Saya Tidak Tahu
186.The Administration" may allow the certified seafarer to occupy a higher position for a period of up to..
 3 months.
 6 months.
 1 year.
 9 months ago.
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
189. Pertamax is a type of cargo that is flammable, so in the IMDG-code it is included in......
 class 4
 class 1
 class 2
 class 3.
194.Common background colors used on warning signs that require certain "mandatory" actions, such as actions that may require wearing a seat
belt during certain work tasks are?
 Blue
 Yellow
 Red
 Green
 Saya Tidak Tahu
195.Sinkage remaining to maximum draft A bulk carrier that must complete loading at a draft of 10 meters. The current midline draft of the vessel is
9.96 meters (left side) and 9.98 meters (right side). Is?
 0.02 metres
 0.30 metres
 0.04 metres
 0.03 metres
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
196.Who is most responsible if a ship accident occurs on a mandatory waters of inland sea while the command is under Pilot advise when guiding
the ship in the local waters
 All answers are correct
 Master as the responsible leader on board
 Pilot as the responsible leader when guiding the ship
 Master and Pilot are equally responsible
 Saya Tidak Tahu
197.One of the efforts to avoid rusting on the walls of the loading tank or ballast are:
 Doing coating
 All wrong
 Smearing with oil
 Don't fill the tank with seawater
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
198.A reefer vessel is loading a cargo of fruit alongside in a port. During loading another vessel arrives at an adjacent berth to have its cargo
discharged after having been towed in following a fire onboard which had resulted in abandonment. What should concern the Master of the reefer
vessel most about the situation?
 To maintain a specified minimum temperature for a prescribed time period to kill off any fruit bacteri which may be present to the the
cargo
 All answers are correct
 Cover the stow with a Tenasco (heavy plastic) sheet where possible to protect it from the wind
 That the cargo may be contaminated by the smell of smoke and the products of combustion from the damaged vessel
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
of the cargo hatch bilges are normally covered with burlap, so as
 To prevent small particles of cargo draining into the bilges
 To protect the plates from stevedore damage
 To allow water and large particles of cargo to drain into the bilges
 To prevent drainage of liquefied cargo into the bilges
  Saya Tidak Tahu.
202.What the meaning of "Fresh Water Allowance"?
 The number of millimetres by which a vessel's True Mean Draught changes when shepasses from salt water to fresh water, or vica versa
 The number of millimetres by which a vessel's True Mean Draught changes when shepasses from salt water into a dock of a different
water density
 The number of centimetres by which a vessel's maximum draught is calculated to increase when she passes from saltwater to freshwater
 The allowance assigned by the Classification Society when the vessel is built, to indicate the compensation that may be applied during
topping off to allow for dock water density
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
204.The criteria that must be met when loading cement bulk cargo, specific gravity and flow characteristics are
 They are fixed and the cargo has a stowage factor of 0.5 cubic metres/tone
 The volume of air in the cargo
 The volume of water in the cargo
 The volume of the cargo
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
205.The Ship lifting plan must be proof load tested and all parts thoroughly examined at intervals not exceeding:
 4 years
 6 years
 5 years
 3 years
 Saya Tidak Tahu.

210.Passanger Ships have normal requirement of lifejacket per person + 10% for children. In addition to this, how many lifejackets have to be
stowed in conspicuous places on deck or at the muster stations?
 5% extra
 10% extra
 15% extra
 25% extra
 Saya Tidak Tahu.

211.What is the purpose of a draught survey before and after loading on a Bulk Carrier?
 To measure ship dead weight is not over than maximum load cap
 To ascertain the actual weight of cargo loaded
 Because of movement of the cargo during the vo
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
 All answers are correct
213,Your ship's ballast treatment system has broken down and there are no ballast water reception facilities at next port. Which of the following
option may be considerated an acceptable action by the port state in such an emergency situation
 Chemicals treatment
 Direct trough away over the sea
 A Decision not treat
 Physical treatment
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
214.A bulk cargo declaration shows that the iron ore to be loaded has an angle of repose of 45degrees, what does this indicate
 The cargo pile is stable and unlikely to shift
 The cargo should not be accepted to load
 The cargo pile will be very unstable
 The cargo not accepted
 Saya Tidak Tahu
216.A ship that is in a Soft condition has the characteristics of
 Shaking and returning slowly
 Weight on the bottom
 Very Contable
 everything is conect
 Saya Tidak Tahu
226.Does water displacement (A) depend from the density of sea water?
 To: If less density (A) reduced
 Yes If less density (A) increases
 Does not depend on the density of sea water.
 Yes. In greater density (A) increases
 Saya Tidak Tahu
227.Do you always have to notify the National Response Center (OPA-90), In case of pollution in US waters?
 Yes, within thirty (30) minutes
  Yes, within three (3) days
 Yes, within fifteen (15) days
 No, not if the local US State Authority is correctly notified
 Saya Tidak Tahu
228.The rules of annex VI to MARPOL 73/78 refer to prevent?
 the transfer of species-aliens with ships ballast waters
 air pollution from ships.
 pollution of the sea by oil.
 pollution of the marine environment from ships.
 Saya Tidak Tahu

234.In every decision making process, a manager must take into account the following actions, except
 To take actions until the problem grows bigger
 To take anticipated actions
 To take preventive actions
 The attitude which accepts the reality

1.What is the suggested navigational systems is a "Hyperbolic" navigational system and has hyperbolae as positionlines?

 Radio Direction Finder

 Loran C
 GPS
 All of the suggested systems
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
2.What is the main component in the display unit ?
 scanner
 waueguide
 T/R cell
 cathode ray unit
 Saya Tidak Tahu.
3. What is the signal from a racon ?
 does not provide identification
 only provides bearing data
 enables the beacon to be identified
 only provides range data
 SayaTidak Tahu.
4. Control the amplification of echoes received is used to?

 Gain
 Focus
 Brilliance
 Differentiatorn
 SayaTidak Tahu.
5. What are such are as known as target detection ranges are considerably reduced due to shipboard structures likethe Samson posts etc.?

 Shadow areas
 Blind areas
 Blind sectors
 Shadow sectors
 SayaTidak Tahu
7. What is the vector mode selected on the Arpa when the ship is navigating in dense fog where the visibility is lessthan one mile. The Arpa radar is
set on a range 12 miles on a course of 314 degrees and own ship has a vector asshown ?
 Relative vectors
 Relative vectors, sea stabilized
 Relative vectors, ground stabilized
 True vectors
 SayaTidak Tahu.
8. The PPI known as the ability of a radar set to clearly distinguish two targets, on the same range and slightly different bearings, as two separate
targets on?
 Maximum range
 Bearing discrimination
 Range discrimination
 Minimum range
 SayaTidak Tahu.
9. The targets echoes appear along a line called ?
 heading marker
 timebase
 scanner
 centre line
  SayaTidak Tahu.
10. How often should anchor bearings be taken, while as vessel is at anchorage?
 At least every hour
 In accordance with local port state rules
 At least every four hours
 they are only required if the weather is bad
 SayaTidak Tahu.
11. Which of these is a result of true motion display?

 CPA and time directly obtained

 All objects move relatively on the PPI
 CPA and time obtained only by plotting triangle of relative velocities
 Course, speed and aspect of any target obtained only by plotting of triangle of relative velocities
12. What is the two of most important input information required to operate the ARPA accurately?
 Position and GMT time
 GMT time and speed
 Heading and GMT time
 Speed and heading
 SayaTidak Tahu.
13.What is the requirements for using radar for collision advance are described in
 Radar Manual Vol. 2
 Marine Orders Part 21
 Admiralty List of Radio Signals
 International Regulations for Prevention of Collisions at Sea
14. What is used to warn the observer if any distinguishable target closes to a range or transits a zone chosen by theobserver?
 Target lost warning
 Guard rings and zones
 Collision course warning
 Cpa warnings
 SayaTidak Tahu
15. What would be the most probable cause of the error, when using the echo sounder in a river the soundings indicatedmay be incorrect?
 Shallow water effects
 The density of the water
 There should be no error with a properly working echo sounder
 The strength of the tide and current in the river
 SayaTidak Tahu.
16. How can an ARPA assist the ship to steer a suitable course to make good the entrance to a channel?
 Select Relative motion display and make Own Ship vector pass through the middle of the entrance to the channel
 Select True ground stabilised vectors and make the vectors from both buoys at the entrance to the channel pass either side of the centre
of the screen
 Select ground stabilised true motion display and alter course so that own ships true vector passes through the middle of the entrance to
the channel
 Acquire the buoy at the entrance to the channel and on relative vector display alter course to make the vector of the buoy pass directly
through the centre of the screen
17. Which of these glues only a bearing and not a range?

 Racon
 Ramark
 Lt vessel
 Buoy
 SayaTidak Tahu.
18. To carry out a Trial maneuver, Which of these input information is not required?

 A delay
 The proposed position of the target
 The proposed speed
 The proposed course
 SayaTidak Tahu.
19. The quantity s, in the equation d = (tx s) r2, is ?

 The range scale in use

 The speed of the radar waves
 The diameter of the radar screen
 The width of the scanner
 SayaTidak Tahu.
20. The transmitter is have a main component, what is the?

 magnetron
 cathode ray tube
 antenna
 power supply
  SayaTidak Tahu.
21. The echo presentation have factors govern, What is the factors?

 Characteristics of the receiver

 Characteristics of the display
 All of these
 Characteristics of the Transmitter
 SayaTidak Tahu.
22. To warn the observer if any distinguishable target closes to a range or transits a zone chosen by the observer, it isused?

 Collision course warning

 Ca warnings
 Guard rings and zones
 Target lost warning
 SayaTidak Tahu.
23. What is the acronym PPl?

 Plan position indicating

 Plan positioning indicating
 Plan positioning indicator
 Plan position indicator
 SayaTidak Tahu.
24. Why should Ground Stabilised True Motion display mode be avoided when using the Arpa for anti-collision purposes

 The true vector can never give an indication of collision risk with another ship
 The Relative Motion display and relative vectors is the only display to use for anti-collision purposes
 The collision regulations are based on ship courses through the water
 True motion does not provide the collision risk of other ships
 SayaTidak Tahu.
25. uses pulse in radar transmission in order to

 avoid interference
 counteract bad weather
 Conserve energy
 detect close range targets
 SayaTidak Tahu.
26. The officer in charge of a navigational watch must ?

 to be on the bridge when necessary

 to attend the bridge or always be available for the call
 be physically present on the bridge
 always be available for the call
 SayaTidak Tahu.
27. The international nautical mile is

 185 meters
 1,853 meters
 1852 meters
 1,852 meters
 SayaTidak Tahu
28. What is the name of rate at which two moving objects approach or separate from each other called?

 Relative distance
 Relative bearing
 Relative movement
 Relative speed
 SayaTidak Tahu.
29.Radars 10 cm also called ?

 S band
 L band
 X band
 M band
 SayaTidak Tahu
30. What is function of the waueguide?

 shape the beam in vertical plane

 generate the R.F. pulses
 conduct pulses to and from the scanner
 block the transmitter during reception
 SayaTidak Tahu.
31. Unwanted radial lines that sometimes appear on the radar screen, the name given is?
  Racking
 Starring
 Ranging
 Spoking
 SayaTidak Tahu.
33. The best land target to use for a radar bearing is

 a sloping foreshore
 a coastal indentation
 a large headland
 a small isolated feature
 SayaTidak Tahu
34. What is the called of a reference for target bearings is provided by a line on the radar screen ?

 boanner line
 centre line
 limabane
 heading marker
 SayaTidak Tahu
35. Target ranges are obtained from

 the range marker

 the pulse repetition frequency
 the heading marker
 the bearing marker
 SayaTidak Tahu.
36. Where will you find the number of the chart?
 Always outside the right hand margin
 Always outside the left hand margin
 At the bottom right hand corner and top left hand corner outside the margin
 Below the chart title
 SayaTidak Tahu.
37. which affects the strength rather than the direction of the reflected radar energy, what the factor is?
 target shape
 target aspect
 target surface texture
 target size
 SayaTidak Tahu.
38. If possible, when choosing objects for position fixing by radar ranges you should, to avoid?
 steep faced features
 large prominent features
 small isolated features
 sloping land features
 SayaTidak Tahu.
39. What is the meaning closest point of approach ?

 range between three ships will pass each other if both ships maintain course speed
 the closest two ships will pass each other if both ships maintain course and speed
 Two basic parameters needed to assess the risk of. collision in meeting situation at sea are passing
 Located at the bottom which take place within Radar terminology
 SayaTidak Tahu.
40. The critical time while anchoring in a strong current and narrow channel is?

 When the anchor has been dropped

 When the speed drops below steerage way
 When the ship stops in the water before the anchor is dropped
 When the ship is 'brought-up"to the anchor
 SayaTidak Tahu.
41. What is the vertical beam must be wide enough to allow for?

 rolling and pitching of the ship

 the size of large targets
 reduction of sea clutter
 elimination of shadow sectors
 SayaTidak Tahu.
42. The advantages of a GPS satellite system compared to other navigational aids is?
 The GPS system gives information about position, speed and time continuously world wide
 The GPS system gives information about weather and waveconditions in the area
 The GPS system is based on hyperbola navigation
 The GPS system has a built-in group of six radio-beacons called a Decca chain
 SayaTidak Tahu.
43. Acronym of EBL?
  Electronic Bearing Liner
 Electric Bearing Liner
 Electric Bearing Line
 Electronic Bearing Line
 SayaTidak Tahu.
44. What is the function of a corner reflector
 Increase the detectability of small targets
 Increase the radar power output
 detect targets below the radar horizon
 enable the radar to examine shadow areas
 SayaTidak Tahu.
45. Which of these factors does bearing resolution depend on ?
 PRF
 Peak power of the set
 VBW
 HBW
 SayaTidak Tahu.
46. The Master will review the Safety Management System and report to the Company when ?
 The Company should set a standard interval for such reviews
 Prior to the arrival of the external auditor every year
 Whenever there is a deficiency noted on board
 Prior to change of command
 SayaTidak Tahu.
48. How to perform this technique when abdominal Thrust is the name on a technique which involves applying a seriesof thrusts to the upper
abdomen in an attempt to force air out of a choking casualty's lungs ?
 Remove the obstruction and restore normal breathing
 Lay casualty on a hard surface, e.g deck, and press firmly and rapidly on the middle of the lower half of the breast bone
 Stand behind the casualty. Clench your fist with the tumb inwards in the center of upper abdomen Grasp your fist with your other hand
and pull quickly inwards.
 Let the casualty grab a list and hang up right down for a period of minirum 5 minutes.
 SayaTidak Tahu
49. When washing down during hatch cleaning operations, the officer responsible for the operation must ensure that
 Vessel has been trimmed by the bow to sufficiently carry out stripping operations
 The vessel has been ballasted to an even keel condition.
 The plan has been agreed to keep the wash water to a minimum.
 The ship has a large trim by the stern.
50. A bulk carrier is loading to complete at a draught of 10.00m when in salt water. She is currently floating in dock water and the Dock Water
Allowance (DWA) is 80 mm. Her maximum draught at completion of loading should be
 9.92 metres
 10.08 metres
 9.20 metres
 10.80 metres
51. It is common practice on bulk carriers to fill only one set of ballast tanks at any one time so as to
 Ensure that free surfaces in ballast tanks do not become excessive during the ballasting operation
 Ensure that bending moments do not become excessive
 Keep the vessel trimmed by the stern at all times during loading
 Prevent excessive list from developing
52. The purpose of the cargo hold ventilator grill is to
 Prevent any large objects from falling into the hold
 Prevent any sparks from entering the hold space
 Protect the ship's crew from pirates in case of an attack on the vessel
 Prevent stowaways from entering the hold via the ventilator trunking
53.
I.PLAN AND CONDUCT A PASSAGE AND DETERMINE POSITION
1. A cumulative list of notices to mariners are published _____ a year. once
2. A marine sextant has the index arm set at zero and the reflected image of the horizon forms a continuous line with
the actual image. When the sextant is rotated about the line of sight the images separate. The sextant has
____side error
3. A navigator fixing a vessel's position by radar __________ Should only use radar bearings when the range exceeds
the distance to the horizon
4. A polyconic projection is based on a __________. d. series of cones tangent at selected parallels
5. A position obtained by crossing lines of position taken at different times and advanced to a common time is a(n)
__________.running fix
6. A position obtained by taking lines of position from one object at different times and advancing them to a common
time is a(n) __________. d. running fix
7. A position that is obtained by applying estimated current and wind to your vessel's course and speed is a(n)
__________. b. estimated position
8. A position that is obtained by using two or more intersecting lines of position taken at nearly the same time, is a(n)
__________. Estimated position
9. A sextant having an index error that is "off the arc" has a __________.positive correction
10. A sextant having an index error that is "on the arc" has a __________. negative correction
11. A ship is navigating in the Caribbean in August when it receives the warning of a Hurricane. To determine the
centre of the storm the Master uses "Buys Ballot's Law" and faces the wind. On what side of the Master would
the low pressure area be located?On the right side
12. A ship's position is best plotted by bearings from ____________. fixed known objects on the shore
13. A single line of position combined with a dead-reckoning position results in a(n) __________. b. estimated position
14. A vertical sextant angle gives _________. The height of a bridge above sea level
15. A vessel is steaming in east longitude on January 25 and crosses the International Date Line on an eastbound
course at 0900 zone time. What is the date and time at Greenwich when the vessel crosses the line? b. 2100, 24
January
16. A vessel's position should be plotted using bearings of __________. b. fixed known objects on shore
17. A voyage passage plan is made from _____. c. berth to berth
18. According to the recommendations of International Navigational Congress in 1912, the ratio of length to width at
the entrance for cargo vessels is c. 7.4 and 7.8 to 1
19. All Loran-C transmitting stations are equipped with cesium frequency standards which permit __________. b. each
station to transmit without reference to another station
20. At 0000 you fix your position and plot a new DR track line. At 0200 you again fix your position and it is 0.5 mile east
of your DR. Which statement is TRUE? d. The drift is 0.25 knot.
21. Because of the reflecting properties of a sextant, if the sextant altitude reads 60° on the limb, the actual arc of the
limb from 0° to the 60° reading is __________. b. 30°
22. Charted depth is the __________. b. vertical distance from the chart sounding datum to the ocean bottom
23. Civil twilight begins at 1910 zone time on 20 July 1981. Your DR position at that time is LAT 22°16'N, LONG
150°06'W. Which statement concerning the planets available for evening sights is TRUE?Venus will have a
westerly meridian angle.
24. Civil twilight occurs at 0558 zone time on 30 December 1981. Your DR position at that time is LAT 15°02'N, LONG
46°02'W. Which statement concerning the planets available for morning sights is TRUE?At 0558, Mars can be
used for an ex-meridian observation.
25. Coastal radio navigational warnings are issued _____. by port and harbour authorities within their respective limits
26. Controls testing of bridge equipment should be carried out _______. c. one to two hours prior sailing
27. Define the required interval between position fixes. d. Such that the vessel cannot be set appreciable off
course, or into danger by the effects of wind, tide or current
28. Distance along a track line is measured on a Mercator chart by using the __________. latitude scale near the
middle of the track line
29. During the month of October the Sun's declination is __________. c. south and increasing
30. For navigational purposes, each great circle on the Earth has a length of __________. d. 21,600 miles
31. From the following data: Sextant altitude (LL): 38?12.4'; Index error : 3.0' on the arc; Corr'n for HE : 6.6'; Total corr'n
for sun : for UL -17.0' , for LL + 14.8. What is the true altitude of the Sun's Lower limb? 38?30.8'
32. How can an ARPA assist the ship to steer a suitable course to make good the entrance to a channel? Select ground
stabilised true motion display and alter course so that own ships true vector passes through the middle of the
entrance to the channel.
33. How can the error of the Gyro compass be determined?By taking a transit bearing with the gyro compass of two
prominent fixed shore objects and comparing it with the bearing of the same objects on the chart
34. How many fixed objects are needed to plot a running fix? b. One
35. How often is it recommended that a position fix is taken during a sea voyage if the ship is in open waters ? c.
At least every 30 minutes
36. How should a vessel cross a traffic lane when obliged to do so? c)On a HEADING as nearly as practical at right
angles to the direction of traffic flow
37. If Loran-C signals become unsynchronized, the receiver operator is warned because __________.signals begin to
blink
38. If the radar is set onto the Relative Motion Display, what would an echo of a target with no trail indicate? Note this
the trail of the echo and not a vector.The target is on the same course and speed as own ship.
39. If the radar scanner of one ship is at the same height as the cargo deck of the other during transfer operations,
which type of radar would pose a greater danger of the induced ignition ? F. A 10cm radar.
40. If the radio signal ground wave extends out for less distance than the minimum skywave distance, there is an area
in which no signal is received. This is called the __________. a. skip zone
41. If the strength of the wind is related to the pressure gradient and the space between the isobars, which of the
following statements is correct? The closer the isobars are together the stronger will be the predicted wind.
42. In Loran C ___________. The master and secondary stations transmits 8 pulses each
43. In Mercator sailing ________---. DMP = d'lat x Secant Course
44. In order to remove index error from a sextant, you should adjust the __________. b. horizon glass to make it
parallel to the index mirror with the index set at zero
45. In the Beaufort Scale of Wind Force, what is the Beaufort number associated with the wind force known as a
"Gale"? This should not be confused with a "Near Gale" or "Strong Gale"Eight (8)
46. In which country would you expect the channels to be marked with the IALA-B Buoyage System? c. Peru
47. In which source could you find the number of a chart for a certain geographic area? b. Catalog of Charts
48. In which voyage, between two points, is the rhumb line distance NOT approximately the same as the great circle
distance? b. The two points are in high latitudes in the same hemisphere.
49. Is the location of the Compass Binnacle critical?Yes, for the reasons stated in all of the suggested answers
50. It is 1200 local time for an observer at 54°E longitude. Which statement is TRUE? c. The observer is in time zone -4.
51. Mariners are FIRST warned of serious defects or important changes to aids to navigation by means of __________.
a. marine broadcast Notice to Mariners
52. Mean high water is the reference plane used for __________. b. heights above water of land features such as lights
53. Merencanakan dan melaksanakan pelayaran dan menentukan posisi. (Plan and conduct a passage and determine
position ) Before the voyage commences.
54. On 6 July 1981, at 1000 zone time, you cross the 180th meridian steaming westward. What is your local time? d. It
is 1000, 7 July.
55. On a chart, the characteristic of the light on a lighthouse is shown as flashing white with a red sector. The red
sector __________. b. indicates a danger area
56. Pick up the correct statement from the following: d. All the above
57. Plotting position using the method of a running fix is used when _Three bearing position lines are available of
different objects
58. Spring tides are tides that __________.have lows lower than normal and highs higher than normal
59. The azimuth of a body whose LHA is 195? will be _____. b. easterly
60. The compass binnacle on the ship has various specific functions, which of the following answers reflect its most
important functions.All of the answers provided
61. The date is the same all over the world at __________. b. 1200 GMT
62. The datum from which the predicted heights of tides are reckoned in the tide tables is __________. b. the same as
that used for the charts of the locality
63. The Decca green zone has ________. 18 lanes
64. The difference (measured in degrees) between the GHA of the body and the longitude of the observer is the
__________. b. meridian angle
65. The difference between local apparent time (LAT) and local mean time (LMT) is indicated by the ______ Difference
of longitude between the local and central meridian in time units
66. The difference in local time between an observer on 114°W and one on 119°W is __________. c. 20 minutes
67. The distance covered by a ship on four successive days were 320, 300, 310 and 330 nautical miles respectively. Find
the average daily run speed if each day is 24 hours long d. 315 naut. Miles
68. The DMP between latitude 20? 30' N and latitude 10? 15' S is _________. 634.77
69. The drift and set of tidal, river, and ocean currents refer to the ____speed and direction toward which the current
flows
70. The equation of time is 12m 00s and the mean Sun is ahead of the apparent Sun. If you are on the central meridian
of your time zone, at what zone time will the apparent Sun cross the meridian?1212
71. The equation of time is 8m 40s. The apparent Sun is ahead of the mean Sun. If you are on the central meridian of
your time zone, the apparent Sun will cross your meridian at __________. 11-51-20 ZT
72. The GHA of the first point of Aries is 315° and the GHA of a planet is 150°. What is the right ascension of the planet?
b. 11 hours
73. The gyro compass can suffer from a compass error and may need to be allowed for, when steering a course in a
dangerous navigational area. What is the probable cause of the error?An uncorrected course and speed error.
74. The horizon glass of a sextant is __________.silvered on its half nearer the frame
75. The index error is determined by adjusting the __________. Index mirror
76. The latest edition of a chart can be found from _______. The chart catalogue
77. The LMT of LAN is 1210. Your longitude is 70°30'E. Which time would you use to enter the Nautical Almanac to
determine the declination of the Sun at LAN? 0728
78. The marine sextant is subject to seven different types of errors, four of which may be corrected by the navigator.
An error NOT correctable by the navigator is __________prismatic error
79. The parallax angle will vary the most with the time of year for __________.Venus
80. The part of a sextant mounted directly over the pivot of the index arm is the __________. a. index mirror
81. The path that a vessel is expected to follow, represented on a chart by a line drawn from the point of departure to
the point of arrival, is the __________track line
82. The period at high or low tide during which there is no change in the height of the water is called the __________.
c. stand of the tide
83. The position accuracy of Loran-C degrades with increasing distance from the transmitting stations as __________.
b. a result of variation in propagation conditions
84. The position of the ship is found by taking a series of bearings using a magnetic compass. How should an error of 5
degrees WEST be applied to the compass bearings?Subtract 5 degrees to the bearings
85. The positions of the ship provided by the GPS should always be confirmed by other means, when possible. Which of
the following suggested methods would be the most accurate? The ranges of three distinctive shore objects on
the radar.
86. The range of tide is the __________difference between the heights of high and low tide
87. The rate of increase in hour angle is the slowest for __________the Moon
88. The reference datum used in determining the heights of land features on most charts is __________mean high
water
89. The Sailing Directions (Enroute) contain information on __________ Port facilities
90. The SHA of star "VEGA" to the nearest minute is _______137?18'
91. The ship is navigating in dense fog where the visibility is less than one mile. The Arpa radar is set on a range 12
miles on a course of 314 degrees and own ship has a vector as shown. What is the vector mode selected on the
Arpa?True vectors
92. The time interval between the transmission of signals from a pair of Loran-C stations is very closely controlled and
operates with __________.an atomic time standard
93. The true wind is from 330°T, speed 6 knots. You want the apparent wind to be 30 knots from 10° on your port bow.
To what course and speed must you change? d. Cn 090°, 32.5 knots
94. The velocity of the current in large coastal harbors is __________. c. predicted in Tidal Current Tables
95. The world is divided into NAVAREAS for the dissemination of important marine information. Which NAVAREAS
include the Indonesian? XI
96. The zone time of LAN is 1152. Your longitude is 73°15'E. What time would you use to enter the Nautical Almanac to
determine the declination of the Sun at LAN? 0659
97. To which traffic separation schemes does Rule 10 apply? Those adopted by the International Maritime Organization
98. Vessels required to have an Automatic Radar Plotting Aid must have a device to indicate the __________speed of
the vessel over the ground or through the water
99. What action should the Officer of the Watch (OOW) take if he is forced to make a major deviation from the voyage
plan?Inform the Master
100. What are the limits of a passage or voyage plan?From berth to berth
101. What are the main components causing the magnetic compass to require a regular evaluation and compass
correction?Permanent and induced magnetism in the ships structure
102. What are the required data inputs into most gyro compasses to reduce any possible compass error?Latitude and
Speed
103. What are the two parts of the magnetic compass error?Variation and Deviation
104. What chart should be used when navigating ?The largest scale chart onboard for the area which is properly
corrected
105. What corrections must be applied to the echo sounder reading to compare the depth of water with the depth
printed on the chart?Draught of the ship
106. What could be the reason for the magnetic compass to swing through large angles when the ship is rolling in a
seaway?The heeling error magnets are upside down and/or not in the correct position.
107. What describes an accurate position that is NOT based on any prior position?Fix
108. What is a nonadjustable error of the sextant?Prismatic error
109. What is important to check when transferring a position from the GPS output to a paper chart?Any necessary
corrections are applied to convert between the GPS datum and the chart datum
110. What is the advantages of a GPS satellite system compared to other navigational aids?The GPS system gives
information about position, speed and time continuously world wide.
111. What is the correct setting of the "Anti sea clutter" control on the radar?A few sea returns remaining on the screen.
112. What is the correct understanding of the term "Isobar"?An "Isobar" is a line joining places of equal pressure.
113. What is the correct understanding of the term "Lapse Rate" when used in Meteorology?The change of the
temperature in the atmosphere with height above sea level.
114. What is the depth of an iceberg below the surface of the sea? The draught of an iceberg varies with the type of
berg and its age.
115. What is the direction of wind associated with an anticyclone (area of high pressure) in the Northern
Hemisphere?Clockwise around the high pressure
116. What is the geographic longitude of a body whose GHA is 232°27'?127°33'E
117. What is the probable cause of an error in position of the ship obtained from the GPS system?Incorrect height of the
antenna.
118. What is the shortest distance between two points on the surface of the earth?Great Circle
119. What is the weather associated with being in the centre of an Anticyclone (a region of High Pressure)?Light winds
and fair weather, sometimes fog.
120. What is TRUE concerning new editions of Light Lists?New editions are corrected through the date shown on the
title page.
121. What is understood by the term "Dew point" of the air?The temperature at which condensation in the air forms
into water droplets.
122. What methods could be introduced into a passage plan for continuous monitoring of the ships position when
navigating along a coastline?Parallel Index lines
123. What possible reason could there be for the identification mark associated with a Racon not being visible on the
radar screen?All of the suggested answers.
124. What publication contains information about the port facilities and passage entry to port ? Coast Pilot
125. What should a passage plan include ? The plan should include the entire voyage from berth to berth.
126. What will be the d?long for departure of 66.5? when the ship is on m?lat of 29 degrees N. 36.8?
127. When a ship is steaming along a course line, what is the importance of determining the set and rate of drift due to
wind and current?All of the suggested answers
128. When navigating a vessel, you __________should never rely on a floating aid to maintain its exact position
129. When navigating using GPS, what is an indicator of the geometry of the satellites that your receiver is locked onto?
Doppler Shifting
130. When navigating using the GPS, how does the GPS display indicate when the accuracy of the displayed position is
reduced?A large HDOP value is displayed on the screen
131. When should a navigator rely on the position of floating aids to navigation?Only when fixed aids are not available
132. When should voyage planning be done? Prior to leaving the berth
133. When taking an amplitude, the Sun's center should be observed on the visible horizon when ________in high
latitudes
134. When the range of a ship is decreasing and its bearing remains constant,the ships are on: collision courses
135. When the temperature of the air increases with height it is known as a "Temperature Inversion" and may influence
the performance of some instruments on the ship. What should the bridge Officer of the Watch be prepared to
happen?Abnormal ranges of VHF RT and Second Trace Returns on the radar
136. When using a buoy as an aid to navigation which of the following should be considered? c. The buoy may not be in
the charted position.
137. When using a radar in a unstabilized mode, fixes are determined most easily from __________. c. ranges
138. When using GPS, how many theoretical position lines are required for a two-dimensional fix? c. 3
139. When using GPS, how many theoretical position lines are required for a three-dimensional fix that takes into
account altitude? d. 4
140. When using the echo sounder in a river the soundings indicated may be incorrect, what would be the most
probable cause of the error?The density of the water
141. Where can a ship expect an act of piracy to take place?All over the world
142. Where can the size of the Magnetic Compass Error be found?By taking a transit bearing of two fixed geographical
positions and comparing it with the bearing of the same points on the chart
143. Which aid is NOT marked on a chart with a magenta circle? d. Aero light
144. Which nautical charts are intended for coastwise navigation outside of outlying reefs and shoals?General charts
145. Which of the answers best summarises the information which should be provided for the bridge Officers of the
Watch within an effective Voyage plan.All of the suggested answers
146. Which of the following factors may not be taken into consideration when planning a passage in coastal waters?
Choice of ocean route
147. Which of the following figures drawn on the plane of the Meridian is correct for an observer in position Latitude
30°00' North; Longitude 15°00' West, when observing the sun on the meridian, if the sun's Declination is 15°00'
South?Figure 4 is correct.
148. Which of the following methods do you think will give the most accurate ship?s position?Two distances off two
objects subtending an angle of about 90 degrees.
149. Which of the four adjustable errors in the sextant causes side error? Horizon glass not being perpendicular to the
frame
150. Which of the four adjustable errors in the sextant is the principle cause of index error? b. Index mirror and horizon
glass not being parallel
151. Which of the four calculations illustrated is the correct one to determine the latitude of the observer when the sun
is on the meridian? Calculation 3 is correct.
152. Which of the four figures illustrated shows the correct position line for the following situation: Latitude 50°00'N,
Longitude 30°00'W, Time 1200 GMT. Course steered: 090° True, Speed: 12 knots, bearing of the sun: 200°,
Intercept correction: 00°02' Towards (observed altitude - computed altitude).Figure 2 is correct.
153. Which of the suggested navigational systems is a "Hyperbolic" navigational system and has hyperbolae as position
lines?Loran C
154. Which one of the following land marks on the coast line must be depicted on hydrographic maps ?all the above
155. Which part of the magnetic compass error changes with a change in the course steered?Deviation
156. Which position includes the effects of wind and current? c. Estimated position
157. Which statement about radio navigational warnings is TRUE?The topics for warnings included in HYDROLANTS,
HYDROPACS, and NAVAREA warnings are the same.
158. Which would you consult for information about the general current circulation in the North Atlantic Ocean?
Current Table
159. While steering a course of 150°T, you wish to observe a body for a latitude check. What would the azimuth have to
be?000°T
160. Who is ultimately responsible for the voyage plan?The Master
161. Why should Ground Stabilised True Motion display mode be avoided when using the Arpa for anti-collision
purposesThe collision regulations are based on ship courses through the water.
162. You are asked to find if a particular port you are expected to visit has an Indian Embassy. Which of these
publications would you consult?Guide to Port Entry
163. You are enroute to assist vessel A. Vessel A is underway at 4.5 knots on course 233°T, and bears 264°T at 68 miles
from you. What is the course to steer at 13 knots to intercept vessel A? b. 256°
164. You are informed of defects or changes in aids to navigation by __________. d. All of the above
165. You are planning to enter an unfamiliar port. Which publication provides information about channel depths,
dangers, obstructions, anchorages, and marine facilities available in that port? c. Coast Pilot
166. You are preparing to take a tow from San Diego to Portland, OR. Good seamanship would require that you have on
board, available for reference and use, all of the following EXCEPT the __________. c. Sailing Directions
(Enroute)
167. You expect to sight land at 2100 where an alteration of course is marked on the chart. By 2120 no land has been
sighted, the visibility is very good. What action would you take? b. Call Master.
168. You will be loading in Boston Harbor to a maximum draft of 32'06". The charted depth of an obstruction in the
channel near Boston Light is 30 feet and you wish to have 3 feet of keel clearance. The steaming time from the
pier to the obstruction is 01h 05m. What is the latest time (ZD +4) you can sail on 17 May 1983 and meet these
requirements? b. 1728
169. You would expect to find channels marked with the IALA-A Buoyage System in __________. b. Australia
170. Your chart indicates that there is an isolated rock and names the rock using vertical letters. This indicates the
__________. rock is dry at high water
171. Your longitude is 179°59'W. The LMT at this longitude is 23h 56m of the 4th day of the month. Six minutes later
your position is 179°59'E longitude. Your LMT and date is now __________.00h 02m on the 6th

II.MAINTAIN A SAFE NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

1. A 20-meter power-driven vessel pushing ahead or towing alongside will display __________. b. two masthead lights
in a vertical line
2. A man is reported to have fallen overboard and the Officer of the Watch releases the lifebuoy and starts a man
overboard manoeuvre, who are the first persons onboard he should inform? Master and Engine Room
3. A sailing vessel is overtaking a power-driven vessel in a narrow channel, so as to pass on the power-driven vessel's
port side. The overtaken vessel will have to move to facilitate passage. The sailing vessel is the __________. d.
give-way vessel and would sound two prolonged blasts followed by two short blasts
4. A ship is being overtaken by another ship while proceeding along a river. What should be the required procedure?
The overtaking vessel should request permission from the other ship by sounding two prolonged blasts followed
by two short blasts on the whistle or by direct VHF contact.
5. A vessel constrained by her draft may display __________.three all-round red lights
6. A vessel not under command sounds the same fog signal as a vessel __________. d. All of the above
7. A vessel sounds one short blast. This signal indicates the vessel __________. c. is altering course to starboard
8. A vessel sounds two short blasts. This signal indicates the vessel __________. c. is altering course to port
9. According to rule 13 of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, what is the definition of "an
overtaking vessel"?When coming up with another vessel from a direction more than 22.5 degrees abaft her
beam.
10. Can the OOW be the sole lookout? During daylight when visibility and traffic allows
11. How can a new officer, just boarding a ship, ensure that he knows the location and operation of all navigational and
safety equipment and take account of the operating limitations of such equipment?By asking other officers and
practicing with the use of the equipment
12. If whistles are fitted on a vessel at a distance apart of more than 100 metres, will manoeuvring and warning signals,
as defined by rule 34 of the International regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, be given on one or both
whistles?They shall be given on one whistle only.
13. In a crossing situation on international waters, a short blast by the give-way vessel indicates that the vessel
__________. b. is turning to starboard
14. In which case would an overtaking vessel sound a whistle signal of two prolonged followed by one short blast? b.
When overtaking in a narrow channel
15. Of the vessels listed, which must keep out of the way of all the others? c. A vessel on pilotage duty
16. Rule 12 of the International Collision Regulations prescribes the action to be taken by a sailing vessel when meeting
another sailing vessel. This depends on the direction of the wind relative to each vessel. In the situation shown
here, which sailing vessel (A or B) must keep out of the way of the other? Sailing vessel A must keep out of the
way of sailing vessel B.
17. SOLAS (The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea) regulations, Chapter 5, deals with the Safety of
Navigation and applies to which vessels?All vessels and on all voyages
18. The bridge Officer of the Watch (OOW) is plotting the ship's position in the chartroom, when the ship is in collision
with a fishing vessel. Why would the OOW be held responsible for the collision?Under the Rules a proper lookout
should be maintained at all times and by all available means
19. The following vessels are all required to make the same sound signal when in or near an area of restricted visibility: a
vessel not under command; a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre; a vessel constrained by her draught / a
sailing vessel; a vessel engaged in fishing; a vessel engaged in towing or pushing another vessel. What is that
signal?One prolonged blast, followed by two short blasts, at intervals of not more than two minutes.
20. The lights displayed here indicate that this is one of two types of vessel. What are the two options? A power-driven
vessel engaged in towing, less than 50 metres in length, length of tow under 200 metres, towing vessel and tow
restricted in their ability to manoeuvre, seen head-on OR a power-driven vessel underway, more than 50 metres
in length, or less than 50 metres in length and showing a second masthead light, restricted in her ability to
manoeuvre, seen head-on.
21. The lights here show those that must be exhibited by a vessel engaged in towing, as per rule 24 of the International
Collision Regulations. But how long is the tow behind this vessel? It exceeds 200 metres.
22. The ship is drifting in the open sea with a temporary engine breakdown. The ship is equipped with GPS navigation
equipment. What should the bridge Officer of the Watch do in this situation?All of the possible answers.
23. The vessel is steaming off the coast when the engine room informs the bridge it must stop engines immediately.
Shortly afterwards they informed the bridge they would need a least three hours to fix it. Which of the following
actions would be the most suitable taken by the bridge? Display the NUC signal, maintain the watch and
determine how the ship is drifting and the probable position after three hours.
24. The vessel is to anchor with Pilot onboard. Which of the suggested answers most accurately define the main duties
of the Officer of the Watch on bridge?Assist the Master and pilot and monitor the ships position.
25. This vessel is encountered at the mouth of a river which leads to your discharge port. What do the various shapes
tell you?This is a vessel engaged in dredging or underwater operations. The two balls in a vertical line indicate the
side on which an obstruction exists; the two diamonds in a vertical line indicate the side on which it is safe to
pass; the ball / diamond / /ball in a vertical line indiacte that the vessel is restricted in her ability to manoeuvre.
26. This vessel is sighted ahead and slightly to port. What is her situation? What will you do? This vessel is aground. I
will navigate with extreme caution given the nature of the hazard.
27. Two power-driven vessels are meeting. A two blast whistle signal by either vessel means __________. d. "I am
altering course to port"
28. Two prolonged blasts followed by one short blast on the whistle is a signal which could be sounded by a __________.
d. vessel overtaking another in a narrow channel
29. Under what circumstances would an overtaking vessel sound a whistle signal of two prolonged followed by one short
blast? b. When overtaking in a narrow channel
30. Vessel "A" is overtaking vessel "B" on open waters and will pass without changing course. Vessel "A" __________. d.
will not sound any whistle signals
31. What are the additional duties required by the Officer of the Watch when navigating in fog?Sound fog signal,
effective radar watch reporting ship movements to Master and keep a good lookout for ships and fog signals.
32. What are the immediate duties of the bridge Officer of the Watch when the ship suddenly runs into a fog bank?
Commence sounding the fog signal, engines on standby, call the Master and lookout, if not already on duty
33. What are we seeing here? A sailing vessel less than 20 metres in length, displaying the optional combined lantern in
lieu of standard sailing lights, seen head-on.
34. What day-shape is prescribed for a vessel constrained by her draft? d. A cylinder
35. What do the shapes that this vessel is displaying tell us about her?That she is not under command.
36. What is correct UTC in this example? Approx. Pos: N49°51' W35°23', zone +2, Local Time 0900.11 00
37. What is happening here?These are two vessels engaged in fishing (pair trawling), showing the additional volutary
signals for hauling nets.
38. What is the colour and characteristic of a "towing light", as defined in the International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea?Yellow, fixed, seen over an arc of 135 degrees and so arranged as to display 67.5 degrees from
right aft on each side of the vessel.
39. What is the crucial aspect in executing a voyage in a safe and efficient way?An effective detailed passage plan fully
understood and followed by a competent bridge team.
40. What is the description for a sidelight, as shown in rule 21 of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at Sea?A green light on the starboard side and red light on the port side, showing an unbroken light over an arc of
112.5 degree, from right ahead to 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on the respective side.
41. What is the main purpose of VTS?Increase the safety of all ships and the protection of the environment in the
vicinity.
42. What is the situation of this vessel? This vessel is not under command, but is making way through the water.
43. What signal may be given by sound and by light to indicate that a vessel fails to understand the intentions or actions
of another vessel, or is in doubt that sufficient action is being taken by the other to avoid collision?Five short and
rapid blasts (flashes).
44. What sound signal shall be used on ship's whistle when there is a man overboard?3 long blasts repeatedly
45. What type of vessel is this and from what direction are you seeing it? This is a vessel engaged in fishing other than
trawling, making way through the water, with outlying gear extending more than 150m in the direction of the all-
round white light. I am looking at her port side.
46. What would the Second Officer report to the Master when entering an area where the visibility is reduced to 2
n.miles?The Second Officer would report to the Master that the visibility is reduced to probable range of 2 n.miles
and the engines are on standby.
47. What, by definition in the International Collision Regulations, is a "vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre"?A
vessel which from the nature of her work is restricted in her ability to manoeuvre as required by the Rules and is
therefore unable to keep out of the way of another vessel.
48. When a vessel is transiting a canal with locks and intense bridge activities over many hours, what management issues
should the Master consider?All of these answers
49. When handing over the con of a vessel to a pilot, should the Master insist in discussing the passage plan with the
pilot while he is there to use his local knowledge and advice on the navigation of the ship?A passage plan should
be discussed between the Master and pilot, when under pilotage in the same way as discussed with the bridge
team when deep sea
50. When is the Officer of the Watch officially relieved of his responsibilities of being in charge of the watch? When the
Master informs the Officer of the Watch that he is taking over the "con" (watch responsibilities)
51. When should operational checks on navigation equipment be done?When preparing for sea and entering port and at
regular intervals during the voyage
52. When steering by autopilot, how often should manual steering be checked?At least once a watch
53. When vessels are in sight of one another, two short blasts from one of the vessels means __________. b. "I am
altering my course to port"
54. Which of the following answers would best define the term "risk"?Risk is a situation involving exposure to danger
and includes both identification of the occurrence and the likelihood that it will happen.
55. Which statement applies to a vessel "constrained by her draft"?She is severely restricted in her ability to change her
course because of her draft in relation to the available depth of water.
56. Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE concerning light signals? b. The time between successive signals shall be not less
than ten seconds.
57. Which vessel may NOT exhibit two red lights in a vertical line?A vessel constrained by her draft
58. Which vessel would NOT sound a fog signal of one prolonged and two short blasts? c. A vessel being towed
59. Who will have the authority to take charge and make appropriate decisions in the event of a vessel emergency when
transiting the Panama Canal?The Panama Canal Authority
60. You are a Senior Officer of the Watch on vessel "A" and are passing through the Straits of Gibraltar. The vessel's
speed is 18 knots and your vessel is overtaking several other vessels, when the visibility reduces down to about 2
nm. What aspects would you consider when establishing a "safe speed" for your vessel?Deciding safe speed
consider: 2 miles visibility; traffic density; manoeuvrability of vessel; effectiveness of navigational equipment
(ARPA etc); state of sea and currents and navigational hazards.
61. You are approaching a port in a snowstorm. You hear this signal. What kind of vessel is it and what is it doing?It
comes from a vessel engaged in pilotage duties and it is making way through the water.
62. You are close to the entrance to a port in thick fog. You hear the following signal. What does it mean?That there is a
vessel at anchor in the vicinity. She is less than 100 metres in length.
63. You are in an area of restricted visibility and hear this signal. It is repeated at two minute intervals. What does it
indicate?That there is another vessel nearby, that she is underway, but stopped and making no way through the
water.
64. You are in an area of restricted visibility, close to a port. You hear this signal. What vessel does it come from and
what additional information does the signal provide?A vessel at anchor, more than 100 metres in length. She is
sounding the additional signal to give warning of her position.
65. You are in an area of restricted visibility. You hear this sound signal. What does it mean?That there is a vessel in
distress nearby.
66. You are in open water and clear conditions. You are approaching the pilot station when you hear this signal from a
vessel ahead of you. What does it signify?That the vessel is operating astern propulsion.
67. You are on a power-driven vessel underway in open water. This vessel is sighted directly ahead. The distance is
closing slowly. What action will you take under the International Collision Regulations and why?I will keep out of
her way. I am the overtaking vessel and am obliged to keep clear under rule 13.
68. You are on a power-driven vessel underway in open water. This vessel is sighted on the port bow on a steady
bearing. What kind of vessel is it and what will your action be?This is a sailing vessel underway, seen head-on. It
is my responsibility to keep clear under rule 18 and I will take appropriate avoiding action.
69. You are on a power-driven vessel underway in open water. This vessel is sighted wide on the port bow. It's bearing
is opening, but its distance is closing rapidly. Which of the following is a correct assessment of the situation and
the action to be taken? Risk of collision is deemed not to exist and I will maintain my course and speed. I will
continue to monitor the situation.
70. You are on a power-driven vessel underway in open water. You observe this vessel, directly ahead, on a steady
bearing, with the distance closing steadily. What can you tell about this vessel from the lights it is displaying?This
vessel is not under command and is not making way through the water. I cannot tell its aspect.
71. You are on a power-driven vessel underway in open water. You sight these lights on the port bow, on a steady
bearing. The distance is closing. What are you looking at and what action will you take in compliance with the
International Regulations for Preventing Collision at Sea?This is a power-driven vessel engaged in towing, less
than 50 metres in length, length of tow under 200 metres and the tow, both being restricted in their ability to
manoeuvre, seen from the starboard side. Under rule 18, I am required to keep clear and will take appropriate
avoiding action.
72. You are on a sailing vessel, underway in open water. This vessel is sighted on the starboard bow, on a steady bearing
and the distance is closing. By the International Regulations for the Preventing Collisions at Sea, what action will
you follow?By Rule 18, a power-driven vessel underway shall keep out of the way of a sailing vessel. I will
maintain my course and speed, but will continue to monitor situation to ensure the other vessel takes avoiding
action.
73. You are on a tug and are towing an unmanned barge. You are restricted in your ability to manoeuvre. The total
length of the tow is 219 metres. What daylight signals are required by the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea?A diamond shape, where it can best be seen shall be displayed on the tug and the
tow. Three shapes shall also be displayed in a vertical line, the upper and lower being balls and the middle one a
diamond. Diamond shape
74. You are proceeding along a coastal route when you hear this signal. The visibility is severely restricted. What does
the signal mean?There is a vessel aground in the vicinity. She is more than 100 metres in length. She is sounding
an additional warning to approaching vessels that they are "running into danger".
75. You are proceeding along a narrow channel and approaching a bend, on the inside shore of which is a large hill,
which obsures your view further up channel. What sound signal will you make to indicate your presence to any
vessel that is behind the obstructing hill?One prolonged blast.
76. You are proceeding along a narrow channel behind another vessel. You have a higher speed and have signalled your
intention to the vessel ahead that you intend to overtake him on his port side. The vessel responds with this
sound signal. What does it mean?That the vessel is indicating her agreement with my proposed manoeuvre.
77. You are proceeding along a narrow channel in front of another vessel, both heading for port. You hear this signal
from the vessel behind you. What does it mean?I intend to overtake you on your starboard side.
78. You are underway in a narrow channel, and you are being overtaken by a vessel astern. After the overtaking vessel
sounds the proper signal indicating his intention to pass your vessel on your starboard side, you signal your
agreement by sounding __________. d. one prolonged, one short, one prolonged, and one short blast in that
order
79. You intend to overtake a vessel in a narrow channel, and you intend to pass along the vessel's port side. How should
you signal your intention? d. Two prolonged followed by two short blasts
80. Your vessel is to leave a crowded anchorage making a 180 degrees turn. The ship has a right-handed propeller and
there is equal space either side of the ship (as illustrated). What would be the most suitable method to make the
turn using as little space as possible?Rudder hard to port, full astern. After gaining some sternway, rudder hard to
starboard and full ahead

III. USE OF RADAR AND ARPA TO MAINTAIN SAFETY OF NAVIGATION

1. How can an ARPA assist the ship to steer a suitable course to make good the entrance to a channel?Select ground
stabilised true motion display and alter course so that own ships true vector passes through the middle of the
entrance to the channel.
2. How is attenuation affected when using waves of shorter wavelength? Attenuation is greater
3. If the radar is set onto the Relative Motion Display, what would an echo of a target with no trail indicate? Note this
the trail of the echo and not a vector.The target is on the same course and speed as own ship.
4. Target detection ranges are considerably reduced due to shipboard structures like the Samson posts etc. What are
such areas known as? Blind sectors
5. The best land target to use for a radar bearing is : a large headland
6. The function of the waueguide is to : generate the R.F. pulses
7. The purpose of the TM cell is to : paint the heading marker on the display. protect the receiver during transmission.
radiate the radar pulses to the targets. shape the beam in the horizontal plane
8. The purpose of the transmitter unit is to : detect the returning radar pulses
9. The ship is navigating in dense fog where the visibility is less than one mile. The Arpa radar is set on a range 12 miles
on a course of 314 degrees and own ship has a vector as shown. What is the vector mode selected on the Arpa?
True vectors
10. What can be used on the radar screen to eliminate automatic plotting in selected areas? Guard zones
11. What corrections must be applied to the echo sounder reading to compare the depth of water with the depth
printed on the chart? Draught of the ship
12. What indicates the true movement of the target being tracked? True vector
13. What is the ability of a radar set to clearly distinguish two targets, on the same range and slightly different bearings,
as two separate targets on the PPI known as? Range discrimination
14. What is the advantages of a GPS satellite system compared to other navigational aids?The GPS system gives
information about position, speed and time continuously world wide.
15. What is the correct setting of the "Anti sea clutter" control on the radar?A few sea returns remaining on the screen.
16. What is the probable cause of an error in position of the ship obtained from the GPS system? Incorrect height of the
antenna.
17. What is the rate at which two moving objects approach or separate from each other called? Relative movement
18. What is used as a portable, plotting device which is clamped on top of the radar screen? Plotting sheet
19. What is used to control the amplification of echoes received? Brilliance
20. What is used to warn the observer if any distinguishable target closes to a range or transits a zone chosen by the
observer? Guard rings and zones
21. What possible reason could there be for the identification mark associated with a Racon not being visible on the
radar screen? All of the suggested answers.
22. When choosing objects for position fixing by radar ranges you should, if possible, avoid : small isolated features
23. When two tracked targets are very close to each other, the data of one target shifts over to the other target. What is
this called? Plotting
24. When using the echo sounder in a river the soundings indicated may be incorrect, what would be the most probable
cause of the error?The density of the water
25. Which are the four main elements of a radar system?Transmitter, servo link, antenna, target
26. Which are the two most important input information required to operate the ARPA accurately? Speed and heading
27. Which control on the radar is used to suppress clutter? Anti- clutter
28. Which of the suggested navigational systems is a "Hyperbolic" navigational system and has hyperbolae as position
lines?Loran C
29. Which of these factors govern the echo presentation? All of these.
30. Which of these glues only a bearing and not a range? Racon
31. Which of these is a result of true motion display? Course, speed and aspect of any target obtained only by plotting of
triangle of relative velocities
32. Who should conn the vessel at the time of a search and rescue operation? Master
33. Why should Ground Stabilised True Motion display mode be avoided when using the Arpa for anti-collision
purposesThe collision regulations are based on ship courses through the water.
34. Why should ground stabilised true motion display mode be avoided when using the arpa for anti-collision purpose?
the collision regulations are based on ship course through the water
What does this control on the radar indicate? (see figure)
Transmitted power monitor
What is this on the PPI? (see figure) Clearing bearing.

What does the above diagram indicate? (see figure)

Bearing discrimination.
What is this mark? (see figure) Racon

What type of spurious echoes are these? (see figure)

Multiple echoes.

What is no.4 ? (see figure) Modulator

What is no.12 ? (see figure) CRT

What is the closest point of approach of target A ?

Between 2 - 2.2

What is the closest point of approach of target A ?

Between 1 - 2 miles
What is the time of closest point of approach of target A
? Now or passedl;
What is the closest point of approach of target A ?
Less than 1 mile
Which target will have the closest point of approach ?
Target A
Target ranges are obtained from: the range marker

A reference for target bearings is provided by a line on

the radar screen called the : heading marker
Edges of land should be avoided if
possible when position fixing by radar
because of : the effect of vertical beamwidth
The use of radar ranges in
preference to radar bearings for
position fixing is because : they are more accurate.
The best land target to use for radar ranging is : a
small rock
A radar presentation feature which can
often be used to advantage for position
fixing is : relative motion
 Targets echoes appear along a line called the : heading
marker
Radar uses pulse transmission in order to: detect close
range targets
In the equation d = (t x s) r2, the quantity S is ? 57.The
speed of the radar waves
The unit which radiates the radar pulse is the: scanner

The main component in the display unit is the cathode

ray unit
The purpose of the anodes in the CRT. Is to : attract the
electrons to the screen
The main component of the transmitter is power supply

The unit which sends returning ragets echoes to the

receiver is the: scanner unit
The magnetron sends the R.F. pulses to the display unit
The commonest type of radar scanner is the : Horizontal
slotted waveguide
The transmitted pulse length is determined by the
action of the : magnetron
The transmitter P.R.F. is determined by the : trigger unit
Radar does not transmit continuously because it
would reduce the life of components
The purpose of radar is to enable:The range and bearing
of objects to be obtained
Radar navigational techniques should : only be used in
poor visibility
Positions obtain by radar : should only be used in
restricted visibility
If parts of an adjacent coastline do not show on the
radar, one possible reason is the : presence of horizontal
radar shadow sectors
A useful aid to identifying land at long range is : the
calculation of distance to the radar horizon
If the highest part of the coast is not the
first target detected, the most likely
reason is : that the scanner is positioned too low
The preferred method of radar position fixing for
greatest accuracy is : taking a radar range and radar
bearing
An aid to identifying land features at long range is: a
chart with topographic details
A radar fix at long range from land should be used in
preference to other methods.

IV.USE OF ECDIS TO MAINTAIN THE SAFETY OF NAVIGATION

1. A coastal passage or voyage plan should indicate the appropriate methods of determining positions and include
which of the following?All of these suggested answers
2. A typical ecdis “base display”shows the following information? Coastline, seamarks and traffic separation schemes
3. An ECDIS is required to display which information ? : Depth contours
4. An ECDIS is required to display which information ? : Soundings
5. An ECDIS is required to display which information? Hydrographic data
6. As a licensed merchant marine officer you are expected to : All of the above
7. Before using a pre-progammed ECDIS route, what should you do ? : Check all route data throughly
8. Can A Raster Chart Be Displayed In Head-Up Mode On To Days Ecdis? Yes
9. Can Raster Charts Provide Navigational Warnings? Only When Used On A Rcd
10. Can voyage planning be executed on ECDIS?Yes
11. Chart information details to be used in ECDIS should be the latest edition of information originated by a
government-authorized hydrographic office and conform to the standards of (the) . International
Hydrographic Organization
12. Define the required interval between position fixes.Such that the vessel cannot be set appreciable off course, or into
danger by the effects of wind, tide or current
13. Does,IMO specify special training in use of ECDIS ? : YES
14. ECDIS must be able to perform all of the following EXCEPT? Determine magnetic compass deviation
15. ECDIS must give an alarm for which of the following cases? All of the above, When the specified limit for deviation
from the planned route is exceeded---- If the ship, within a specified time set by the watch officer, is going to
cross a safety contour
16. ECDIS must give an alarm for which of the following cases? If the ship is going to reach a critical point on the
planned route
17. ECDIS must give an alarm for which of the following cases? When the specified limit for deviation from the planned
route is exceeded
18. ECDIS must have the capability to preserve the record of the track for the previous : 12 hours
19. ECDIS units incorporate Digital Chart Data Formats, which include Vector and raster
20. How can the ships course change be described in detail ? : by specifying ships present and future heading
21. How Many Stages Are There In The Planning Of A Safe Voyage Eight
22. How often is it recommended that a position fix is taken during a sea voyage if the ship is in open waters ? At least
every 30 minutes
23. If own ships position in errorneus on an ECDIS system, what is the result ? : all position, direction & courses taken
from the ECDIS are errorneus
24. If the electronic chart is part of an ECDIS, it must display the minimum data required by IMO/IHO, to include
all of the following EXCEPT . Tidal currents
25. Is it necessary to construct a passage plan, (or voyage plan), for transiting a canal or river, when under pilot?A
passage plan is always required, irrespective of the length of the voyage, or if the ship is under pilot
26. Raster-scan chart data is Organized into many separate files
27. Rigging of the Pilot Ladder and embarkation/disembarkation of a pilot should be supervised by:A responsible Officer
28. SOLAS (The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea) regulations, Chapter 5, deals with the Safety of
Navigation and applies to which vessels?All vessels and on all voyages
29. The level of database information which cannot be removed from the ECDIS display and consists of
information which is required at all times in all geographic areas and under all circumstances is the
.Display base information
30. The database information that should be shown when a chart is first displayed on ECDIS is the
_.Standard display information
31. The database resulting from (1) the transformation of the electronic navigational chart (ENC) by ECDIS for
appropriate use, (2) the updates to the ENC by appropriate means, and (3) the additional data added by the
mariner, is called the System electronic navigational chart
32. The Ecdis System Can Operate In How Many Does? Five
33. The highnest level of commercial navigation accuracy is provided by : DGPS, whitin a coverage area
34. The paths of intented travel between three or more point is the : Bearing
35. The typical operating range of automatic identifitation system (AIS) at sea is nominaly : 20nm
36. Vector Chart Can? Can Be Displayed With Any Direction Up
37. What chart should be used when navigating ?The largest scale chart onboard for the area which is properly
corrected
38. What does a navigator who user and ECDIS require ? : Good navigation knowledge and a professional job attitude
39. What is the crucial aspect in executing a voyage in a safe and efficient way?An effective detailed passage plan fully
understood and followed by a competent bridge team.
40. What is the effect of sailing in “course mode” ? : Ships course will not be corrected for off set, but the course wil be
Adjusted towards the nearest waypoint
41. What Is The Imo Definition Of Ecdis? A System That Display Hydrographic Information In Order To Assist The Safe
Navigation
42. What is the main purpose of VTS? Increase the safety of all ships and the protection of the environment in the
vicinity
43. What is the main purpose of VTS?Increase the safety of all ships and the protection of the environment in the
vicinity.
44. What is the main purpose the zoom funtion : to select appropriate chart scale to the actual situation
45. What is the most inportant thing to know about computerized systems ? : their functions
46. What is the purpose of the “off track” limit ? : assist in controlling the ship track from planned track
47. What Is The Purpose Of Voyage Planning? To Support The Bridge
48. When a vessel is transiting a canal with locks and intense bridge activities over many hours, what management issues
should the Master consider?All of these answers
49. When handing over the con of a vessel to a pilot, should the Master insist in discussing the passage plan with the
pilot while he is there to use his local knowledge and advice on the navigation of the ship?A passage plan should
be discussed between the Master and pilot, when under pilotage in the same way as discussed with the bridge
team when deep sea
50. When initially setting up the GPS to provide positions for use with a paper chart, what Chart Datum should be
selected? Select WGS84 and when plotting on the chart apply the stated corrections.
51. When initially setting up the GPS to provide positions for use with a paper chart, what Chart Datum should be
selected? WGS84 and plot the readout position directly on the chart
52. When own ships position input to ECDIS is wrong,what is the result ? : ECDIS will give warning
53. When planning a voyage crossing large oceans, which of the following answers would most suitably cover the most
critical aspects to be considered when deciding the courses to steer?The anticipated weather and the need for
weather routing. The distances gained by sailing by great circle. The ship's draught and the loadline limits
54. When the route planning process is completed,what should then be done ? : validate and check all route data
55. Which data must ECDIS be able to record at one minute intervals ? : Course made good history
56. Which of the following answers would best define the term "risk"?Risk is a situation involving exposure to danger
and includes both identification of the occurrence and the likelihood that it will happen.
57. Which of the following are data layer categories to be displayed on ECDIS?All of the above
58. Which of the following data layer categories is NOT displayed on ECDIS?Ship hydrodynamic information
59. Which of the following must an ECDIS system be able to perform ? : transformation of local datum to WGS-’84
datum
60. Which of the following must the electronic chart of an ECDIS display, as required by IMO/IHO?All of the above
61. Which theoretical minimum number of measurements from satelites does a GPS receiver need in order to provider
an exact three demincional position ? : Two
62. Which type of GPS receiver has at least four channels to process information from several satelite simultaneusly? :
Continuous
63. While navigating using a paper chart marked WGS84 the OOW plots the ships position by four different methods and
they all give slightly different positions. Which of the following would be considered the most accurate.Radar
ranges from two radar destinctive headlands
64. Who will have the authority to take charge and make appropriate decisions in the event of a vessel emergency when
transiting the Panama Canal?The Panama Canal Authority
65. With respect to failure warnings and status indications, GPS receiver should provide at a minimum : None of the
above
66. With respect to failure warnings and status indications,GPS receivers should provide,at a minimum : A warning of
losse of position
67. You are a Senior Officer of the Watch on vessel "A" and are passing through the Straits of Gibraltar. The vessel's
speed is 18 knots and your vessel is overtaking several other vessels, when the visibility reduces down to about 2
nm. What aspects would you consider when establishing a "safe speed" for your vessel?Deciding safe speed
consider: 2 miles visibility; traffic density; manoeuvrability of vessel; effectiveness of navigational equipment
(ARPA etc); state of sea and currents and navigational hazards.
68. You are a Senior Officer of the Watch on vessel "A" and are passing through the Straits of Gibraltar. The vessel's
speed is 18 knots and your vessel is overtaking several other vessels, when the visibility reduces down to about 2
nm. What aspects would you consider when establishing? Safe speed should be where the vessel can come to a
stop within the visible range
69. You are ploting a running fix in an area where there is a determinable current. How should this current be treated in
determining the positon ? : The course and speed made good should be determined and used to advance the
LOP
70. Your vessel is to leave a crowded anchorage making a 180 degrees turn. The ship has a right-handed propeller and
there is equal space either side of the ship (as illustrated). What would be the most suitable method to make the
turn using as little space as possible?Rudder hard to port, full astern. After gaining some sternway, rudder hard to
starboard and full ahead

V.RESPOND TO EMERGENCIES
1. As a probable result of being in collision with your vessel, the other vessel involved is on fire? What are your
responsibilities to the other vessel?After checking the extent of the damage and welfare of your crew, if possible
your vessel should standby and offer assistance, until being relieved of that obligation by the other vessel.
2. If a distress signal is received on board your ship, what should be the first action that should be taken? Attempt to
establish contact with the distressed vessel
3. Ship A is fully loaded with iron ore and is navigating in a coastal region when it is in collision with ship B, causing
ship A to take in water in several holds. What is the best course of action by ship A to save the vessel and the
cargo?Put the ship aground on a soft sandy bottom as soon as possible
4. The bridge wheelman has not reported for duty and there is a suspected "Man Overboard" situation on your vessel.
The ship has been searched and there is one seaman missing? The vessel turns round and retraces the course
back, calling for assistance from other vessels in the vicinity. What should be the focal point for any search
pattern to be established?Determine when the seaman was last sighted and concentrate the search round the
course line between the last sighting and present position, taking into account any prevailing current.
5. The engines have failed and will require at least 24 hours to be available as a reliable means of propulsion. Your
vessel is about 20 miles off the coast in a tidal area. What are the initial steps that should be taken to ensure the
safety of the ship?Display NUC lights and investigate the tidal flow over the next 24 hours and the probable drift
of the vessel.
6. The Master arrives on the bridge obviously under the influence of alcohol and states he is taking over the "con" of
the ship. What actions should the Officer of the Watch (OOW) take in this situation?Attempt to diplomatically
avoid taking any actions that would put the ship or crew into danger and call the Chief Officer for assistance.
7. The ship is involved in a collision, what is the immediate action by the Officer of the Watch after the incident has
taken place? Sound the General Alarm and stop engines.
8. The vessel is passing through the English Channel when the ARPA radars fail completely and navigation must
continue without any operational radars. Should there be any changes to your passage plan or bridge
procedures. Your vessel is equipped with an operational ECDISIncrease the officers on the bridge to allow
greater use of visual navigation
9. What action should be taken by the Officer of the Watch in the event of fire being reported to the bridge during the
00.00 to 04.00 watch?Sound the Fire Alarm
10. What actions should the Officer of the Watch take when the ship's steering gear fails?All of the suggested answers
11. What can be used to reduce the effect of the state of sea-waves?Vegetable / Fish Oil
12. What immediate actions should the Officer of the Watch take when the ship goes aground on an uncharted shoal in
the middle of the ocean?Stop engines and call the Master
13. What special equipment can often provide assistance in locating a survival craft or man overboard and in the
water?A SART
14. Which method is used to make a physical connection between a rescue vessel and a wreck?Rocket line
15. You are Sen.Off.Deck / Duty officer onboard one of the vessels involved in a collision. What will your actions be
following the collision?Make sure your vessel + crew are safe and then offer your assistance to the other vessel
16. You are Sen.Off.Deck onboard a merchant vessel. During the night you have been in a collision with a sail boat and
there are no signs of life in the water. What would you do?Alarm the rescue centre and commence searching for
any survivors
17. You are witness to a collision between two other ships close to your vessel. What immediate action should you
take?Nothing, just standby and wait to see if any assistance is required.
18. Your vessel has been in collision and it is uncertain whether the vessel has the required residual stability to remain
afloat. After sounding the general alarm on board and informing the nearest Coast Radio Station of your
situation, what other immediate steps should be taken?Complete soundings of all compartments to determine
the number of compartments flooded. Check the vessels stability limitations within its statutory loadline
requirements to determine if still adequate.
19. Your vessel has been in involved in a collision with an other vessel. As Master responsible for the ship and persons
on board, what is the first step to take?Organise someone to assess the extent of damage and the residual
stability of the vessel.

VI.RESPOND TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA

1. " On area A1 the function "" Reception of shore to ship distress alerts"" is mainly based on:"the use of VHF DSC
2. " On area A1 the function "" Transmission and reception of signals for locating "" is mainly based on:"the use of
SART transponders
3. " On area A1 the function "" Transmission of ship to shore distress alerts"" is mainly based on:"The use of VHF DSC
4. " On area A2 the function "" Transmission and reception of on scene communications"" is mainly based on:"The use
of MF and/or VHF R/T
5. " On area A2 the function "" Transmission of ship to shore distress alerts"" is mainly based on:"The use of MF DSC
6. " On area A3 the function "" Reception of shore to ship distress alerts"" is mainly based on:"The use of HF DSC and
INMARSAT C SAFETYNET
7. " On area A3 the function "" Transmission and reception of on scene communications"" is mainly based on:"The use
of MF and/or VHF R/T
8. " On area A3 the function "" Transmission and reception of signals for locating "" is mainly based on:"the use of
SART transponders
9. " On area A4 the function "" Transmission and reception of on scene communications"" is mainly based on:"the use
of MF and/or VHF R/T
10. " On area A4 the function "" Transmission and reception of signals for locating "" is mainly based on:"The use of
SART transponders
11. " On area A4 the function "" Transmission of ship to shore distress alerts"" is mainly based on:" The use of HF DSC
and COSPAS SARSAT Epirbs
12. "Overshoot" is an expression related to a ship's steering ability. What is the correct understanding of this
expression? It is how many degrees of the compass a ship continues to turn after applying counter-rudder
13. “RECEIVED MAYDAY” is used in a:Receipt of a distress alert
14. A "Standard Format for Search and Rescue Situation Reports" (SITREPs) should be used by vessels in distress. The
SITREP can be compiled as a short form (urgent essential details). Which of the following information shall be
included when using the "short form"?Weather on-scene.
15. A Cospas-Sarsat EPIRB can be used in:All sea-areas (A1 to A4)
16. A distress alert has accidentally been sent with the Inmarsat-C installation. One should now:Make contact with an
RCC
17. A distress alert on board may only be transmitted on explicit order of:The captain
18. A distress alert sent by Inmarsat to an RCC is sent via:LES
19. A distress call has been sent accidentally on your MF DSC equipment. Which of the following is correct for
cancelling the false distress alert?Make broadcast on 2182 kHz ""Mayday all stations…"" and cancel the false
distress alert."
20. A distress-call received via RCC should:Only be given receipt, if the master has confirmed that assistance indeed can
be given
21. A distress-call, onboard via RCC, may only be given Receipt if: The O.O.W deems it necessary
22. A DSC distress alert is received. The message states that communication by radiotelex is preferred. One preferably
uses:FEC mode ARQ mode
23. A DSC distress alert single frequency call attempt is awaiting acknowledgement:Automatically repeated after 3 and
a half to 4 and a half minutes
24. A DSC-message of the “safety” category is received from another vessel on VHF channel 70. Conforming to the
GMDSS rules, for the continuation of the safety traffic, you must change to VHF-channel:16
25. A received DSC ‘distress alert’ contains the following information: “UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS” Of this distress
case:The nature of distress is unknown
26. A SART must, when the vessel sinks: Be taken by the crew to the rescue-boat and turned on manually
27. A satellite receives the transmissions of the 406 MHz Cospas-Sarsat EPIRB. The transmissions of the EPIRB will be:
Always passed on to a LUT
28. A ship in distress should transmit the appropriate alarm signal followed by the distress call and message on one or
all of the international distress frequencies. Which of frequencies is in accordance with the present
recommendations?500 kHz, 2182 kHz and 156.8 MHz
29. All designated SAR aircraft and civil aircraft carry equipment operating on the international aeronautical distress
frequencies (amplitude modulation). The aeronautical distress frequencies are?121.5 MHz and/or 243.0 MHz
30. An EPIRB has been activated accidentally. Which of the following is correct for cancelling the false distress
alert?Call the nearest coast station and inform it that a false distress alert has been transmited
31. Anyone of the crew who is assigned to watch duties in port has a number of important tasks to carry out. Which
one of the listed tasks should be included in the watchman's duties? Check the moorings for correct tightness
and ensure the gangway remains safe and secure.
32. Apart from steering the helmsman should also: Regularly check the gyro against the magnetic compass
33. At sea red rocket signals are seen. This is not reported by radio. You have to begin the distress alert procedure via
VHF with the term:MAYDAY RELAY
34. At sea there is a container adrift which can be a danger for navigation. The call starts with:SECURITE (3x)
35. Distress MF communications should normally be operated : In J3E mode – on simplex basis
36. During restricted visibility, you are posted as bridge lookout and you hear 1 long blast at intervals of about 2
minutes on your port bow. What will you report to the OOW (officer on watch)? Fog signal of one long blast
heard on the port bow at regular intervals of about 2 minutes
37. For a “distress alert” via the DSC, the MF-band is used in the frequencies:TX: 2187.5 kHz RX: 2187.5 kHz
38. How can an azimuth or bearing be indicated by signal flags? The letter A + three numerals.
39. How is a EPIRB (Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon) activated? Most EPIRBs are automatically activated
when they enter the water
40. How many total frequencies are available for DSC distress alerting?Seven (7).
41. How should you, as helmsman, give feedback to the OOW (officer on watch) that his orders are understood? By
repeating the order
42. How will you act if you are helmsman and the OOW (officer on watch) gives you the order: ”Nothing to port” Don’t
allow the ship to swing at all to port
43. How will you start a cancelling message after you send by mistake a distress call on your VHF DSC equipment "All
Stations - This is ""SAINT-ROMAIN""""
44. If one requires medical advice by means of an Inmarsat-C terminal one should use the following address:32
45. If requested by a coastal radio station to participate in a rescue operation, what is the most important information
you may give? Your position, name, call sign and speed
46. If the relief for the bridge lookout does not appear at the end of the watch, when required, what should be the
actions of the existing lookout He should inform the Officer of the Watch and wait for instructions
47. If you are the helmsman on duty, what would be the correct action if the OOW (officer on watch) gives you the
order to: "Change over from Automatic pilot to Hand steering". Apply the controls to disconnect the Automatic
pilot and engage hand steering. Start steering the vessel using the wheel and confirm with the OOW the change-
over is complete and the course you are to steer
48. In a distress-situation a MF/HF-DSC transmission is used in the 8MHz frequency. In this case always: Indicate on
what frequency communication will be continued
49. In radio telephony what is the "URGENCY CALL" which should be used to indicate that you have a very urgent
message to transmit concerning the safety of another vessel or person?Pan Pan (3 times)
50. In radio-telex distress traffic preference is given to FEC because: Everybody can read along
51. On board an accident happened. Urgent radio-medical advice is needed. We choose the category: Urgency
52. On board they want to make a DSC-call with a foreign coast-station. It is an urgent call. Preferably choose: The
national DSC-call frequecies of the coast-station concerned
53. On board they want to send a safety-call to other vessels. The DSC safety-call: Has to contain a work-frequency
54. On the diagram provided, there are four (4) possible directions indicating the term "AHEAD". Which one is the
correct? Ahead is given by A on the figure
55. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "AFT" shown. Which one is the correct one? Aft is
defined as A on the figure
56. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "AIR DRAUGHT" given. Which one is the correct
one? Air draught is given by D on the figure
57. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "ASTERN" shown. Which one is the correct one?
Astern is defined as D on the figure
58. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "BOLLARD" given. Which one is the correct one?
Bollard is given by D on the figure
59. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "BREADTH" given. Which one is the correct one?
Breadth is given by B on the figure
60. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "CENTRE LINE" given. Which one is the correct one?
Centre line is given by A on the figure
61. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "MIDSHIPS" given. Which one is the correct one?
Midships is given by B on the figure
62. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "QUAY" given. Which one is the correct one? Quay
is given by A on the figure
63. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "STARBOARD QUARTER" given. Which one is the
correct one? Starboard quarter is given by C on the figure
64. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "WINDLASS" given. Which one is the correct one?
Windlass is given by B on the figure
65. On the figure there are four (4) possible directions shown by the arrowed lines. Which one would correctly shows
the direction understood by the term "AFTER SPRING"? After spring is defined as A on the figure
66. On the figure there are four (4) possible directions, shown by the arrowed lines, which could be the correct
direction associated with the term "HEAD LINE". Which one is the correct one?Head line is given by B on the
figure
67. On the figure there are four possible definitions of the term "STARBOARD BOW" given. Which one is the correct
one? Starboard bow is given by A on the figure
68. Onboard the following message is received on the DSC controller: DOO: 245329000 CH16 ; S distress ack
244123000 What station sent the distress acknowledgement?245329000
69. Regular ‘updating’ of a ships’ position in an Inmarsat-C installation is necessary To have the correct position in case
of accidents
70. Signals are often used by aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations to direct ships towards a casualty. This
aircraft flies across your stern, rocking his wings. What is the meaning of the signal? The assistance of your
vessel is no longer required.
71. Silencing by a station, not in charge of the distress-traffic, is done as follows: “SEELONCE DISTRESS” followed by the
silencing station's call-sign
72. The authority to order the use of distress signal or distress alerts is: Only with the master
73. The diagram shows the direction that a rope runs during a mooring operation and a possible place where it may
break. Where would be considered the safest position to stand? Outside the blue coloured zone.
74. The diagram shows the lead of a rope during mooring operations and the possible point where it may break. Where
would be considered the safest place to be standing? Outside the coloured zone.
75. The distress message is used when the vessel is threatened by a serious and imminent danger and is in need of
immediate assistance. What is the telegraphy and telephony distress message like? S O S (Telegraphy) /
MAYDAY (Telephony)
76. The DSC-controller display the following: DOO: 244562000 CH16 ; S distress sinking After receiving this
DSC message the following is done immediately:Listen out on VHF channel 16
77. The DSC-controller displays the following: DOO: 246321000 CH16 ; S distress flooding After receiving
this DSC message nothing more is received. Sending receipt on channel 16 does not give any response. One
should first: Send a DSC distress alert relay
78. The figure shows a cross section through a ship floating in water, with the hull in red and the seabed below the ship
shaded. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "FREEBOARD" given. Which one is the
correct one? Freeboard is given by D on the figure
79. The figure shows the cross section of a ship floating in water with the hull coloured in red and the seabed below
the vessel shaded. On this figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "UNDERKEEL CLEARANCE"
given. Which one is the correct one? Underkeel clearance is given by A on the figure
80. The first time you send a DSC distress alert via the HF-band, you prefer the? 8 MHz band
81. The frequency 121,5 MHz is used for : SARSAT-COSPAS EPIRBS
82. The number of frequencies on which a MF/HF-DSC distress alert multi-frequency call attempt can be transmitted
is: 6
83. The receipt of a distress alert is to be pronounced as followed: Mayday (1x), call-sign of ship in distress (3x) / this is
/ own call-sign (3x) / received mayday
84. The relay of a distress-call by an RCC for coast-station begins with: MAYDAY RELAY (3x)
85. The safety message announces that a station: Will relay a message concerning an important navigational or
meteorological warning
86. The Urgency Message from a ship is used to notify other traffic of a situation where the ship is not in imminent
danger, but where the development of the situation is uncertain and may need assistance in the near future.
What is the telephony urgency message like?PAN-PAN
87. To announce an important navigational –or meteorological warning via the VHF-installation, one should use the:
Safety call
88. To get priority with radio-communication, one must notify the coast-station that the call is: An urgent call
89. To receive distress alerting and MSI via an Inmarsat-C set vessels must have: SES or an EGC receiver
90. Under what circumstances should gangway nets be rigged under the gangway? Whenever the gangway is rigged
between ship and shore.
91. Via a coast-station radio medical advice is asked using NBDP. What command has to be given after ga +? med +
92. Visual signals are used by aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations to direct ships towards a casualty. The
signals shown here are part of a sequence. What does it indicate? The aircraft is directing a vessel towards the
casualty.
93. What are the duties of an effective bridge look out? Keeping a constant observation around the ship.
94. What are the duties of the "Standby Watch keeper" when he is not on the bridge? Remain in the expected location,
available for immediate call from the bridge
95. What do you do after receiving a VHF DSC DISTRESS call ? You set watch on VHF channel 16
96. What does the term "Hard a Starboard" or "Hard to Starboard" mean? Put the wheel fully over to starboard.

97. What does this flag mean? I have a diver down; keep well clear at slow speed.

98. What does this signal hoist mean? I require immediate assistance.
99. What does this two flag hoist signal indicate? I am in distress and require immediate assistance.
100. What is meant by the term "keeping a proper lookout" as applied to the bridge lookout?Keeping a visual lookout all
round the ship and also actively listening out for audio signals
101. What is the action that a GMDSS Radio Operator should take when a DSC distress alert is received? The Operator
should immediately set continuous watch on the radiotelephone frequency that is associated with frquency
band on which the distress alert was received.
102. What is the correct understanding of the term "boat deck"? The deck where the lifeboats davits are positioned.
103. What is the correct understanding of the term "boat drill"? Practical exercise for the people on board to practice
their duties and be prepared in the case of an emergency abandon ship.
104. What is the correct understanding of the term "Bottlescrew"? A bottlescrew is a metal threaded sleeve which
adjusts the length and tension on rigging or stays
105. What is the correct understanding of the term "FAIRLEAD"? The access point where mooring lines are lead when
making fast to the shore.
106. What is the correct understanding of the term "gangway"? Portable bridge arrangement between ship and shore,
when alongside.
107. What is the correct understanding of the term "LEE SIDE"? The lee side is the side of the ship which is facing away
from the wind.
108. What is the correct way that the lookout should report the appearance of a light, in clear visibility, on the port side
of the ship in a direction half way between right ahead and abeam? The lookout should state "Light 4 points to
port"
109. What is the emergency channel on VHF? Channel 16
110. What is the emergency frequency on M.F. (Medium frequency) radio?2182 Hz
111. What is the main responsibility of a bridge lookout at night? Inform the bridge of any new lights when they appear
over the horizon or any other items observed which may affect the ship
112. What is the meaning of the term "Steady as she goes" when acting as helmsman? While altering the ships head, the
instruction "steady as she goes" means reduce the ships swing as rapidly as possible and steady on present
course
113. What is the necessary protection when you are rust chipping with air tools? Protective clothing, safety shoes,
gloves, goggles, earmuffs.
114. What is the two letter signal, to be used by flags, radiotelephony or radiotelegraphy, meaning "Calling All Ships".
CQ
115. What items of clothing should be avoided during mooring operations? All of the items specified in the alternative
answers.
116. What kind of safety clothing should be worn during a mooring operation? Helmet, safety shoes, gloves and
protective clothes.
117. What kind of safety equipment must be worn during anchoring? All of the mentioned equipment.

118. What letter is represented by this flag and what is it's meaning when displayed by a vessel in port? P - All
persons should report on board as the vessel is about to proceed to sea.
119. What safety clothing should be worn during an anchoring operation? All of the equipment mentioned in the
alternative answers.
120. What special safety measures are required by a seaman when working aloft on a stage? Safety harness with a rope
secured to a safe point above.
121. What will you do if you are helmsman and the OOW (officer on watch) gives you the order: “Port 20” and after a
while the order: "Ease to 10"? Apply 20 degrees of rudder towards port and then after the second command
reduce the wheel to 10 degrees of helm.
122. What will you do if you are helmsman and the OOW (officer on watch) gives you the order: ”Starboard ten” Repeat
the command back and then turn the wheel to make the rudder turn 10 degrees to starboard of amidships
123. When a coastguard-station wants to send a gale-warning by DSC it will happen in the category: Safety
124. When a DSC-message of the ‘distress’ category is received, in order to start distress alert communication in so far
as not indicated in the alert, you will switch to VHF channel: 16
125. When a vessel arrives at a port to pick up a pilot and enter harbour, there should be someone required to stand by
the anchor forward. How should the anchor be prepared and ready? The brake securely applied, all
cement/covering into the chain locker and securing arrangements from windlass removed. The guillotine can
remain for removal when ready
126. When acting as helmsman would you expect the reading of the gyro compass to be the same as the magnetic
compass? Very seldom would they be the same
127. When could there be a demonstration of how to start a lifeboat engine? A demonstration could be arranged during
a lifeboat drill
128. When may a call for radio medical advice be preceded by the urgency-signal: In urgent cases
129. When on HF band a DSC distress alert is received, you have to listen to: The radio telephony distress frequency in
the band in which the DSC distress alert was received
130. When reeving a new wire onto a self-stowing winch drum you should, after looking at brake arrangement, reeve it
to pay out as follows: Direction B
131. When two ships are lying alongside each other in a ship to ship operation and one ship is lying at anchor, anchor
watch duties must be carried out as follows: Both ships have normal anchor watch responsibility in addition to
watching ship to ship fendering, mooring etc.
132. When you are on watch during a stay in port, what should you always ensure is ready at the head of the gangway?
Life buoy with line.
133. Which of the following channels and modes should be used when initiating a distress alert transmission? Channel
70 DSC
134. Which of the following two digits codes is used to obtain maritime assistance ? 39
135. Which of the following two digits codes is used to obtain medical advice ?32
136. Which one of the following types of rope is the most dangerous to work with? Nylon.
137. Which one of the listed items has to be included in a distress message?Identification of the ship.
138. Which radio frequency/channels are reserved for emergency communication? 2182 kHz/VHF channel 16
139. Which type of call will be sent by a ship adrift and needing the assistance of a tug ? (The weather is not bad and the
ship will be aground 24 hours later) Urgent call
140. Which type of call will be sent by a ship in danger of capsizing and needing assistance from all vessels in her vicinity
?Distress call
141. Which type of call will be sent by a ship sighting another ship in distress which is not itself in position to transmit a
distress alert ? Distress relay call
142. Which type of call will be sent by a ship sighting containers adrift in vicinity of her position ? (No message about
this problem was previously transmitted via NAVTEX or INMARSAT C SAFETYNET) Safety call
143. Which VHF channel should be used for intership navigation safety communications? Ch.13
144. Which word will precede a distress message ? MAYDAY
145. Which word will precede a safety message ? SECURITY
146. Which word will precede an urgency message ? PAN PAN

147. You are approaching the port entrance. What do these lights mean? A vessel may proceed only when
she has received specific orders to do so.
148. You are proceeding up a river, with berths on both banks. You see this flag hoist on a vessel moored on a berth

ahead. What does it mean? You should proceed at slow speed when passing me.
149. You have an important navigational or meteorological warning to transmit. What call should proceed this message
when made on the radio telephone? Securite Securite (3 times)
150. You receive a distress alert on HF Radio. What should you do? Wait three minutes and if no acknowledgement is
heard from a coast station you should relay the alert.
151. You receive via the 8 MHz a DSC distress alert. The received DSC message is however distorted. The MMSI as well
as the position are illegible. After listening at the 8 MHz telephone distress frequency, nothing is heard. This is
because: Telephone signals in the same frequency band are generally weaker than DSC signals
152. You wish to send a DSC-message because of a m.o.b. situation and assistance by other ships is required. You have
to choose the category: Distress
153. Your vessel is acting as the on scene commander during a distress rescue. Various vessels are interfering the
distress traffic on the VHF. What message would you use to stop them interfering with this traffic? Seelonce
mayday
154. Your vessel is not in distress and not taking part in a distress operation. How would you impose radio silence on
vessels which are interfering the distress traffic? Seelonce Distress
VII.IMO STANDARD MARINE COMMUNICATION PHRASES AND USE ENGLISH IN WRITTEN AND ORAL FORM
1. During the anchoring procedure, what would the 2nd Officer understand by the following request from the bridge,
"How is the chain"? The bridge would like to know the direction of the anchor cable from the hawse pipe.
2. How should the tug be secured to the ship, when the bridge tells the poop that "It is the tug's wire"?? The tug will
send a wire to the ship for making fast.
3. How would you alert others onboard if you saw a person falling overboard? If I saw a person falling overboard I
would shout repeatedly, "Man overboard"
4. In the diagram which line would be the "AFT SPRING", if the vessel was port side alongside a jetty? The Aft Spring is
indicated by A, in the figure
5. In the diagram, the depth of water under the keel is indicated by the letter "C". Which bridge instrument would
indicate this depth? Echo Sounder
6. In the diagram, which arrow is pointing at the position known as the "Bridge"? The Bridge is indicated by A, in the
figure
7. In the diagram, which letter is indicating the "bits" which would probably be used by the "FORWARD SPRING" when
mooring the ship? The bits for the Forward Spring is indicated by D, in the figure
8. In the diagram, which letter is indicating the position "MIDSHIPS"? Midships is indicated by B, in the figure
9. In the diagram, which letter is pointing at the area known as the "BOW" of the ship?The Bow is indicated by B, in the
figure
10. In the diagram, which letter is pointing to the area of the ship known as the "STERN"?The Stern area is indicated by
C, in the figure
11. In the figure is shown the direction of possible mooring lines from the stern of a vessel, when moored port side
alongside a jetty. Which letter shows the direction which would be used by a "STERN LINE"? The Stern Line is
indicated by A, in the figure
12. In the figure, which arrow indicates the direction "ASTERN"? Astern is indicated by D, in the figure
13. In the figure, which letter gives the correct understanding of the term "LENGTH OVERALL"?Length Overall is
indicated by B, in the figure
14. In the figure, which letter indicates the "BREADTH” of the vessel? Breadth is indicated by B, in the figure
15. In the figure, which letter indicates what is known as "mooring bits"? The mooring bits are indicated by D, in the
figure
16. In the figure, which letter indicates which item is the "WINDLASS"? The Windlass is indicated by B, in the figure
17. In which direction would the "FORWARD HEAD LINE" normally run? The forward head line would normally lead
forward from the bow
18. Is it always possible to use the word "ship" instead of the word "boat"? Normally a small vessel is called a "boat"
rather than a "ship", otherwise it is not important.
19. On the diagram, what is the area at the forward end of the vessel shown by the letter "A"? It is normally raised by
one deck above the main deck Fo'c's'le or Forecastle
20. On the diagram, which arrowed line is indicating the "Breadth" of the vessel? The breadth is indicated by letter B, in
the figure
21. On the diagram, which letter indicates what is meant by the word "DRAUGHT" of the ship? Draught is indicated by D,
in the figure
22. On the diagram, which letter is indicating the "BOW"? The Bow is indicated by B, in the figure
23. Read the text in the diagram and answer the following question: When should training in personal survival

techniques be given? Before being employed

24. Read the text in the diagram and answer this question: What should be given to prospective seafarers?

Approved training in survival techniques

25. Read the text in the picture before answering the question. What is the fundamental requirement relating to the

older ships, which are still in service? The older ships must be in
good condition.
26. The IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases are recommended to be used when the ship's Officer is verbally
talking to whom?In circumstances described in all of the answers provided
27. The Second Officer, when on watch on the bridge, is often referred to as the OOW. What does OOW actually stand
for? Officer of the Watch
28. What are the duties of the bridge lookout during the night, when the vessel is in the middle of the ocean? The
lookout must keep a lookout all-round the ship and report anything sighted, or heard, to the Officer of the Watch
29. What are the lists called that give the position and task during a lifeboat drill for all persons on board the ship? The
Muster List
30. What could the wheelman be asked to do, to help in the preparations to leave the berth and go to sea? Test the
steering by putting the wheel hard over both ways
31. What do you call the wide rung on a pilot ladder that prevents the ladder from twisting? The wide rung on a pilot
ladder that prevents it from twisting is called a 'Spreader'
32. What do you understand by the order: "Move the pilot ladder to the other side"?Move the pilot ladder to the other
side, means: to shift the pilot ladder to the opposite side of the ship.
33. What do you understand by the term "Let Go" when applied to mooring and unmooring? Let Go means to cast off
the mooring ropes and wires
34. What do you understand by the term: "Let go the tug"?Let go the tug means: to cast off the lines that secure the tug
to the ship
35. What do you understand by: Bitter end?Bitter end means: the end link of an anchor cable that is secured within the
chain locker
36. What do you understand by: Let go the port anchor? Let go the port anchor means: open the port windlass brake
37. What do you understand by: Rig the accommodation ladder in combination with the pilot ladder? Rig the
accommodation ladder in combination with the pilot ladder means: lower the accommodation ladder and rig the
pilot ladder right next to it
38. What do you understand by: Secure the tug?Secure the tug means: to make fast the tug
39. What does the word "pirates" mean?Pirates are persons who attempt to board and take over a ship at sea
40. What is "AIR DRAUGHT", in the figure? Air draught is indicated by C, in the figure
41. What is "DRAUGHT", in the figure? Draught is D, in the figure
42. What is "FREEBOARD", in the figure? Freeboard is indicated by B, in the figure
43. What is "LENGHT OVERALL", in the figure? Length overall is indicated by B, in the figure
44. What is a "cargo plan", when applied to a ship? The plan indicating where cargo is to be loaded and in what
quantities
45. What is a "Fairlead"? A Fairlead is a special device through which is passed ropes or wires to stop them moving
sideward’s and reduces friction and chafing
46. What is a mooring line? A mooring line is a thick rope used to moor the ship
47. What is a ship's "Gangway"? A Gangway is a portable means of access between the ship and the shore
48. What is meant by the term "Single up" when a vessel is preparing to leave the jetty to which it was moored? Single
up is the term used to describe the process of letting go most of the moorings lines and just leaving sufficient
lines to stay safely alongside.
49. What is name of the machine shown, used to heave on the ropes during mooring and unmooring? Winch
50. What is the correct understanding of the term "Block Coefficient" as applied to a ship? The comparison of the
underwater shape of the ship, to a rectangular block of the same extreme dimensions.
51. What is the daytime signal to be shown when the vessel is at anchor? A black ball forward where it can best be seen
52. What is the meaning of "make fast" To secure a rope
53. What is the meaning of the term "Make Fast", when mooring the ship?Make Fast means secure the ropes to the bits
54. What is the name of the portable walkway or access between ship and shore? Gangway
55. What is the normal name given to the fuel oil used for the ship's main engines?Bunkers
56. What is the normal name of the special wire/rope on board the ship used to make a tug fast? Towing spring
57. What is the normal name of the waterproof suit shown in the picture? Survival suit
58. What is the normal term used for the regular training of how to launch the lifeboat? Lifeboat drill
59. What is the objective of the merchant navy? To safely transport goods by sea
60. What is the output shown on the "Rate of Turn" display fitted on the bridge?The Rate of Turn indicator displays the
rate the ship is swinging in degrees per minute
61. What is the role of a tug in a port? A tug assists the ships to moor and unmoor
62. What is the room often called where the crew eat their meals? The crew mess
63. What is understood by the term "Boat Drill"? "Boat Drill" means the practical training in the various aspects of
getting all the people onboard safely off the ship, in the event of abandoning ship
64. What is understood by the term "take the helm"?Take over the steering of the ship.
65. What is understood by the term, "The Lee Side"? Lee Side is the side that faces away from the wind
66. What is understood by the word "Bollard", when mooring a ship? A Bollard is a thick steel post to which mooring
lines are secured
67. What letter indicates the direction "AHEAD", in the figure? Ahead is indicated by A, in the figure
68. When acting as helmsman, what should be the method of responding to an order? When receiving an order, the
order should be repeated back to the person who gave it before carrying out the order.
69. When keeping a lookout, what would be the correct understanding of the question "What is the aspect of the other
ship"? The question is requesting some indication of the direction the other ship is heading.
70. When should the lookout report another vessel? As soon as it is sighted or heard.
71. Where is "AFT", in the figure? Aft is A, in the figure
72. Where is the "BRIDGE", in the figure? The Bridge is A, in the figure
73. Where is the "FORECASTLE", in the figure? The Forecastle is B, in the figure
74. Where is the "FORECASTLE", in the figure? The Forecastle is indicated by B, in the figure
75. Where is the "PORT QUARTER", in the figure? The Port quarter is D, in the figure
76. Where on a ship is the deck known as the "Boat Deck"? The Boat Deck is the deck from which persons embark into
the lifeboats
77. Which approved publication should be used by a seafarer to help overcome any misunderstanding in
communications?The (IMO) Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP) booklet
78. Which is the "CAPSTAN", in the figure? The Capstan is indicated by A, in the figure
79. Which is the "CENTRE LINE", in the figure? The Fore and aft Centreline is indicated by A, in the figure
80. Which is the "MOORING BUOY", in the figure?The Mooring Buoy is indicated by B, in the figure
81. Which is the "PANAMA LEAD", in the figure?The Panama Lead is indicated by C, in the figure
82. Which is the "QUAY", in the figure? The Quay is indicated by A, in the figure
83. Which is the "STARBOARD BOW", in the figure? The Starboard bow is indicated by A, in the figure
84. Which is the "STARBOARD QUARTER", in the figure? The Starboard quarter is C, in the figure
85. Which of the mooring lines shown in the figure is known as the "AFT BREAST LINE"? The Aft Breast Line is B, in the
figure
86. Which of these statements is NOT correct ?Kerosene is good for cleaning the skin.
87. Why could dirty and oily areas of the deck be dangerous? They may cause people to slip over and hurt themselves
88. With reference to the text in the frame: what is stated as a threat to lives at sea and the marine environment?

Bad management and poorly maintained older ships.

89. Would there ever be the need for two lookouts on the Bridge watch? Yes, possibly when there is dense fog and
heavy traffic.

VIII. Transmit and receive information by visual signaling

1. In what operations would a ship showing this flag be engaged ? Diving operations
2. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Charlie

3. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Delta

4. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Echo

5. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Foxtrot

6. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Golf

7. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Hotel

8. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? India

9. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Juliet

10. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Kilo

11. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Lima

12. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Mike

13. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? November

14. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Oscar

15. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Papa

16. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Quebec

17. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Romeo

18. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Sierra

19. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Tango

20. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Uniform

21. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Victor

22. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Whisky

23. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Xray

24. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Yankee

25. What is the phonetic word for this flag ? Zulu

26. What sort of vessel would display this day signal ?A sailing vessel which is aground

27. What type of vessel is this? A trawler

28. What type of vessel shows these shapes? A tug and tow where the length of tow exceeds 200m
29. Which flag group means " You appear not to be complying with the traffic separation scheme ? B

30. Which flag group means "Do not pass too close to me." ? B
31. Which flag group means "I am ( or vessel indicated is ) in charge or coordinating a search" ? B

32. Which flag group means "I am calibrating radio direction finder or adjusting compasses" ? A

33. Which flag group means "I am engaged in submarine survey work ( underwater operations }. Keep well clear of me at

slow speed." ? D
34. Which flag group means "I am going to communicate with your station by means of the International Code of

Signals" B

35. Which flag group means "I am in distress and require immediate assistance ? C

36. Which flag group means "I require health clearance" ? A

37. Which flag group means "I wish to communicate with you by VHF channel 16" ? C

38. Which flag group means "Light vessel out of position" ? A

39. Which flag group means "Look-out for a rocket-line" ? D

40. Which flag group means "The groups which follow are from the International Code of Signals"? D

41. Which flag group means "The words which follow are in plain language ? B
42. Which flag group means "Vessel indicated is reported as requiring assistance in lat..long..(or bearing. from lace

indicated, distance..)." ? D

43. Which flag group means "What is the name or identity signal of your vessel" ? D
44. Which flag group means "You should keep away from me or the vessel indicated" ? B
45. Which flag group means "You should proceed with great caution; Submarines are exercising in this area" ? A

46. Which flag group means Have you a doctor " ? A

47. Which flag group means Interrogative or the significance of the previous group should be read as a question" ? B

48. Which flag group means It is not safe to fire a rocker ? B

49. Which flag group means You should proceed at slow speed when passing me or vessels making this signal." ? B

50. Which flag means ? "I am altering my course to starboard." Flag 2

51. Which flag means ? "I am disabled. Communicate with me." Flag 1
52. Which flag means ? "I am on fire and have dangerous cargo on board, keep well clear of me?'Flag 3

53. Which flag means ? "I am operating astern propulsion." flag 4

54. Which flag means ? "I am taking in, or discharging, or carrying dangerous goods." Flag 2

55. Which flag means ? "I have a diver down, keep well clear at slow speed." Flag 1
56. Which flag means ? "I require a tug. When made by fishing vessels operating in close proximity on the fishing

grounds, it means: I am shooting my nets." Flag 3

57. Which flag means ? "I require assistance." Flag 3

58. Which flag means ? "I wish to communicate with you." Flag 2

59. Which flag means ? "Keep clear of me, I am engaged in pair trawling." Flag 1

60. Which flag means ? "Keep clear of me, I am maneuvering with difficulty." Flag 4

61. Which flag means ? "My vessel is 'healthy-and I request free pratique." Flag 1

62. Which flag means ? "Stop carrying out your intentions and watch for my signals.Flag 3

63. Which flag means ? "You are running into danger."Flag 2

64. Which flag means ?" You should stop your vessel instantly." Flag 4

65. Which flag means? "I have a pilot on board." Flag 1

66. Which flag means? "I require a medical assistance." Flag 3
67. Which flag means? "I require a pilot. When made byfishing vessels operating in close proximity on the fishing

grounds it means: I am hauling nets." Flag 1

68. Which flag means? "In harbour. All persons should report on board as the vessel is about to proceed to sea. At sea, it
may be used by fishing vessels to mean: My nets have come fast upon an obstruction." Flag 2

69. Which flag means? "Man overboard." Flag 2

70. Which flag means? "My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water." Flag 4

71. Which flag means? "No ( negative )." Flag 1

72. Which flag means?"' am altering my course to port." Flag 2

73. Which flag means?"' am dragging my anchor’’ Flag 2

74. Which is the correct day signal for a vessel engaged in hydrographic surveying ? Day signal B

IX.MANOEUVRE THE SHIP

1. A balanced rudder has some of the rudder area forward of the rudder axis. About how much area should this be to
call it a balanced rudder? It should be about 20%
2. A ship is equipped with a right-handed fixed pitch propeller, which when going from Full Ahead to Full Astern will
make the ship sheer to starboard. Can anything be done to reduce this change in heading? The rudder can be put
to Hard to Port to reduce the water flow to the right side of the propeller
3. A ship is passing through a narrow channel and keeping to the starboard side of the fairway, as illustrated. What
could be expected in this situation? The ship will suffer bank rejection and the bow will be pushed away from the
bank
4. A ship is steaming at "Full Ahead" when the engines are changed to "Full Astern". Would this reversal of engines
produce the same results in deep water as in shallow water (where the under keel clearance is equal to about half
the draught)? The effectiveness of the rudder and propeller are greatly reduced and therefore the results will be
considerably different
5. A ship normally turns (swings) around a point which is not the centre of gravity. What is this point normally called?
Pivot Point
6. A ship turns around a point known as the "pivot point". Where is the position of this invisible point when the ship is
stopped and "dead" in the water? At about same position as the centre of gravity of the ship
7. A tug is moving towards the bow of the ship to make fast and is in the vicinity of the ship's shoulder, as illustrated.
What specific danger should be considered when making this approach to the bow? The tug may be turned across
the bow of the ship and also suffer a lose of stability with a danger of being turned over if touched by the ship
8. How can the effects of Squat be minimized, when a ship is proceeding in shallow water? Maintain a slow speed just
sufficient to maintain steerage
9. If a ship requires 2 nautical miles to stop in the water from a "crash stop" when proceeding at full ahead in deep
water. What will the stopping distance be in shallow water? A greater distance
10. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "AIR DRAUGHT" given. Which one is the correct one?
Air draught is given by C on the figure
11. Ships vary considerably in design and underwater shape, but does the ship's trim ever have any influence on its
steering abilities? Yes, the ship often steers better if trimmed by the stern
12. The engines are going astern and the ship is making sternway of about 1.5 knots with the rudder hard to starboard.
What effect will this have on the ship's progress? This will give the stern a lift force to starboard
13. The maximum rudder angle on your ship is 35 degrees. Do you think this is the angle that the rudder is most
effective? No, the most effective rudder angle is about 25 to 30 degrees, this is because the rudder is "stalling" at
35 degrees angle
14. The rudder is in the hard over position with the propeller stopped and the ship turning slowly. On a ship with a single
fixed pitch right handed propeller and no thrusters, what can be done to make the ship increase the speed of turn
without significantly increasing the forward speed of the ship? Give the engines a short kick ahead
15. The ship has a right-handed propeller and is swinging to starboard when the engines are slow ahead and the rudder
is to starboard. The engines are stopped and the rate of swing rapidly slows down. How could the swing to
starboard be maintained without the ship making much headway. Astern on the engines will allow Transverse
Thrust to continue the swing
16. The ship has completed a 360 degree turn at full speed in deep water. The ship is now to repeat the turn at full speed
in shallow water. What will be the difference in the turning circle diameter? The turning diameter will be increased
in shallow water
17. The ship is required to be stopped in the water as quickly as possible, but without major changes to the ship's
heading. What is the most effective method to achieve this? The use of the rudder hard over both sides combined
with reducing engine power, a method known as "high frequency rudder cycling"
18. The ship is sailing in shallow water with reduced Under Keel Clearance. If the ship is steaming with the engines at full
RPM, what would be the speed in comparison to the speed achieved in deep water? Slower than deep water
19. The ship is starting to slow down after steaming at full ahead speed. What will happen to the position of the "pivot
point"? It will move aft as the ship slows down
20. The ship is steaming at Full Ahead when the engines are reversed to "Full Astern" to stop the ship. The ship has a
single, right-handed fixed pitch propeller. What would be the anticipated reaction of the ship, if there is no wind or
current? The ship will probably sheer to starboard and gradually lose headway
21. The ship is to berth alongside a quay in calm conditions of no wind or current. The ship has a single fixed pitch right
handed propeller. Which angle of approach would be considered the most favourable? No. 2
22. The ship's engine is going astern and the ship is picking up sternway. The rudder is amidships and the ship has a
single, right-handed, fixed pitch propeller. What would be expected to happen? The ship will probably start to
change heading to starboard and stern speed will increase
23. The ship's rudder is full over when the ship's engines are full ahead. Will the turning effect (lift force) of the rudder
be changed when the engine is stopped? Yes, the lift force will be dramatically reduced when the engines are
stopped
24. The vessel is in a 360 degrees turn with engine full ahead. If the engine speed is reduced during the turn, will there
be any change in the turning diameter? Yes, the turning diameter will increase if the speed is reduced.
25. Two ships are meeting in a restricted channel as illustrated. Which of the following actions would be the most
suitable to take on both vessels as they approach and pass each other? Slow down if possible without losing
steerage and be prepared for prompt application of rudder to counteract any swing as they approach and pass
each other.
26. Two ships travelling in opposite directions are to pass each other in a narrow river, as illustrated. Explain what is
likely to happen as they pass each other? Due to interaction, the bows will repel each other, and then when
 alongside each other the two ships will be sucked together and finally the sterns will be repelled as they start to
pass clear
27. Two vessels are meeting each other in confined waters. What would be the effects of interaction between the two
vessels as they approach each other? The bows of the ships will be pushed away from each other
28. What depth of water would be considered as "Shallow Water" in relationship to a change of the ships manoeuvring
characteristics? When the "Under Keel Clearance" is less than 50% of the draught of the ship
29. What is the correct understanding of the term "a ship with good Directional Stability"? A ship which when the rudder
is left amidships, it will continue on approximately a straight course
30. What is the correct understanding of the term "bank effect"? If a ship was approaching the bank at an angle, what
would be the effect on the ship? The vessel's bow is pushed away from the bank
31. What would be the correct definition of the term "Squat"? Squat is the reduction of underkeel clearance and the
possible change of trim of a ship when it moves through shallow water due to a reduction in water pressure.
32. What would be the effects of a ship passing into shallow water? The ship is less responsive to both rudder and
propeller.
33. When a ship is lying at anchor in a tidal area using both forward anchors, to what particular aspect should the officer
of the watch be paying special attention? When the ship swings to the tide the direction of swing should be
controlled to avoid the anchor cables becoming wrapped round each other.
34. Where would the "pivot point" be considered to be located when the ship is proceeding at full speed ahead and
there is no wind or current? At about 1/6 of the ship's length from the bow
35. Which of the following answers correctly specify the following most common rudders? a) UNBALANCED, b)
BALANCED, c) SEMI-BALANCED and d) UNDERHUNG BALANCED. i.e. The number in the picture is related to the
letter adjacent to the name of the rudder. 1 = a, 2 = b, 3 = c and 4 = d
36. Which of the following hull shapes would normally provide a directionally stable ship? A long ship with a narrow
beam.
37. Which type of vessel suffers from the greatest squat effects? Vessel with a high Block Coefficient
38. Who is responsible for the number and the position of any tugs to be used during a mooring operation? The Master,
with consideration of the advice of the pilot
39. You are sailing in shallow water with a 15% Under Keel Clearance. Turning the ship around, what space do you need
compared to deep water? Need more space than normal

X.MONITOR THE LOADING, STOWAGE, SECURING, CARE DURING THE VOYAGE AND THE UNLOADING
1. A bulk carrier loading to summer marks would load to The top of the summer load line mark
2. A cargo of steel swarf and borings (waste steel material from industrial processes) carried on a Bulk Carrier is
particularly liable to? Oxygen depletion in the cargo space and self-heating of the cargo
3. A Combination Carrier is: A ship designed to carry either oil or solid bulk cargoes.
4. A good indicator of the possibility of cargo damage on a bulk carrier is The presence of hatch cover sealing tapes
5. A partly loaded bulk cargo space, whilst the vessel is at sea, may be entered: Under no circumstances except possibly
in an emergency.
6. A stevedore is working in a cargo hold of a bulk carrier while completing discharge of a concentrate cargo. You
suddenly notice that he appears to be taken ill. You should: Assume problem due to lack of oxygen and/or toxic gas
and rescue with self-contained breathing apparatus.
7. A very dusty cargo is to be loaded in bulk on your vessel. You should: Ensure that all cranes, deck storerooms etc. are
fully closed to prevent entry of dust.
8. After a fresh water rinse, presence of salt in the hold of a bulk carrier can be tested By carrying out silver nitrate tests
which should turn milky in the presence of chlorides
9. After completion of cleaning and testing of the bilge spaces in a cargo hold of a bulk carrier, it should be checked that
the: Drain plate over bilge has been fitted and then covered with burlap.
10. After completion of discharging coal with a high sulphur content from a bulk carrier, cargo holds should be inspected
and checked for: Areas of corrosion.
11. After discharge of a bulk cargo by grabs and bulldozers (bob cats), you should carefully check: Access ladders for any
signs of damage.
12. After discharge of a bulk cargo by grabs, tank tops and lower hopper side plating must be checked for: Damage and
possible leaks
13. Before starting to ballast double bottom tanks with sea water, the officer responsible for the operation must ensure
that: Correct valves have been opened, air ventilators are open and ballasting plan has been agreed.
14. Bulk coal cargoes may produce methane and carbon monoxide gases, their main feature being that both these gases
are Flammable and lighter than air
15. Cargo holds are usually swept completely prior to washing on a bulk carrier. This is carried out so that: Cargo
residues will not clog the bilge lines and associated suctions and valves.
16. Cargo sweat is generally caused when Warm and moist air is introduced into a cooler cargo hold
17. Carrying coal with a high sulphur content in bulk could result in Corrosion of steelwork in the cargo holds if the cargo
becomes wet
18. During bulk cargo operations, it is required by International regulations that: Ship's personnel must continuously
monitor cargo operations.
19. During cargo watch keeping on a bulk carrier, it is required under International regulations that: The vessel's
draughts must be frequently checked and recorded.
20. During the draft survey it is noticed that the vessel is trimmed outside the limits of its trim correction tables.
Immediate actions should be to: Bring the vessel to within the trim limits imposed by the tank sounding tables
prior to carrying out the survey
21. For which of the following reasons would a bulk carrier cargo hold inspection be most likely to fail? Loose rust all
around the cargo hold
22. Hague-Visby rules are applicable to Contracts of carriage evidenced by a bill of lading
23. If the cargo loading rate on a bulk carrier exceeds the de-ballasting rate and thereby affecting the hull stresses, the
OOW must Notify the port state authority with whom the loading plan has been lodged
24. If the temperature of bulk coal cargo during voyage is noted to be above 55 degree Celsius, the recommended
procedure is to Seal the hold and monitor the cargo using suitable instruments
25. In a side rolling hatch cover arrangement of a bulk carrier, wedging ensures that: The compression bar on one panel
fits against the seal on the opposite panel.
26. It is common practice for all bulk carriers to be trimmed and levelled on completion of loading, so as to: Reduce the
possibilities of the cargo shifting at sea
27. It is important to remove all traces of salt after washing the cargo holds of a bulk carrier, because: Salt encourages
the corrosion of steelwork.
28. Loading rates of bulk iron ore must be controlled so that: The vessel can manage with de-ballasting operations
29. On a bulk carrier at the completion of loading and before closing hatch covers, the track ways must be: Swept and
checked clear of obstructions.
30. On a bulk carrier scheduled to load sugar, the cargo holds will certainly fail a pre-loading inspection if there are signs
of: Insect infestation in the bilges.
31. On a bulk carrier, provided it is considered safe to do so, the most effective method of cleaning a cargo hold that
contained grain is to: Sweep and clean cargo holds from the top down as discharge progresses followed by a final
wash.
32. On a Bulk Carrier, which of these statements is correct? Steel slabs must never be permitted to rest directly against
any part of the ship's structure
33. Prior starting the ballasting of tanks on a bulk carrier in extremely cold conditions, it must be checked that: All air
ventilators are open and free from ice build- up.
34. Prior to loading of steel coils in a bulk carrier, all cargo hatch covers must be tested in the presence of a surveyor. In
preparation for this test all hatch covers should be: Fully secured to sea going condition with all cleats in place.
35. Prior to opening side-rolling hatch covers of a bulk carrier, it must be ensured that: Cross wedges have been
removed.
36. Prior to starting the ballasting operations on a bulk carrier, the responsible officer must check: That all air pipes are
open and that the pipeline and valve system is correctly set up.
37. Prior to starting the hatch cleaning operations on a bulk carrier, a responsible officer of the ship must carry out a:
Risk Assessment, Permit to work /enter and tool-box talk.
38. Prior using ship’s cranes for loading cargo on a bulk carrier, the crane operator must ensure that: Crane controls are
operational, limit switches are functioning properly and weights to be lifted are within the SWL of the crane
39. The cargo residues inside the hold space of a bulk carrier is least likely to remain hidden within: Bulkhead
corrugations
40. The main problem when a dry bulk cargo develops a flow state is that The cargo shifts easily causing major stability
problems
41. The maximum possibility of sea water entering the cargo hold of a bulk carrier is through: Hatch covers and coamings
42. The most practical means for inspection of the upper parts of a cargo hold in a bulk carrier is by the use of: A cherry
picker.
43. The recommended way to stow steel wire rod coils on a bulk carrier is With their cores aligned fore and aft
44. The term cargo sweat refers to Condensation of moisture directly onto the cargo
45. The used dunnage of a bulk carrier is classified under MARPOL: Garbage
46. To conform with "best practise", can you drive a crane and stand-by for a colleague who has entered a cargo tank at
the same time? No.
47. Under international regulations entries be made with regard to the disposal of bulk cargo residues into the sea in the
ships: Garbage record book.
48. Under way to discharging port temperature tests indicate fire in a hold loaded with coal. What is the first action to
be taken? Close all air ventilators and other openings to the hold in question
49. Upon completion of ballasting operations on a bulk carrier, it must be ensured that: All valves have been closed, tank
ventilators are in open position and sounding pipe caps replaced.
50. Upon completion of discharging cargo on a bulk carrier by using grabs, the most important item to check before
closing a hatch cover is to: Check that hatch coaming and sealing bar have not been damaged by grab contact
51. Ventilation of steel cargoes carried on a bulk carrier should be carried out When atmospheric air temperature is
falling
52. What are the people probably doing in the picture? The people are hosing down the cargo hold to clean it.
53. What do the letters IMDG stand for? International Maritime Dangerous Goods.
54. What do you understand by the term "Slewing"? Turning or rotating a crane boom.
55. What general background colour is used on warning signs that indicate emergency or first-aid features, or indicate a
safe condition? Green.
56. What is shown in the picture, a crane or a derrick using what loading gear? A deck crane using grabs.
57. What is the meaning of the abbreviation "SWL" as stamped on lifting gear around the ship? Safe Working Load.
58. What might safely be used to prevent a load swinging when lifted by a crane? Guide or tag lines, tended from a safe
location.
59. What should you know about the emergency stops on deck? Where they are located and how to operate them.
60. When accurate draft readings are required, it is recommended to read both port and starboard drafts. This is
because: The vessel may appear up right but may have a slight list causing difference in the port and starboard
actual drafts
61. When ballasting double-bottom tanks on a bulk carrier, the responsible officer must: Avoid ballasting all tanks
together including fore peak tank (FP) and after peak (AP) tank.
62. When carried in bulk, which of the following cargoes is most likely to liquefy due to compression and/or vibrations?
Iron ore concentrates
63. When carrying dry bulk cargoes, a low angle of repose indicates that The cargo is more liable to shift than cargo with
a high angle of repose
64. When carrying grain in the hold space of a bulk carrier, the type of paint to be used should be: Paints approved for
use in cargo spaces that may carry edible cargoes.
65. When carrying high sulphur coal on a bulk carrier, the areas of a cargo hold that are most prone to corrosion are:
Steelwork with which wet cargo is in contact.
66. When discharging a bulk cargo, it is required by international regulations that: The method of unloading must not
damage the ship's structure.
67. When loading a bulk carrier at a high loading rate, the vessel will experience highest tension in bottom structure:
During loading of heavy cargo in midship section
68. When loading, it is recommended not to drop iron ore cargo from a height into the cargo hold bottom because this
can cause: Damage to the tank top and double bottom internals
69. When preparing a previously ballasted hold of a bulk carrier for cargo, it must be checked that: The ballast lines must
be blanked off and the bilge lines opened and tested.
70. When washing a cargo hold of a bulk carrier prior to loading a cargo of steel products, it is usual practice to carry out
a fresh water wash after the sea water wash. This is carried out to: Remove all traces of salt that could possibly
contaminate the steel cargo.
71. When washing down during hatch cleaning operations, the officer responsible for the operation must ensure that:
The ship has a large trim by the stern.
72. Who is authorised to operate lifting equipment around the ship? Those ship's personnel who have been assessed as
competent and are duly authorised to do so by the master as per the procedures as outlined in the ship's SMS
system.
73. With a bulk ship in port, when it would it normally be permissible allowed to start painting over-side only after: The
necessary permission has been obtained from the port authority.
74. With respect to carriage of heavy metal cargoes in bulk, the term liquefaction means that The cargo may suffer
moisture migration and become semi-liquid near the top of the stow
75. You are driving a crane and the signalman on deck gives this signal. What does it mean? (Hand signals as per the
Code of Safe Working Practices for Merchant Seamen). Danger, or emergency stop!
76. You have been assigned to enter a hold and check the general cargo stowed in it, as part of an on-passage
monitoring procedure. What must be in place before you can do that? The necessary permits, based on valid
atmospheric and other applicable tests.
77. You have just witnessed a crew member collapse inside a cargo hold. You should: Raise the alarm and wait for the
rescue party to arrive.
XI.INSPECT AND REPORT DEFECTS AND DAMAGE TO CARGO SPACES, HATCH COVERS AND BALLAST TANKS
1. A bulk carrier has to complete loading at a draft of 10 metres. The current amidship drafts are 9.96 metres (port side)
and 9.98 metres (starboard side). The sinkage remaining to maximum draft is: 0.03 metres
2. A bulk carrier is loading to complete at a draught of 10.00m when in salt water. She is currently floating in dock
water and the Dock Water Allowance (DWA) is 80 mm. Her maximum draught at completion of loading should be
10.08 metres
3. A draft survey is carried out on a bulk carrier to calculate: The quantity of bulk cargo loaded or discharged
4. After completion of discharge of a dry bulk cargo, the CO2 lines in each cargo hold should be Blown through with
compressed air to ensure that they are clear of any cargo traces
5. Before a bulk carrier can load a full cargo of grain, what additional stability information is required? Grain loading
conditions must be shown and the vessel is in possession of a Document of Authorization
6. Cargo on a bulk cement carrier is normally discharged by Using its own pumping system and equipment
7. How much liferaft capacity should be provided on a conventional cargo ship of more than 85 meters in length ? 100%
of the complement if it can be readily launched on either side of the ship. If it cannot be readily launched on either
side, 100% must be provided on each side
8. It is common practice on bulk carriers to fill only one set of ballast tanks at any one time so as to Ensure that free
surfaces in ballast tanks do not become excessive during the ballasting operation
9. Normally, a vessel sails in salt water and therefore salt water draughts are those which are referred to. If there is a
change in density however, this must be taken into account because the true draughts of the ship will change.
Which of the definitions below is that of this "Fresh Water Allowance"? The number of millimetres by which a
vessel's True Mean Draught changes when she passes from salt water to fresh water, or vica versa.
10. Reserve Buoyancy is: The buoyancy provided by all enclosed spaces above the waterline
11. The CO2 injection lines into the designated ballast hold of a bulk carrier are sealed Prior to ballasting the hold
12. The drain pipe covers fitted on the hatch coamings of a bulk carrier are secured In the event of a cargo hold fire
13. The first line of defence against flooding of a bulk carrier is its: Shell plating
14. The full name for the BC Code is The Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes
15. The full name for the IMSBC Code is The International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargo Code
16. The hatch cover hydraulic system of a bulk carrier can be damaged by Dust and cargo particles around the piston
seals
17. The perforated plate cover of the cargo hatch bilges are normally covered with burlap, so as To prevent small
particles of cargo draining into the bilges
18. The purpose of the cargo hold ventilator grill is to Prevent any sparks from entering the hold space
19. To withstand flooding of any one cargo hold, a bulk carrier constructed after 1 July 1999 can be loaded to: The
Summer load line
20. What do the letters "TPC" stand for? Tonnes per Centimetre.
21. What do you understand by the term "luffing"? The raising or lowering of a crane jib, moving the head of the crane
and therefore a suspended load horizontally towards or away from the crane.
22. What facility exists under the ISM Code for the provision of individual control measures for specific work-related
tasks? The Permit to Work system.
23. What general background colour is used on warning signs which require a specific "mandatory" action, such as one
which might require the wearing of a safety harness during a particular work task? Blue.
24. What is a "consignee"? Any person, organization or government entitles to take delivery of a consignment.
25. What is meant by the term "segregation"? The planned, separated stowage of cargoes that may react dangerously
with each other in the event of leakage or other damage.
26. What is of utmost concern when steel cargoes are carried in a bulk carrier? Bending moments being greatly
exceeded in the seagoing condition
27. What is the name given to the special list of cargo loaded on board a ship that needs to be prepared for reporting
and other administrative purposes?Manifest.
28. What is this? The United Nations Packaging symbol used for Dangerous Goods.
29. What kinds of checks must be carried out on slings, wires and other items of lifting equipment before they are used
in routine operations? They must be visually inspected and ascertained, so far as is possible, as being in good
working order and fit for purpose.
30. What name is given to the inspection and measurements at the end of a bulk carrier's loading operation, that
determines the weight of cargo lifted based on the observed draughts, any list, hog or sag, the dock water density
and the calculation of ballast and consumables on the vessel? Draught Survey.
31. When carrying bulk coal cargo, during the voyage methane and carbon monoxide gases are measure by Using the
approved sampling ports fitted on each hatch coaming
32. When loading coal on a Bulk Carrier, the vessel should be provided with Means for measuring cargo temperatures
33. Which of these is not used to discharge bulk grain? Pumps
XII.ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH POLLUTION PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS
1. An Oil Record Book, Part 1,shall be provided to every ship of 400 tons gross tonnage and above to record machinery
space operations.Out of below mentioned operations, it is compulsory to record: Bunkering of bulk lubricating oil.
2. Any ship of 10.000 tons gross tonnage and above shall be fitted with oily-water separating equipment for the control
of machinery space bilges.What kind of equipment is required in this connection? Either Oil fitting equipment , or
Oily-water separating equipment , or combination of both.
3. Are there any restrictions about how much sludge we can pump overboard on the sea voyage? Maximum is 30 litre
pr nautical mile and total is 1/30000 part of full cargo on the ballast voyage.
4. For how long time must the printout from the Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment (ODME) be retained onboard?
Three years
5. If you use chemicals for cleaning up an oil-spill on the water, what would the chemicals do? Disperse or dissolve the
oil into the water
6. In case of a pollution in US waters, who shall notify the cleaning up contractor (OPA-90) Qualified Individual
7. In which areas is plastic material accepted for overboard disposal? Not permissible any where.
8. Is there any special area under MARPOL where it is forbidden to pump out any sludge or oil residues? There are
special areas where it is forbidden to pump out any sludge or oil residues
9. MARPOL - Annex I. Your vessel sailed from Bahrain heading for Singapore. 2 days after departure, you would like to
empty your machinery space bilges. What will be the correct procedures in this connection? Call the bridge and
request for position and permission to discharge overboard through oily water separating and filtering equipment.
10. MARPOL - Annex IV. Your ship has in operation an approved sewage treatment plant certified by the Administration.
During discharge, while vessel is awaiting pilot off Cape Henry, USA, the surrounding water is iscoloured. What
kind of action would be appropriate to take? Stop discharge.
11. MARPOL - Annex V. Disposal of garbage outside "Special Areas". After unpacking spares, you are left with a limited
amount of packing materials. Is this prohibited, if not, what will be the nearest distance to land for disposal into the
sea of these materials? This is prohibited
12. MARPOL - Annex V. Disposal of garbage. Your vessel is in the Red Sea (Special Area) and the Chief Cook is requesting
to have some food waste burned in the incinerator. Due to problems with incinerator, you decide to have the
waste ground in the Grinder (Lump size max. 25 mm) and disposed off into the sea. Is this prohibited, if not, how
far from nearest land is this legal? 12 miles
13. Most minor oilspills are caused by: Human error
14. New MARPOL regulations came into effect from July 93 stating that the previous instantaneous rate of discharge of
oil content (60 litters per nautical mile) was changed to: 30 litters per nautical mile
15. Notification logging procedures .(OPA-90) Every report or message must be logged including time and date
16. Shipboard Emergency Drills must be carried out at least (OPA-90):Once a month
17. Ships of 10.000 tons gross tonnage and more, shall be fitted with oil filtering equipment, complying with Reg.14 (7)
of MARPOL for the control of machinery space bilges. What would be the maximum oil content of oily-water
mixture to pass through the filter? 15 ppm
18. Small oil spills on deck can be kept from going overboard by doing what? Plugging the scuppers
19. The OPA-90 notification requirement is: Notify as soon as you have knowledge of any spill, or threat of a spill
20. What does the term DISCHARGE mean, as used in the Oil Pollution Regulations? All the other alternatives
21. What is definition on clean ballast as per MARPOL Annex 1? Ballast with an oil content of less than 15 ppm
22. What is the best way to avoid pollution from small oil-spills aboard a ship? Contain any oil-spill onboard the ship
23. What is the disadvantage of using chemicals on an oil-spill on the water? The chemicals make it difficult to remove
the oil from the water
24. What is the purpose of the O.D.M.E. (Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment) printer ? To prove that oil has been
pumped overboard according to regulations
25. What should you do with the ashes from your vessels incinerator which had burned garbage containing plastics?
Discharge to a shore facility only
26. What would be the preferred colour to use when maintaining the paint on shell, plating, structure and
bottom/tanktopp in the engine room White or light grey to ensure all minor spills and leakages are noticed and
dealt with.
27. When a pollution incident occurs there is a plan for actions to be undertaken. State which of following priority
sequences to be considered: Stop pumps - report - clean up?
28. Which of the connections you are shown, are the dedicated shore connection (MARPOL-connection) for discharging
of sewage ? 4
29. Which of the following would be considered pollution, when discharged overboard, under the US water pollution
laws? All of the mentioned
30. Which PPM is allowed for discharging of "Bilge Water" overboard? 15 PPM
31. Which statement(s) is true of a gasoline spill? It is visible for a shorter time than a fuel oil spill
32. Why shall a duly qualified officer supervise any potential polluting operation? To avoid pollution.
33. You are on a vessel 10 nautical miles off the coast of Algeria, in the Mediterranean Sea. Are you allowed to dump
food waste overboard? No, food waste can not be dumped overboard
34. You are on a vessel 10 nautical miles off the coast of Nigeria, West Africa. Are you allowed to dump empty glass
bottles overboard ? Yes, the bottles can be dumped if they are ground so that the resulting particles can pass
through a screen with 25 mm openings
35. You are onboard a vessel off the West African coast. You want to dump a mixture of food waste, glass bottles and
floating packing materials. Is this allowed? and if so, how far off the coast would you have to be? This is prohibited
36. You are taking fuel on your vessel in the US when you notice oil on the water around your vessel. You are to stop
taking fuel and: Notify the US Coast Guard

XIII.MAINTAIN SEAWORTHINESS OF THE SHIP

1. “Parametric Rollin” on a container ship results in: A large unstable roll motion suddenly occurring in head or stern
seas.
2. A ‘free flow system’ with reference to an oil tanker means: A vessel without ordinary bottom lines where the cargo
flows from tank to tank through bulkhead valves.
3. A common cause for the weakening of a turnbuckle on container vessels is: Pitting
4. A common problem associated with twist-locks is: Left hand and right hand types exist, causing uncertainty
whether a fitting is locked or open
5. A large GM on a container ship will result in: Quick rolling period and increasing angles of roll.
6. A loaded VLCC ship is stopped and Not Under Command in open sea and is observed to be drifting towards the SSE
at a rate of two (2) knots. Will the direction and rate of drift be the same for the ship if it was in ballast
condition? No, the drift in ballast condition may be quite different
7. A partially loaded ship is steaming slowly ahead in shallow, confined waters as illustrated in the diagram. Which of
the suggested answers are the most critical external influences experienced by the vessel? All of the suggested
answers are critical
8. A ship moving through heavy seas is affected by the water pressure at the bows causing an effect known as
"Panting". What structure in the forward region of the ship combats the effects of Panting?Panting beams and
stringers
9. After completing all pre-starting checks on the flue gas plant, the first thing that the operator would do is to: Open
the flue gas isolating valve.
10. As per SOLAS a fast rescue boats shall be capable of: Manoeuvring for at least 4 hrs at a speed of 20 knots in calm
water
11. As per SOLAS every fast rescue boat shall be provided with: Thermal protective aids for at least 10% of the persons
the boat is permitted to accommodate or two, which ever is greater
12. As per SOLAS requirement fast rescue boats shall be constructed in such a way that: They are self righting or
capable of being readily righted by its crew
13. As per SOLAS the Inert Gas System of an oil tanker must deliver the inert gas with a maximum level of oxygen of:
Not more than 5% by volume.
14. At the design phase of a container ship, the loss of strength resulting from the large deck openings are
compensated by: Large deck beams longitudinally and athwartships at the sides and ends of hatches.
15. Before departing the berth to ensure the stability of a RoRo vessel which if the following should be completed Close
all Ramps and hatch covers
16. By what means can we monitor and control the integrity of the hull? Automatic detection systems, television
surveillance and patrolling of ro-ro cargo spaces
17. Car decks on board ro-ro passenger ships are nomally closed during sea passage. Why are passengers not allowed
to be on the car-deck during sailing? In case of an emergency situation it can be difficult for passengers to
escape. Vehicles, lorries, trailers and other cargo are maybe lashed and it is a substantial chance for passengers
to get injured. Vehicles and other cargo might also shift when the ship is rolling.
18. Container ships without hatch covers are deemed to comply with the International Convention on Load line Rules
after: An International Load Line Exemption certificate is issued in accordance to Article 6.
19. During Crude Oil Washing, those areas of the cargo tank which are not directly struck by the oil jet from the tank
washing machines are referred to as: Shadow areas.
20. Emergency instructions in appropriate languages shall be posted in passenger cabins. What information shall as a
minimum be included in the emergency instructions? The method of donning life-jackets, escape routes and
alarm signals
21. Fast rescue boats construction should be: Rigid, inflated or rigid / inflated
22. Fast rescue boats shall be capable of carrying: At least 5 seated persons and a person lying down
23. Fast rescue boats shall be stowed and kept in a state of continuous readiness for launching: In less than 5 minutes
24. From which locations is it normally possible to close watertight doors? Watertight doors can be closed adjacent to
the door and remotely from bridge and also one emergency remote control station
25. How are the officers informed of the ship's stability in damaged conditions? By permanently exhibited damage
control plans
26. How are the surfaces of ro-ro vehicle decks and ramps treated? With non-skid paints
27. How can an approximate value of the initial transverse Metacentric Height (GM) be found from the Curve of
Statical Stability (GZ curve)? Drawing a tangent to the curve through the origin and erecting a perpendicular
through the angle of heel of 57.3 degrees
28. How long should it take to release at least two thirds of the charge of CO2 that is provided for a ro-ro cargo space
protected with a fixed carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system? Not more than 10 minutes
29. How many crews are required to be trained and regularly drilled in all aspects of fast rescue boats in various
conditions, including righting after capsizing? At least 2
30. How many fast rescue boats are required to be carried by a passenger ship of 500 GRT and above? At least one of
the rescue boats shall be a fast rescue boat
31. How many lifejackets are required in a passenger cabin? Same number as beds in the cabin
32. How many rescue boats should be provided on passenger ships of 500 gross tons and above? Two, one on each
side of the ship
33. How often shall liferafts be serviced? At intervals not exceeding 12 months
34. How should cargo hold ventilation be carried out on a Ro-Ro vessel loading or discharging cargoes? With the
ventilation fans set to ‘exhaust'
35. How should lashing belts be stowed on board a RoRo vessel? According to their Safe Working Load (SWL)
36. If a twist lock is found cracked at the base, it should be: Removed from service.
37. If the general alarm is sounding and evacuation of the ship is required. What is the best way to ensure that all
passengers are aware of the situation? Inform the passengers through Public Address system. Crew with
designated emergency duties should proceed to their cabin section and search all cabins. Guide and evacuate
passengers. If the area is inaccessible report to their superior or the bridge.
38. In context of cargo oil depth and ullage measurements, the abbreviation UTI stands for: Ullage Temperature
Interface.
39. In oil cargo calculations, ASTM table 53A/B is used for: Finding the density of oil at 15°C from the given density at
observed temperature.
40. Is it required to have supplementary emergency electric lighting on board passenger ships? Yes, all passenger
public spaces and alleyways shall be provided with supplementary electric lighting
41. It is considered essential that container ships should have a large ballast capacity and high powered ballast pumps,
because: These are required for trimming the ships and offsetting longitudinal bending moments.
42. It is not possible to install double stacking cones on container ships which has: Loaded out-of-gauge containers.
43. Maximum shearing forces are likely to occur on an oil tanker: At the bulkhead between empty and full tanks
44. Most search patterns consists of: Parallel track covering a rectangular area
45. Normally, a twist lock should be greased: Between the twistlock cone and associated housing
46. OIf container lashings fail at sea, the normal procedure for the vessel would be to: Enter the number and type of
failed equipment into the lashing equipment file on board
47. On a RoRo vessel carrying no more than 36 passengers, what is the minimum capacity of the ventilation system
protecting standard cargo spaces intended for carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own
propulsion. 6 air changes per hour
48. On a Ro-Ro vessel what would be the effect of a small GM? A slow roll period
49. On a RoRo vessel why is it important to ensure the vessel is correctly trimmed prior to commencing cargo
operations To ensure the angle between the Ramp and the Quay are in acceptable limits
50. On a RoRo vessel, how should additional lashings be applied to vehicles if they do not have sufficient lashing
points? As detailed in the instructions provided by the manufacturer or shipper
51. On a RoRo vessel, if the Manufacturer and shipper of a vehicle have not provided instructions and the vehicle does
not have fixed lasing points what can be used to secure the lashings The wheel apertures, or other suitable fixed
point on the vehicle
52. On a RoRo vessel, what danger is associated with damaged expanded metal gratings on loading ramps? Vehicles'
tyres may be damaged during cargo operations
53. On a RoRo vessel, what is of major concern when a shallow draught ro-ro vessel is in river transit in high winds ?Air
draught
54. On a RoRo vessel, when cargo has shifted at sea, what could help in reducing acceleration forces? Operating anti-
heeling devices
55. On a RoRo vessel, when loading Double Stacked containers on Maffi Trailers how many twist locks should have
used between the 2 containers One on every corner 4 in total
56. On a RoRo vessel, where is the best place to find information on loading ramp limitations? In the loading ramp
manual
57. On a RoRo vessel, where on board a ship will cargoes experience the least accelerations? At the intersection of the
fore and aft, athwartships and vertical axes of the ship
58. On a RoRo vessel, which of the following can cause an unplanned list at sea? Ballast water exchange
59. On board a crude oil tanker, guidance on the washing system and equipment along with the applicable operating
procedures, can be found in: The Operating and Equipment (COW) Manual.
60. On oil tankers, Cargo tanks can be isolated from machinery spaces by: All the answers are good
61. On the bridge of a RoRo vessel, which of the following doors have no open/closed bridge indicator requirements?
Doors leading into the engine room
62. One water fog applicator is required for each pair of breathing apparatus on board which type of ship? Passenger
ships carrying more than 36 passengers
63. Parallel sweep search in a co-ordinated manner is achieved when? All facilities proceed with same speed
64. Passenger ships have a normal requirement of 1 lifejacket per person + 10% for children. In addition to this, how
many lifejackets have to be stowed in conspicuous places on deck or at the muster stations? 5% extra
65. Passenger ships shall either carry automatically self-righting liferafts or canopied reversible liferafts. What does it
mean that a liferaft is automatically self-righting? The liferaft will automatically turn back into an upright
position when it is empty of people
66. Segregated Ballast Tanks on an oil tanker may best be defined as: Tanks which are completely separate from cargo
or fuel oil systems, being permanently allocated to the carriage of ballast and fitted with their own pumps and
associated piping
67. SOLAS requires the tank coatings in dedicated seawater ballast tanks on oil tankers to be of: Preferably any light
colour.
68. Tanks lids and other access points on an oil tanker are usually shaped round so as to: Avoid localized stress points
at any corners.
69. The ‘buckling’ of strength members of an oil tanker results due to high: Compressive forces
70. The chemical characteristics of effluent water from an inert gas scrubber and the condensate which collects in the
deck mains would be: Acidic in nature.
71. The design features of a container ship with pronounced bow flare, a wide flat transom stern and wall sided
amidships section contribute to: Parametric Rolling
72. The first tier of under-deck containers, on a non-cellular container vessel, are usually loaded: Onto dunnage laid
fore and aft over the tank top.
73. The function of double stacking cones on container vessels is: To link adjacent container stacks together particularly
those in line with buttresses.
74. The function of the scrubber within an Inert Gas system is: To quench, cool and clean the flue gas.
75. The limitations of a Cargo Securing Manual of a container vessel may include the fact that: They are drafted whilst
the ship is still under construction and need to be checked against the ship's 'as completed' condition in order to
be fully reliable.
76. The longitudinal bending moments caused by cargo distribution on an oil tanker need to be taken into
consideration: During loading, discharging and on loaded passage
77. The main factor when determining the way containers must be lashed is by: Referring to the cargo securing
manual.
78. The main function of a buttress on a container ship is: To support container stacks in a non-cellular cargo hold.
79. The main function of twist-locks is: To couple containers vertically.
80. The main movements experienced by a container ship, which will create the largest forces exerted on the container
frames and lashings, are: Rolling, Pitching and Heaving.
81. The method to avoid adverse effects of free surface on an oil tanker with full liquid cargo would be to ensure that:
There are at least two longitudinal bulkheads and a large initial GM
82. The one particular hazard to be taken care against, when using portable steam driven blowers for ventilating oil
cargo tanks is: That the exhaust does not vent into the cargo tank, in order to prevent possible build-up of static
electricity.
83. The primary purpose of the water seal within an inert gas system is: To prevent the passage of petroleum gases
back to the machinery spaces.
84. The proper funtioning of a bridge fitting on containers is prevented due to: Buckling
85. The purpose of having corrugations in the bulkheads of cargo tanks of an oil tanker is to: Provide strength, but with
clean and clear surfaces within the tank.
86. The purpose of the ‘mud box’ fitted on a tanker is to: Restrict any particles and solids entering the pipeline system.
87. The purpose of the decanting line between two slop tanks, where fitted, is: To enable most of the recovered oil to
be retained in the primary slop tank, while the cleaner part of the water will flow into the secondary slop tank,
where it can be re-used as wash-water.
88. The purpose of the demister unit within the Inert Gas System is: To remove water from the IGS stream.
89. The purpose of the dovetail foundation on container vessels is: Act as a sliding base for twistlocks.
90. The residual stability requirements of a container ship state that: A container ship must always comply with the
stability requirements of the International Loadline Rules.
91. Twist locks are preferred over cone-based lashing systems on container vessels because: Cone-based lashing
systems are more prone to failure than twistlocks.
92. What are safety cones used for on a RoRo vessel,? All of the alternatives
93. What are the ideal conditions required to satisfactorily conduct an Inclining Experiment? All of the suggested
answers
94. What are the main elements in a damage control plan? Boundaries of the watertight compartments for decks and
holds. Position of controls for opening and closing of watertight compartments. Arrangement for correction of
list due to flooding.
95. What are the operational requirements for a fast rescue boat? It shall be served by a suitable launching appliance
to launch and retrieve the boat even under severe adverse weather conditions
96. What arrangement may be installed in passenger ships to reduce unsymmetrical flooding in damaged condition?
Cross flooding arrangement
97. What can be done to minimize the reduction of GM due to free surface? Reduce the number of slack tanks.
98. What extra precautions should be taken by the officers and crew if some of the passengers are disabled, i.e. using
wheelchair, cane, blind etc.? All passengers that will require extra assistance, also in case of an emergency
situation/ evacuation, must be registered in order to allocate crew to assist them if needed.
99. What has a major adverse effect on the manoeuverability of a RoRo car carrier? Wind
100. What is a low location lighting system? A light system powered by battery or fluorescent signs mounted at deck
level indicating the way to the nearest exit
101. What is a Marine Evacuation System? Evacuation Chute(s)/Slide(s) and Liferafts
102. What is most important when using expanded square search? Accurate navigation
103. What is the adequate marking of liferafts for passenger ships on short international voyages? SOLAS B PACK
104. What is the anticipated rolling period of a ship with a large initial Transverse Metacentric Height (GM) and would
there be any associated dangers to consider? Short sharp period of roll associated with breaking lashings and
shifting cargo
105. What is the correct understanding of the tem "Angle of Loll" when applied to ships stability? The angle the ship will
lie when the ship has a negative GM
106. What is the correct understanding of the term "Bending moments" when applied to ships? The longitudinal
Bending Moment at any section within the ship is the total moments tending to alter the longitudinal shape of
the ship
107. What is the full name of the International Convention dealing with stability of passenger ships? The International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
108. What is the minimum Initial Transverse Metacentric Height (GM) allowed under the International Load Line Rules?
0.15 metres
109. What is the name of this unit? A hydrostatic release unit
110. What is the time limit for abandonment of passenger ships? 30 minutes from the time the abandon ship signal is
given
111. What is very important to monitor when distributing cargo? You should always ensure the ship has sufficient
stabilty at all times. Cargo shall preferably be distributed evenly to avoid heavy list/ trim
112. What must be ensured immediately after lowering and securing the stern ramp on a RoRo vessel? Control levers
should be locked in the ‘neutral' position
113. What new stability problems would be caused by having deep double bottom tanks on double hull oil tankers? The
Metacentric Height (GM) would have to be considered.
114. What should be observed concerning a ship's water tight integrity? That all water tight ramps and doors are locked
and secured at sea
115. What special requirements applies to fire alarm signalling systems in passenger ships Fail safe, Centralized in a
continuously manned control station, Remote control of fire doors, Indication of open or closed fire doors,
Reactivation of ventilation, Detector status, Back up powered
116. When a ships derrick or crane lifts a weight off the deck of a ship, from which position can the centre of gravity of
the weight be considered to act? From the head of the derrick or crane
117. When cargo discharge reaches stripping levels on an oil tanker, it is necessary to reduce the inert gas pressure so as
to: Minimise blowback.
118. When cross-flooding arrangements to correct unsymmetrical flooding and excessive heel angels in damaged
condition are installed in passenger ships, what is the maximum angle of heel after flooding but before
equalization? 15 degrees
119. When is sector search most effective? Position of the search object is accurately known
120. When is the parallel sweep search used? When searching large area
121. When is track line search normally used? When a vessel or aircraft has disappeared without a trace
122. When shutting down the flue gas plant, the last step that the operator shall carry out would be to: Shut down of
inert gas blower.
123. Where and for what are rubber mats used on board a pure RoRo car carrier? Under the loading ramp flap to
prevent vehicle damage
124. Where on board a RoRo ship will cargoes experience the greatest accelerations? In the highest stowage positions to
each side of the ship
125. Where shall you be able to activate the ship security alert system on board passenger ships? From the navigation
bridge and in at least one other location
126. Which of the following appliances are compulsorily in any ro-ro cargo space intended for the carriage of motor
vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion? At least one portable foam applicator unit
127. Which of these is not a Cargo Transport Unit under the IMDG Code? Road tank vehicle
128. Which one of the following international regulations is normally used when handling dangerous goods? IMDG code
129. Who is normally deciding which search pattern to use? OSC
130. Why are all RoRo passenger ships divided into vertical ’zones’? Vertical zones are fire zones which can be divided
from each other with fire doors. In case of fire, all fire doors in front and aft of the fire will be closed to prevent
spreading of smoke/fire.
131. With reference to container ships, “TEU” refers to: Twenty foot equivalent unit.
132. With reference to oil tanker equipment, the abbreviation VECS stands for: Vapour Emission Control System.
133. With reference to the efficiency of cargo pumps on oil tankers, the abbreviation NPSH stands for: Net Pressure
Suction Head.

XIV.Prevent, control and fight fires on board

1. "A" Class divisions in ships are constructed so that they are capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame
to the end of a standard fire test held for how many minutes? 60 minutes
2. A class "D" fire involves what type of material? Metals
3. A drip tray containing oil is on fire. The only fire fighting equipment available is water hose with spray jet/spray
nozzle. How, if at all, should you attempt to put out this fire using water? The water can be applied in a fine
spray starting from the front in a sweeping motion.
4. A fire bulkhead of the "C" class must be constructed of: Non-combustible material
5. According to basic principles regarding fire protection the ship is to be divided in zones by structural and thermal
boundaries. (SOLAS II-2/2.2.1) In main vertical zones
6. According to European standards (E.N.) fire can be classified… A, B,C,D
7. According to their physical state, extinguishing agents may be classified in to: Solid, liquid and gases
8. After smoking, cigarettes should be disposed off as follows: Disposed of in an ashtray, ensuring that it is
extinguished
9. Among the additives used to improve the effectiveness of water in the fight against fire there are the moisturing
ones. What is the task they perform? They reduce the surface tension of water
10. Apart from red, what other colour is frequently used for a CO2 extinguisher? Black
11. Apart from red, what other colour is frequently used for a dry powder extinguisher? Blue
12. As a fire fighter, what should you always consider when fighting a fire in a confined space? The confined space
always has six sides
13. As a general rule, what is the minimum flash point of an oil used as a liquid fuel on board? 60ºC
14. As a general rule, where would you expect to find a portable fire extinguisher in any space? Near to the entrance to
the space
15. B Class divisions in ships are constructed so that they are capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of a
standard fire test held for: 30 minutes
16. Before extinction of an electric fire we need To disconnect the power source
17. Besides certain other factors, a BOILOVER takes place: When the container also contains water
18. Breathing apparatuses is an important piece of equipment for being able to fight a fire onboard a vessel. What
routine precautions to be observed with regard to use and maintenance of such equipment? All the mentioned
alternatives.
19. Could a lift be considered as an escape route from the engine room ? No
20. Dry chemical powders extinguish fire by... Inhibition and smothering
21. Fire provokes: Gases, flames, smoke and heat
22. For which of the following groups of substances or materials is the use of water as an extinguishing agent
dangerous? Sodium hydrosulphite , potassium hydroxide, magnesium
23. Fuel oil from a leaking fuel pipe has been collected in a drip tray under the boiler furnace.The oil is suddenly ignited
by a backflash from the boiler burner.The boiler room is manned and the person present has the choice of
various extinguishers. The fire is purely a surface fire. What would be the preferable extinguisher? Powder
24. Generally speaking, what is the value commonly recognised as the maximum concentration of CO allowed in the
breathing air of a breathing apparatus? 20ppm
25. Generally speaking, what is the value commonly recognised as the maximum concentration of oil vapours allowed
in the breathing air of a breathing apparatus? 5mg/m3
26. Give the meaning of the following symbol A class division

27. Give the meaning of the following symbol A class fire door self closing

28. Give the meaning of the following symbol Area protected by CO2

29. Give the meaning of the following symbol Area protected by halon

30. Give the meaning of the following symbol Area protected by sprinkler

31. Give the meaning of the following symbol B class fire door self closing

32. Give the meaning of the following symbol CO2 horn

33. Give the meaning of the following symbol Fire alarm panel

34. Give the meaning of the following symbol Fire main with fire valves

35. Give the meaning of the following symbol Fire station

36. Give the meaning of the following symbol Flame detector

37. Give the meaning of the following symbol Foam installation

38. Give the meaning of the following symbol Foam monitor gun

39. Give the meaning of the following symbol Foam release station

40. Give the meaning of the following symbol Gas detector

41. Give the meaning of the following symbol Heat detector

42. Give the meaning of the following symbol International shore connection
43. Give the meaning of the following symbol Manually operated call point

44. Give the meaning of the following symbol Portable fire extinguisher

45. Give the meaning of the following symbol Portable foam applicator
46. Give the meaning of the following symbol Primary means of escape

47. Give the meaning of the following symbol Push button for fire alarm

48. Give the meaning of the following symbol Remote controlled fire pumps

49. Give the meaning of the following symbol Secondary means of escape

50. Give the meaning of the following symbol Smoke detector

51. Give the meaning of the following symbol Space protected by foam

52. Give the meaning of the following symbol Sprinkler horn

53. Give the meaning of the following symbol Sprinkler section valve

54. Give the meaning of the following symbol Wheeled fire extinguisher
55. Having a CO2 alarm during normal working hours, what immediate action should be taken? Get out of the engine
room as soon as possible.
56. How do the extinguishing agents act? by cooling, smothering, combustible suppression, inhibition
57. How does low expansion foam act as an extinguishing agent when dealing with oil fires? By smothering and also by
providing some cooling
58. How many separate means of escape are provided from each fire zone above the bulkhead deck? At least two
59. Hydrocarbon gas encountered in oil tankers cannot burn in an atmosphere containing less than approximately what
percentage of oxygen (by volume)? 11%

60. Identify this symbol: Emergency fire pump?

61. If a fire starts in the fuel tanks of a vessel, the fire will be ? A class B fire
62. If circumstances permit, how should low expansion foam be applied to oil burning near a bulkhead of the engine
room? The foam should be aimed at the bulkhead behind the fire and allowed to spread out slowly over the fire.
63. If you detect a fire on board the ship, dependent on the situation, which of the following actions is the first to be
taken? Raise the fire alarm.
64. If you have to carry out hot work close to a smoke detector in the engine room, what precautions should be taken?
Notify Master, Deck officer and Engineer in charge.The loop for this special sensor to be switched off and take
normal precautions for hot work.
65. In a liquid fire the surface of which is about 100m², Flames are usually higher than the diameter of the fire
66. In a smoke filled alleyway where will the cleanest air be found, and how should you proceed out? Near to the deck,
crawl out keeping your face as near to the deck as possible.
67. In case of a fire inside the Acetylene-line in the ac/ox gas welding equipment, what action is deemed necessary?
Close the valves on both the Acetylene and the Oxygen bottles.
68. In case of a fire on the line of an oxyacetylene gas-welding equipment, what action should be taken? Close the
valves on both bottles, first the acetylene and then the oxygen bottle
69. In case of fire in the switch board, what kind of extinguisant to be preferred? CO2
70. In general what is the proportion of concentrate to water to produce foam? Between 3% and 6%
71. In general, what is the best extinguishing agent to put out a class A fire? Water
72. In order to extinguish a fire with a portable extinguisher, we must proceed in the following way: Maintain a safe
distance, apply the extinguishing agent to the base of the flames with the wind behind us
73. In order to extinguish a flammable liquid of the same kind as alcohol, we can use: Anti-alcohol foam
74. In the fire fighting of fires of a type C with dry chemical powder extinguishers, the application is performed in a
continuous way so that the powder spray is in the same direction as the one of the flame
75. In which one of the following an oil, the flash point of which only needs to be over 43°C, may be used? In
emergency generators
76. In which ways is heat transmitted? Conduction, convection and radiation
77. Mention some important thoughts for what you have to do when you recognise that fire break out onboard.
Report to bridge or duty officer, actuate the fire alarm, call the persons around the fire and join the fire squad
78. Monoammonium phosphate used as a dry powder can be effective on which of the following type of fire? Solid,
liquids, and gases
79. Oily rags and metal turnings: Are a fire hazard because they are liable to spontaneous combustion
80. On a fire patrol at night you see smoke coming from a closed cabin door. What action should you take first?
Activate the nearest fire alarm button and advise bridge of the location of the fire.
81. One of the checks during the annual Class survey of the UMS functions is focusing on cleanliness of the engine
room. What is the reason for such a check ? To reduce the general risk of fire in an unmanned engine room.
82. Proteinic foams have the feature of being? Of low expansion, viscous and solid, easily contaminated by
hydrocarbons
83. The aim of fire detection is: All the answers are correct
84. The basic components of the self-contained breathing apparatus are… Mask, bottle, frame, medium pressure valve
and low pressure valve
85. The duty engineer of a UMS ship is approached by a member of the ship's staff, seeking permission to hang wet
working clothes in the engine room to dry. He should: Not allow the clothes to be hung anywhere in the
unmanned machinery spaces
86. The effectiveness of CO2 as an extinguishing agent is based on: Combustion suppression
87. The effectiveness of foam is based on: smothering and cooling
88. The engine room is equipped with regular fire hoses and nozzles. What is important to observe when using water
as an extinguisant in the engine room? All the mentioned alternatives.
89. The extinguishing agent which can be applied on any fires of class A, B, or C is: Multipurpose powder
90. The fire integrity of any bulkhead shall be maintained At the openings and penetrations
91. The fire point is The minimum temperature at which a combustible gives off vapours that may burn in contact with
oxygen in air, and at which combustion persists once the source of ignition has been removed
92. The lowest temperature at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to form a flammable mixture with air is
known as the:Flash point
93. The main risk for people when using CO2 as an extinguishing agent in a closed space is: Air suppression
94. The method of extinction by smothering is based on this basis; The fire is extinguished by avoiding the contact
between the fuel vapours and the oxygen
95. The necessary elements to create fire are combustible, oxygen, heat and chain reaction
96. The presence of smoke represents one of the greatest dangers in the fire fighting. Why? It reduces the visibility,
provokes panic, is irritating and may be toxic
97. The pressure in a flexible fire hose must be set up After it has been laid down
98. The superstructure and deck houses of passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall be divided into
main vertical zones by Class "A" division
99. The use of combustible material is restricted in the accommodation spaces in order to: Contain and suppress fire
and explosion in the compartment of origin
100. To maintain a fire, three conditions need to be met: Oxygen, combustible material and sufficient temperature for
combustion. What subject must be removed to extinguish the fire? Either of the mentioned alternatives.
101. Water is the extinguishing agent which is the most widely employed and its action as an extinguishing agent is due
to a combination of the following phenomena: Cooling, smothering and dispersion
102. We must clean the spots of oil on hot surfaces because: all the answers are correct
103. Welding and flame cutting are among the factors which give the highest risk of fire on board ships. Precaution has
to be taken to avoid this risk. Which of the following safety rules may be regarded as the most important? The
welder shall have been instructed in the use of the ship's welding plant
104. What are class "C" bulkheads? Bulkheads constructed of approved non-combustible materials but do not meet any
of the requirements relative to smoke and flame nor limitations relative to temperature rise.
105. What are the characteristics of CO2? All the mentioned alternatives.
106. What are the components of the personal equipment of the fireman's outfit All the items mentioned
107. What are the main basic components of a portable extinguisher? The container, the extinguishing agent, the
impulsion system
108. What are the main components of the atmospherical air? O2: 21% N2: 78% H2O: traces CO2: traces, Rare gases:
traces
109. What are the three diameters of fire hoses most commonly found on ships? 25, 45, or 70 mm
110. What class of fire involves gas? Class C fire
111. What class of fire involves liquids? Class B fire
112. What class of fire is a smouldering fire of wood, textiles, paper and other carbonaceous materials? Class A
113. What is a polar (liquid)? A liquid that mixes with water
114. What is class "A" division Bulkhead constructed of steel, suitably stiffened and insulated so as to be able to meet a
prescribed fire test of one hour duration
115. What is flashpoint of an oil or liquefied gas? The flash point for an oil or liquefied gas is the temperature at which it
is possible to ignite the vapour above the liquid
116. What is the "international shore connection" used for? To connect the ship fire main to the shore lines
117. What is the absolutely main purpose with fighting a fire on board? Rescuing of life
118. What is the factor that makes the difference between a deflagrating and a detonating explosion? The speed of the
shock wave created by the initial combustion
119. What is the inherent danger in welding/cutting in piping containing freon? Development of nitrous gases?
120. What is the main advantage of a positive pressure breathing apparatus? If the face mask has a leak toxic
fumes/smoke would still not enter the mask
121. What is the main criterion generally taken into account to classify portable extinguishers: The extinguishing agent
122. What is the maximum length of a fire zone on any deck? 40 meters
123. What is the minimum capacity of the portable tank of a portable foam applicator ? 1 litre
124. What is the minimum necessary condition for the start and permanence of an oil fuel fire? The temperature is
equal to or over the flash point
125. What is the minimum volume of air contained in the cylinders of a SOLAS compliant self-contained compressed-air
operated breathing apparatus (SCABA)? 1200 litres
126. What is the most common fixed fire fighting extinguishing system fitted in an engine room? A carbon dioxide (CO2)
system
127. What is the name given to a devastating explosion that may occur when a rigid container containing a liquefied gas
is exposed to a very high *temperature? BLEVE
128. What is the only reliable way of checking that the CO2 cartridge in a dry powder extinguisher is full? Remove the
cartridge and weigh it to check that it has the full weight stamped on it
129. What is the signal actuated by a fire detection system? A visual and audible alarm signal at the control panel
130. What is the term used to designate the work that may cause heat, sparks or flames and that cannot be performed if
specific compulsory precautions are not taken in places where nearby flammable products could be present?
Hot work
131. What kind of extinguishing-remedy would you choose to put out an electrical fire? Dry extinguishing remedy.
132. What kind of fuel will originate a class A fire? a solid (cardboard or wood…)
133. What kind of measure is the division of the vessel in upright areas by using thermic and structural separations? It is
both a prevention and protection measure
134. What kind of process is a fire? All the mentioned alternatives
135. What type of construction material should be avoided regarding fire protection purposes? (SOLAS II-2/2.2.3) All
combustible materials
136. What type of fire integrity must be provided for an engine control room ? A 60
137. What type of nozzles for fire hoses can be provided aboard ships? Dual purpose (jet/spray) type incorporating a
shutoff
138. What types of fire extinguishers shall be used in the engine room? Fire extinguishers equipped for powder or CO2
only.
139. When at sea, you discover that the bilges in the engine room have a large quantity of oil residues floating around.
What action should you take? Notify Chief Engineer, find cause of leakage, remedy the leakage and then
immediately start to clean the bilges
140. When fighting fire, why shall you never pour water into hot fat? The water will explode into steam causing hot fat
to be thrown far away thus possibly causing severe burns or fire.
141. Where is the International Shore Connection to be stored? Easy accessible by the gangway
142. Where would you find out which fire sections are enclosed by "A" or "B" class divisions on a ship? On the Ship's fire
control plans
143. Which activity will have the greatest fire-fighting effect in case of a fire? Extinguishing attempt is started
immediately
144. Which deck is the "bulkhead deck"? The uppermost deck to which transverse bulkheads are carried
145. Which element must be removed to extinguish a fire? All alternatives. It is enough that one of the mentioned
elements are removed.
146. Which of the following actions will most effectively prevent fire in a cabin? Ensuring that all persons avoid smoking
in bed.
147. Which of the following are frequent causes of fires in accommodation? 1 Smoking in bed. 2 Covering of electric
fires with blankets. 3 Overloading electric plugs.
148. Which of the following hose lengths corresponds best to the most common ones found onboard? 20 m
149. Which of the following is a characteristic that is required for a "class A" bulkhead or deck? It stops the spreading of
smoke and flames during one hour
150. Which of the following is a combustion reaction? All the answers are good
151. Which of the following is a precautionary measure to prevent fire in general: All the answers are good
152. Which of the following may cause a fire in the accommodation spaces? All the mentioned alternatives
153. Which of the following measures should be applied when hot work is to be undertaken in a harbour. To have a hot-
work permit
154. Which of the following measures should rather be considered as a prevention measure than as a protection
measure? Restriction in the usage of combustible materials
155. Which of the following statements applies to fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads and stairway enclosures in
passenger ships? All the alternatives are correct
156. Which of these series of sizes corresponds to the international standard for nozzles 12 mm, 16 mm and 19 mm
157. Which one of the following appliances is allowed to burn an oil fuel, the flash point of which may be a little bit
lower than the one used for the main *engine? The emergency generators
158. Which one of the following is a limitation on the use of chemical powders? All the below mentioned alternatives
159. Which one of the listed fire-extinguishing medium is most effective against an open oil fire? Foam
160. Which one of the listed fire-extinguishing medium is to be preferred to fight a fire in an electric installation (for
example the main switchboard)? Powder.
161. Which spaces, in regard to fire protection, shall be separated from the rest of the ship by thermal and structural
boundaries? (SOLAS II-2/2.2.2) Accommodation
162. Whilst in the Engine room you hear the CO2 release alarm, what action if any should you take. Leave the engine
room as quickly as possible, closing all doors behind you.
163. Why are accommodation spaces separated from the remainder of the ship by thermal and structural boundaries?
To provide means of escape for the passenger and crew
164. You are carrying out a search in a smoke filled compartment wearing a breathing apparatus. At what stage should
you start to make your way out of the compartment? Regularly check your pressure gauge and note how much
air you used to reach your work area. Start to return when you have this amount left plus a reasonable reserve
165. You are carrying out a search in a smoke filled room, wearing a breathing apparatus. How would you conduct this
search? Carry out a right or left hand search and proceed carefully, feeling the area in front with the foot and
using the back of the free hand to check the area around.
166. You are leading a team fighting an interior fire. If you see the colour of the smoke changing from dark black to grey,
what is the most probable reason for that change? The team is applying water and the temperature is
decreasing

XV.OPERATE LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCES

1. A 6-men inflatable liferaft shall be carried as far forward as is reasonable and practicable. Where is the best stowing
position? Aft of the forecastle
2. A davit-launched liferaft on board a ship is so arranged to be boarded by its full complement of persons in less than:3
min
3. A floating liferaft is capable of withstanding repeated jumps on to it from a height of at least: 4,50 m
4. A lifebuoy is constructed to withstand a drop into the water from a height of: 30 m
5. A lifebuoy light is capable of working at minimum for a period of, and has a luminous intensity of: 2 h, 2 candela
(about 1,7 mile range at normal meteorological sight)
6. A lifejacket has sufficient buoyancy and stability to lift the mouth of an unconscious person at a minimum of: 120
mm above the water (in calm water)
7. A lifejacket is so constructed that a person can correctly don it within a period of: 1 Min
8. A lifejacket must not sustain burning or continue melting after being totally enveloped in a fire for a period of: 2 sec
9. A lifejacket should be provided with: A whistle and a light
10. A person wearing a thermal protective aid shall be able: to wear a lifejacket inside
11. A person wearing an adult lifejacket shall be able: to swim a short distance through the water and board a survival
craft
12. A person wearing an anti-exposure suit shall be able to: perform all duties associated with abandonment, assist
others and operate a rescue boat
13. A person wearing lifejacket or immersion suit, shall be able to turn from a face-down to a face-up position in not
more than:5 seconds
14. According to SOLAS, every persons assigned to crew the rescue boat or assigned to the marine evacuation system
party shall be provided with:An immersion suit or an anti-exposure suit
15. An evacuation-slide must be capable:of being deployed by one person
16. An immersion suit is constructed such that it can be unpacked and donned within: 2 min
17. An immersion suit is: Not allowing undue ingress of water after a jump from a heoght of not less than 4.5 m into the
water
18. An immersion suit which has its own buoyancy is fitted with: A light plus a whistle
19. An immersion suit will not sustain burning or continue melting after being totally enveloped in a fire for a period of: 2
sec
20. An inflatable lifejacket has: 2 separate compartments
21. An inflatable lifejacket will inflate: Either automatically on immersion or by a single manual motion or by mouth
22. An inflatable liferaft accommodating 6 persons is fitted with: 1 entrance fitted with semi-rigid boarding ramp

23. Give the meaning of the following symbol: child's lifejacket

24. Give the meaning of the following symbol: Davit launched liferaft

25. Give the meaning of the following symbol: Liferaft

26. Give the meaning of the following symbole: Lifebuoy with light

27. Give the meaning of this symbol: Lifebuoy

28. Give the meaning of this symbol: lifebuoy with light and smoke

29. Give the meaning of this symbol: Lifebuoy with line

30. Having boarded the liferaft, how do you release the painter? Cut it with the safety knife stowed on the exterior of
the canopy close to the painter attachment point
31. How many buoyant smoke signals are carried in each liferaft with SOLAS A pack? 2
32. How many buoyant smoke signals are carried in each liferaft with SOLAS B pack? 1
33. How many hand held distress flares are carried in each liferaft with SOLAS A pack? 6
34. How many hand held distress flares are carried in each liferaft with SOLAS B pack? 3
35. How many rocket parachute flares are carried in each liferaft with SOLAS A pack? 4
36. How many rocket parachute flares are carried in each liferaft with SOLAS B pack? 4
37. How many thermal protective aids are carried in each liferaft? 10% of the number of persons the liferaft is designed
to carry, or two, whichever is more
38. How much food per person is supplied on a liferaft marked SOLAS B PACK? Not less than 10000 Kj
39. How much food per person is supplied on a liferaft? Not less than 10000 kJ
40. How much water per person is provided in a liferaft equipped with a desalting apparatus? 1 litre
41. How much water per person is provided in a liferaft not equipped with a desalting apparatus? 1.5 litre
42. How should the hook be released from a davit lowered liferaft? Just prior to reaching the water, the lanyard should
be pulled. This sets the hook which will automatically release once the raft is waterborne
43. How should the painter of a liferaft which is fitted with a hydrostatic release be secured to the ship? Secured via a
weak link to a secure part of the ship
44. If conditions permit, which is the best way to board a liferaft that is floating close to the ship? Use a rope ladder close
to the raft to climb down and board
45. In the life raft, the manually controlled inside lamp must be capable of working at minimum for a period of: 12 h
46. In which way shall a survivor be hauled out of the sea? Horizontal
47. On a dark night with a clear atmosphere, the outside manually controlled lamp of a liferaft is visible at minimum at a
distance of: 2 mile
48. On board a ship, how many lifebuoys can you expect to be fitted with a self-igniting light ? Half of the total number
of lifebuoys provided on board
49. The breaking strength of the painter in a liferaft permitted to accommodate 6 persons is at least: 7.5 kN
50. The breaking strength of the painter in a liferaft permitted to accommodate 15 persons is at least: 10 kN
51. The container for an inflatable liferafts shall be made: watertight, as far as possible,except for drain holes in the
container bottom
52. The grabline of a lifebuoy has a length of: 4 times the outer diameter of the lifebuoy
53. The main buoyancy chamber of an inflatable liferaft must be divided into: 2 compartments
54. the minimum number of lifebuoys required on a cargo ship depends on: the length of the ship
55. The outside manually controlled lamp of a liferaft must be capable of working at minimum for a period of: 12 h
56. The rescue quoit of a liferaft is attached to a buoyant line whose length is at least: 30 m
57. The stability and strength of a liferaft when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment is such that it
can be towed in calm water at speeds of up to: 3 knots
58. The weak link of a float-free arrangement for liferafts must break under a strain of: 2,2 kN ± 0,4 kN
59. The wearer of a lifejacket can jump into the water without injury and without damaging the jacket from a height of
at least: 4,50 m
60. Wearing an immersion suit when abandon ship is effective permits the person: to jump from a height of 4.5m into
the water without being injured or damaging the suit
61. What equipment is provided in a liferaft to help you keep warm in cold weather? The floor of the raft has a second
layer which can be inflated to help insulation, inaddition to the thermal protective aids (10% of complement,
minimum 2)
62. What is a hydrostatic release unit? A unit which automatically releases the liferaft/lifeboat at a depth of approx 4
metres.
63. What is the first thing you are doing when having a lifeboat drill? Put on the life jacket
64. What is the greatest interest of the "help" position ? It lessens the survivor's heat escape
65. What is the main characteristic of the weak link in a float-free arrangement for inflatable liferafts? be of sufficient
strength to permit to pull the painter from the container and the inflation of the liferaft

66. What is the meaning of this symbol ? Immersion suit

67. What is the minimum length of the buoyant lifeline that is fitted to a lifebuoy which is stowed at a distance of 10
metres above the waterline (light condition)? 30 metres
68. What method shall be used when hauling survivors out of the sea (state of survivors is critical)? Using nets
69. What shall a rescue person use if he has to jump into the water in order to assist a survivor? Survival suit and lifeline
70. What will you bring in a lifeboat if the ship is abondoned? Warm clothes, blankets and lifevests.
71. What will you do when all the fresh water in the survival craft is finished or about to finish? Start collecting rain
water
72. Which item among those below is included in the normal equipment of every liferaft ? Two sponges
73. Which of air and water is the fluid that transfers the greatest amount of heat during the same time, given that the
fluid is not flowing along the immersed body Water
74. Which of the following actions should be done before throwing this type of inflatable liferaft over the side? Check
that the painter is made fast to a secure point and that the sea below is clear
75. Which of the following features is required for an anti-exposure suit ? is fitted with a light and a whistle
76. Which one of the following requirements regarding lifebuoys corresponds to present SOLAS regulations ?not less
than half the total number of lifebuoys shall be provided with self-ignition lights.
77. Which one of the listed requirements regarding inflatable liferafts corresponds to present regulations? Every liferaft
shall be so constructed that: be prevented from pressure exceeding twice the working pressure, either by relief
valves or by limited gas supply
78. Which one of the listed requirements regarding life-jackets corresponds to present SOLAS regulations ? A life-jacket
shall be so constructed that: it allows the wearer to jump from height of at least 4.5 m into the water without
injury and without damaging the life-jacket
79. Which one of the listed requirements regarding the stowage of liferafts corresponds to present SOLAS regulations?
Liferafts shall be stowed with its painter permanently attached to the ship
80. Which part of the float-free arrangement for inflatable liferafts is made to provide a connection between the ship
and the liferaft? the painter
81. Which part of the float-free arrangement for inflatable liferafts is made to release the liferaft after being
automatically inflated during the ship is sinking? The weak link
82. Which part of the fresh water quantity provided for each person the liferaft is permitted to accommodate may be
replaced by a de-salting apparatus? 0,5 l if the de-salting apparatus is capable of producing this quantity in 2 day
83. You have abandoned ship in a liferaft. In most cases, which of the following actions should you generally take?
Organise a lookout system. Join up with other survival craft if possible. Stream the sea anchor
84. You have abandoned ship in a liferaft. Which of the following actions should you take? Organize a lookout system
and join up with other survival craft if possible. You should also stream the sea anchor

XVI.APPLY MEDICAL FIRST AID ON BOARD SHIP

1. A burn may occur when electricity of high current and voltage passes through the body. Most damage occurs at the
points of entry and exit of electricity. What is the treatment of electrical burns? Place sterile dressing over the
burn and secure with a bandage.
2. A casualty suddenly loses consciousness and falls to the ground letting out a strange cry. The pasient is red-blue in
the face and froth may appear around the mouth. You are witnessing a major epileptic attack. What should you
do? Loose tight clothing, ask all unnecessary bystanders to leave and carefully place something soft under the
head. If casualty is unconscious, place the person in Recovery position.
3. A faint is a brief loss of consciousness of no more than momentary duration caused by a temporary reduction in the
flow of blood to the brain.How to prevent anyone from fainting? Tell the person to sit down and lean forward
with the head between the knees taking deep breaths.
4. Abdominal Thrust is the name on a technique which involves applying a series of thrusts to the upper abdomen in an
attempt to force air out of a choking casualty's lungs. How to perform this technique? Stand behind the casualty.
Clench your fist with the tumb inwards in the center of upper abdomen. Grasp your fist with your other hand and
pull quickly inwards.
5. After checked for open airway, given the first two inflations and checked the pulse to make sure that the heart is
beating, what is the rate of inflations given until natural breathing is restored ? 12 - 16 times per minute
6. If a person has been overcome by fumes from toxic cargoes such as acetone cyanohydrin and has ceased breathing,
you would: Wait for a resuscitator to be brought from the ship's first aid locker and use it?
7. If a person is in a state of shock, what of the following is the correct thing of you to do? Treat and reassure the
casualty and stay with the person at all times.
8. If Mouth - to - Mouth (M-T-M) ventilation by itself is unsuccessful and the casualty's heart stops, or has stopped
beating, you must perform External Chest Compression (ECC) in conjunction with M-T-M. What is the rythm
when performing M-T-M in combination with ECC with one First Aider only ? 15 compressions followed by 2 full
ventilations.
9. If Mouth - to - Mouth (M-T-M) ventilation by itself is unsuccessful and the casualty's heart stops, or has stopped
beating, you must perform External Chest Compression (ECC) in conjunction with M-T-M. When performing ECC,
where do you place your hand on the casualty's body? Place the heel of one hand, two finger breadths above the
bottom of breastbone. Cover the hand with the heel of the other hand.
10. If Mouth - to - Mouth (M-T-M) ventilation by itself is unsuccessful and the casualty's heart stops, or has stopped
beating, you must perform External Chest Compression (ECC) in conjunction with M-T-M. What is the complete
rate when performing ECC? Complete 30 compressions at the rate of 100 compressions per minute
11. In which way may intake of poisonous material occur? All mentioned.
12. Inflatable splints are made in various sizes and are shaped to the upper and lower limbs. What is the advantages of
an inflatable splint? It is more easy to give correct pressure to the fractured/injured area, and the control of
swelling and bleeding is more easy to observe.
13. It is important that a compress is done correctly. One of the alternative signs , after completed compress bandage,
shows that the bandage may be to tight. Which one? Swelling below the bandage and heavy pain.
14. Shock is a manifestation of changes in which the circulation fails because either pressure or volume of circulating
blood has fallen to a dangerous level. What is the skin colour of a patient in shock? Pale or grey.
15. The passage of electrical current through the body may result in severe and sometimes fatal injuries. You are witness
to man getting electric current through his body and is stuck to the dangerous area. It is impossible to switch off
the current by any main switch. How to break the current safely? Stand on dry insulating material and pull the
person away with isolating material.
16. Treatment of burns and scalds depends on the severity of the injury. What is the correct thing to do for minor burns
and scalds? Place the injured part under slowly running cold water for at least 10 minutes, but preferably until
the pain is gone. If no water is available, use any cold, harmless liquid.
17. Unconscious casualties who are breathing and whose hearts are beating should be placed in the Recovery Position.
What is the Recovery Position? As shown in figure 1.
18. Unconscious casualties who are breathing and whose hearts are beating should be placed in the Recovery Position.
Why is this position so important? The position ensures that an open airway is maintained.
19. Unfortunately a fish hook has entered someone's finger. The barb of the hook is even inside the skin. How to remove
the fish hook? Push the hook through the skin until the barb protrudes, then cut the hook between the barb and
the skin and gently withdraw the hook.
20. Unfortunately an insect has become lodged in the ear. How to remove the insect? Gently flood the casualty's ear
with terpid water so that the insect will float out.
21. What do you call the method used for bone-soft part injuries? ICE-method.
22. What does the abbreviation ABC mean in first aid? Air, Breathing, Circulation.
23. What is one of the dangerous states a survivor may suffer from? Hypothermia
24. What will you serve seafarers who has been exposed to cold? Warm nutritious drinks.
25. What will you serve seafarers who have been exposed to heat? Cold drinks and salt.
26. Which muscle is the most persevering one in the body? The heart.
27. Which position is the best to stop bleeding from the nose? Sitting on a chair, leaning forward, with two fingers
pressing the nose together.
28. You are part of a team of two First Aiders in a resuscitation situation. What is the rythm of resuscitation with two
First Aiders? 5 compressions after every 1 inflation
29. You are witnessing someone about to faint. What are the symptoms ? The person may be very pale, and pulse is slow
at first and weak.

XVII.MONITOR COMPLIANCE WITH LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS

1. A master of a Norwegian ship who without sufficient cause refuses to receive onboard persons whom Norwegian
authorities must provide transportation for shall be liable to: Fines or imprisonment for a term not exceeding
three months.
2. A master or any other person in authority on board treating a person in an improper manner or fails to prevent his
being so treated by other persons onboard shall be liable to: Fines or imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6
months.
3. A subordinate who unlawfully brings intoxicating beverages on board shall be liable to: Fines or in especially
aggravating circumstances to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months.
4. An Oil Record Book, Part 1,shall be provided to every ship of 400 tons gross tonnage and above to record
machinery space operations.Out of below mentioned operations, it is compulsory to record: Bunkering of bulk
lubricating oil.
5. Any master who makes or permits a false entry to be made in the log book, shall be liable to fines or imprisonment
for a term not exceeding 1 year according to: The Ship Safety and Security Act, Section 65..
6. Any person serving on board who without the permission of the shipmaster leaves the ship in distress or other
danger while the master still on board shall be liable to Fines or imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6
months.
7. Any ship of 10.000 tons gross tonnage and above shall be fitted with oily-water separating equipment for the
control of machinery space bilges.What kind of equipment is required in this connection? Either Oil fitting
equipment , or Oily-water separating equipment , or combination of both.
8. Any shipmaster who in distress or other danger abandons the ship without this being necessary shall be liable to:
Imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year.
9. Any shipmaster who refuses to provide any person carried on the ship with anything which he is entitled to receive
in such capacity, or who permits such refusal, shall be liable to: Fines or imprisonment for a term not exceeding
6 months, but not exceeding 1 year if there are especially aggravating circumstances.
10. Anyone who violates the provisions of Norwegian law or the provisions of regulations laid down by virtue of
Norwegian law, relating to contract of engagements and account book, to notification to, appearance before, or
to the taking of evidence, shall be liable to: Fines or imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months.
11. Anyone who without valid reason places, removes, changes or conceals nationality marks or registration marks of a
registered ship shall be liable to: Fines.
12. Are the seafarers entitled to free boat service to exercise their right to go ashore? Where possible the master shall
provide such service. Cost and other circumstances may be taken into consideration. Yes, but only if it is
combined with the agent's use of the same boat.
13. Are there any restrictions about how much sludge we can pump overboard on the sea voyage? Maximum is 30 litre
pr nautical mile and total is 1/30000 part of full cargo on the ballast voyage.
14. As per the legislation in question, a copy of the provisions, as you know, shall generally speaking be accessible to
the crew. Does this apply as well as to a collective wage agreement? Yes, if an employment agreement refers to
the collective wage agreement
15. At what number of crew members is it mandatory to have an Working Environment Committee on board?
Minimum eight crew members.
16. Can a Norwegian Consulate execute authority on behalf of the Norwegian Maritime Directorate (NMD)? A
Norwegian Consulate has already duties on behalf of the NMD and the directorate can in addition instruct a
Consulate to act on the directorate's authority.
17. Can an agreement of employment for service on a NIS ship be verbal or has it to be confirmed in writing? The
company has to ensure that an agreement is always confirmed in writing
18. Can any ground be given for dismissing a seafarer? No, only those listed in the Seamen's Act as dereliction of duty.
19. Do regulations on the scope of the Seamen's Act apply: to both passengers and cargo ships? Yes.
20. Do you confirm that personal safety provisions of the Seamen's Act cannot, as per the NIS Act, be deviated from in
a collective wage agreement? Yes
21. Does the employer have to give a reason for a notice of termination?Yes, if the seafrers demands it
22. Does the nationality of the shipowning company have any importance in general to the application of Norwegian
law on NIS ships?No.
23. Does the seafarer have a right to leave service on board for special reasons? Yes, if the ship, for example, is not in a
seaworthy condition for the voyage and the master fails to take steps to remedy the defects
24. Editing (Preparation)of the book "Excerpts from The Norwegian Passenger and Cargo Ship Legislation, etc. " is done
by: The Norwegian Maritime Directorate.
25. Exemption to serve as master on board a NIS ship for Non Norwegian citizens needs to be given by: The Norwegian
Maritime Directorate
26. For a person whose hours are not divided into watches, the regular working hours on board a NIS-ship shall be
between: 0600 - 1700 hrs
27. For how long shall a ship's log-book be kept on board? For at least two years
28. For how long shall time sheets concerning working hours on board ships be kept after their completion? For
minimum 3 years
29. For how long time must the printout from the Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment (ODME) be retained onboard?
Three years
30. For whom does the qualification requirements apply? For personnel assigned to shipboard duties.
31. How can the master ensure obedience? He shall ensure obedience by the use of force if he finds it necessary, but
not use harsher means than the circumstances make necessary.
32. How does the Norwegian Maritime Directorate keep the master/ shipowners updated on the new and amended
legislation relatives to the book "Excerpts from the Norwegian Passenger and Cargo Ship Legislation, etc"
Through stapled-in supplements in the quarterly NMD magazine "Navigare" and Ships Documents.
33. How is a Safety Management Certificate obtained? Ship owner has Document of Compliance issued, and vessel is
assessed and holds all statutory certificates
34. How is the basic safety manning determined? The Norwegian Maritime Directorate determines the basic safety
manning after an evaluation which includes, inter alia, job specifications and qualification requirements.
35. How is the Maritime Employer/Employee Register kept up to date? By reports prepared by the master/employer.
36. How many Working Environmental committee members should be elected on a ship with a crew of 13 members? 1
member
37. How shall accidents and health hazards be prevented? By all the other mentioned alternatives.
38. How shall the Norwegian Maritime Directorate be informed when a seafarer is seriously injured on board? By a
telecom report followed by a report on a personal injury report form
39. How should you, methodically speaking, get to know and to find relevant provisions in the book "Excerpts Excerpts
from the Norwegian Passenger and Cargo Ship Legislation, etc" ? By help of the Headword Register, the
Chronological Register, the table of contents, the tables of contents in the respective provisions, the Preface,
etc.
40. If the master goes ashore, he is obliged to inform: The deck officer of the highest rank present
41. If the subject is subject to manning control, which documentation must the master have at hand? Master's record
and Documentation file.
42. If you use chemicals for cleaning up an oil-spill on the water, what would the chemicals do? Disperse or dissolve
the oil into the water
43. In case of a pollution in US waters, who shall notify the cleaning up contractor (OPA-90) Qualified Individual
44. In which areas is plastic material accepted for overboard disposal? Not permissible any where.
45. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these
instructions? If the hot work is to be carried out at the bottom of the tank, the entire bottom shall be
thoroughly cleaned and all sediments removed.
46. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these
instructions? Before hot work or welding in tanks is started, a complete set of duly signed check lists and
certificates shall be provided.
47. Is a repairman not comprised by the specification of crew under obligation to public supervision of maritime
service? Yes, if engaged by the owner.
48. Is there any special area under MARPOL where it is forbidden to pump out any sludge or oil residues? There are
special areas where it is forbidden to pump out any sludge or oil residues
49. MARPOL - Annex I. Your vessel sailed from Bahrain heading for Singapore. 2 days after departure, you would like to
empty your machinery space bilges. What will be the correct procedures in this connection? Call the bridge and
request for position and permission to discharge overboard through oily water separating and filtering
equipment.
50. MARPOL - Annex IV. Your ship has in operation an approved sewage treatment plant certified by the
Administration. During discharge, while vessel is awaiting pilot off Cape Henry, USA, the surrounding water is
iscoloured. What kind of action would be appropriate to take? Stop discharge.
51. MARPOL - Annex V. Disposal of garbage outside "Special Areas". After unpacking spares, you are left with a limited
amount of packing materials. Is this prohibited, if not, what will be the nearest distance to land for disposal into
the sea of these materials? This is prohibited
52. MARPOL - Annex V. Disposal of garbage. Your vessel is in the Red Sea (Special Area) and the Chief Cook is
requesting to have some food waste burned in the incinerator. Due to problems with incinerator, you decide to
have the waste ground in the Grinder (Lump size max. 25 mm) and disposed off into the sea. Is this prohibited, if
not, how far from nearest land is this legal? 12 miles
53. Most minor oilspills are caused by: Human error
54. New MARPOL regulations came into effect from July 93 stating that the previous instantaneous rate of discharge of
oil content (60 litters per nautical mile) was changed to: 30 litters per nautical mile
55. Notification logging procedures .(OPA-90) Every report or message must be logged including time and date
56. Prior to entering service on a vessel in foreign trade for the first time you are required to have a health certificate
not older than? Three months.
57. Service as master on board a NIS-ship for non-Norwegian citizens has to be approved by: The Norwegian Maritime
Directorate
58. Shall a special form for employment agreement be used for service on NIS ships? Yes, on a form prescribed or
approved by the Norwegian Maritime Directorate
59. Shipboard Emergency Drills must be carried out at least (OPA-90): Once a month
60. Ships of 10.000 tons gross tonnage and more, shall be fitted with oil filtering equipment, complying with Reg.14 (7)
of MARPOL for the control of machinery space bilges. What would be the maximum oil content of oily-water
mixture to pass through the filter? 15 ppm
61. Ships registered in the Norwegian International Ship Register are subject to public control in accordance with: The
Seaworthiness Act
62. Small oil spills on deck can be kept from going overboard by doing what? Plugging the scuppers
63. The book "Excerpts from The Norwegian Passenger and Cargo Ship Legislation, etc." has notes about whether
international regulations have been implented by Norway. Where can you find these notes? In the main Section
numbered VII
64. The OPA-90 notification requirement is: Notify as soon as you have knowledge of any spill, or threat of a spill
65. To achieve safe maritime operation, the Norwegian Maritime Directorate works in compliance with: The
International Maritime Organization (IMO)
66. To which Act(s) do(es) the special provisions relating to the seafarers in the NIS Act chiefly relate? The Act relating
to hours of work and the Seamen's Act
67. To which document does the following clause relate? "The contract is subject to Norwegian laws and Norwegian
courts, but cases concerning the employee's service on the ship may be brought against the owner before a
 Norwegian court or before a court in the employee's country of residence. The agreement as mentioned in the
first sentence is not a hindrance to a case being brought before a court in another country when it ensues from
the lugano Convention that such action shall be permitted" To individual employment agreements for service on
NIS ships
68. To whom do the certification requirements apply on a NIS cargo vessel? To persons in certificated positions as per
the manning certificate and certificated positions of additional manning, if any
69. To whom working on Norwegian ships does the Seamen's Act in principle apply? To everyone engaged in work on
board, except those who only work on board while the ship is in port
70. Under ISM, what is a "non-conformity"? An observed situation where objective evidence indicates the non-
fulfilment of a specified requirement
71. Watch keeping engineers shall have a minimum of knowledge of the vessel's engine room and operation of its
functions prior to being accepted as Engineer on Duty, and shall acknowledge his familiarization with the
equipment by signing a check list listing all units he shall be able to operate. Minimum knowledge is: He shall
have all the knowledge as listed in the other alternatives
72. What are the average maximum working hours which may not be exceeded, in a year on NIS-ships? 2912 hours
73. What are the duties of the master regarding a sick or injured seafarer? He shall arrange for proper, including
medical, care.
74. What are the duties of the master, specially stated in the NIS act chapter 3? To make a copy of the NIS act and the
CBA accessible to the crew if referred to in a contract
75. What are the master's duties if punishable acts are committed on board? If at sea, the master shall immediately
undertake an investigation, secure evidence and take statements, inform Norwegian Consulate/Maritime
Directorate
76. What are the ordinary working hours on NIS ships? Maximum 8 hours per day, or 40 hours per week
77. What are the prerequisites for a CBA (Collective Bargaining Agreement) to be applied to service on NIS ships? That
the CBA expressly states that it applies to NIS ships and is subject to Norwegian laws and courts of law unless
courts of another country is explicity mentioned.
78. What are the prerequisites for having a ship registered in NIS? That the shipowner is a Norwegian subject or fulfils
other requirements stated in Norwegian acts
79. What can be the result of public supervision of maritime service of seafarers? It could be any of the alternatives
listed.
80. What do you understand by the term “Risk Assessment”, and how would this be carried out on board? Identify the
hazards, quantify the risks, put control measures in place, monitor the work activity and review
81. What does ISM stand for? The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution
Prevention
82. What does it mean in relation to the Seamen's Act that no collective wage agreement applies to the employment
relationship? That the Seamen's Act applies in full
83. What does normally form the basis for permission to a Non-Norwegian deck or marine engineer officer to serve in a
position for which a certificate of competency is required on NIS ships? A certificate issued by the authorities of
a state which has acceded to the STCW-Convention
84. What does the term DISCHARGE mean, as used in the Oil Pollution Regulations? All the other alternatives
85. What is an endorsement/qualification document? A document, which together with the national certificate is
entitling the holder to serve in a position for which a certificate of competency is required
86. What is definition on clean ballast as per MARPOL Annex 1? Ballast with an oil content of less than 15 ppm
87. What is supervision of maritime service of seafarers? Control by the master/employer and public supervisory
authority that the requirements of law or agreement concerning the employee's service on board are satisfied.
88. What is the best way to avoid pollution from small oil-spills aboard a ship? Contain any oil-spill onboard the ship
89. What is the book named: "Excerpts from the Norwegian Passenger and Cargo Ship Legislation, etc"? An unofficial
translation of "Den norske skipskontrolls regeler" leaving out some provisions, such as speed limits, relating to
local Norwegian waters. (The authorised Norwegian original applies in cases of discrepancies etc.);
90. What is the disadvantage of using chemicals on an oil-spill on the water? The chemicals make it difficult to remove
the oil from the water
91. What is the main theme of modern safety practice? Making use of Risk Assessment as a means to improving safety
92. What is the minimum age for a seafarer on a NIS ship (foreign trade)? A person may serve on board as from the
17th. calendar year
93. What is the period of validity of the Safety Management Certificate 5 years
94. What is the purpose of the O.D.M.E. (Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment) printer ? To prove that oil has been
pumped overboard according to regulations
95. What must be done before a holder of a Non- Norwegian certificate can serve in a position for which a certificate of
competency is required on NIS ships? A duly completed application with certificate etc. must be made to the
public supervisory authorities as an endorsment/ qualification document
96. What shall the master do upon the termination of the employment relationship as to supervision of maritime
service? Verify that the sefarer has been given his rights according to law or agreement, make entries in the sea
service book or record of service, have a report on seamen sent to the Maritime Employer/Employee Register.
97. What should you do with the ashes from your vessels incinerator which had burned garbage containing plastics?
Discharge to a shore facility only
98. What would be the preferred colour to use when maintaining the paint on shell, plating, structure and
bottom/tanktopp in the engine room? White or light grey to ensure all minor spills and leakages are noticed and
dealt with.
99. When a pollution incident occurs there is a plan for actions to be undertaken. State which of following priority
sequences to be considered: Stop pumps - report - clean up?
100. Where is the master's responsibility for observing the provisions related to supervision of maritime service stated?
In the Act relating to the enrolment of employees onboard ships.
101. Which Act has a provision that reads as follows: " The shipmaster shall take care that a copy of this Act and of the
regulations issued in pursuance of the Act is to be found on board" ? The Seaworthiness Act.
102. Which document must a foreign master definitely have before his documents may be considered for public
supervision of maritime service? A letter "Exemption from the nationality requirement for foreign shipmasters"
103. Which documents shall the master submit to the consulate for supervision of maritime service of a Non- Norwegian
rating? Employment agreement, report on seamen and documentation that the seafarer has the necessary
qualifications, health certificate, record of service etc.
104. Which entries shall the master make in the sea service book or record of service in connection with supervision of
maritime service? Entries regarding the seafarer's service time, vacation days due etc.
105. Which institution gives regulations concerning certificates of competency for marine deck and engineer officers?
The Norwegian Maritime Directorate
106. Which law applies to NIS-ships? Norwegian law unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to a statue?
107. Which of the connections you are shown, are the dedicated shore connection (MARPOL-connection) for discharging
of sewage ? 4
108. Which of the following signal letters states that the ship is registered in NIS? LAPQ4
109. Which of the following would be considered pollution, when discharged overboard, under the US water pollution
laws? All of the mentioned
110. Which personnel must undergo familiarization training on board Everyone
111. Which PPM is allowed for discharging of "Bilge Water" overboard? 15 PPM
112. Which provisions concerning holidays must the master ensure that is carried onboard? The Act relating to holydays
and Regulations relating to holydays for employees on ships.
113. Which provisions generally speaking govern the rights and duties of the employee and employer on NIS ships?
Norwegian Seamen's Act, NIS Act
114. Which ships does the ISM code apply to All passenger ships, all cargo ships of 500GRT or above
115. Which statement(s) is true of a gasoline spill? It is visible for a shorter time than a fuel oil spill
116. Which, if any, are the restrictions for trading areas on NIS ship when cargo is concerned? They may not carry cargo
between Norwegian ports.
117. Who are required to have participated in emergency preparedness training on a NIS cargo ship? All members of the
crew
118. Who are to pay the expenses in connection with public supervision of maritime service? The employer.
119. Who is responsible for ensuring that ratings forming part of a watch and personnel assisting or performing cargo
operations on tankers are properly qualified? It is incumbent on the shipowners and the master to ensure that
the requirements are complied with and documented.
120. Who is responsible for implementation of working environment work on board? Both master and shipping
company.
121. Who is responsible for the ship being safely manned? The master and the shipowner are responsible for the
adequate manning of the ship.
122. Who issues an international load line certificate for a NIS cargo vessel of 500 gross tons and above? The recognized
classification society, were the vessel is classified.
123. Who may through delegation/agreement be given authority to survey a NIS cargo vessel of 500 gross tons and
above (offshore units excepted)? A ship's classification society recognized by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate.
124. Who shall submit a request for trade certificate for a NIS cargo vessel of less then 500 gross tons? Owner or master
125. Why shall a duly qualified officer supervise any potential polluting operation?To avoid pollution.
126. Will an individual contract of engagement for service on NIS ships be legally accepted? Yes, provided it appears,
amongst others, the wages and overtimepay and that it is subject to Norwegian laws and courts, but may be
brought before a court in the employee's country of residence
127. With respect to the ISM, what training in additional to lifeboat and fire drills must be carried out? Familiarization,
and other drills identified as necessary by the ship
128. You are on a vessel 10 nautical miles off the coast of Algeria, in the Mediterranean Sea. Are you allowed to dump
food waste overboard? No, food waste can not be dumped overboard
129. You are on a vessel 10 nautical miles off the coast of Nigeria, West Africa. Are you allowed to dump empty glass
bottles overboard ? Yes, the bottles can be dumped if they are ground so that the resulting particles can pass
through a screen with 25 mm openings
130. You are onboard a vessel off the West African coast. You want to dump a mixture of food waste, glass bottles and
floating packing materials. Is this allowed? and if so, how far off the coast would you have to be? This is
prohibited
131. You are taking fuel on your vessel in the US when you notice oil on the water around your vessel. You are to stop
taking fuel and: Notify the US Coast Guard

XVIII.APPLICATION OF LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORKING SKILLS

1. All necessary information for the next port of call should be: Procured before departure from a port
2. An alien crewmember with a D-1 permit leaves the vessel in a foreign port and fails to return. The first report you
make should be to the __________Immigration Service
3. An emergency situation on board must be reported to the company by: The fastest means available
4. Berapa tahunkan berlakunya DOC ( Documen Of Compliance ) ? 3 th
5. Bukti objective yang ditemukan menunjukkan kondisi yang tidak memenuhi persyaratan keselamatan yang
ditetapkan sewaktu dilakukan external audit dan diberi catatan untuk diperbaiki namun sewaktu external audit
berikutnya tidak dilakukan perbaikan disebut dengan temuan : Finding
6. Identify 4 of the Five Steps in Team Formation and Development. Forming, Storming, Norming and Performing
7. If Master finds reason to doubt whether the agent is giving the vessel's interest full and proper attention he should:
Investigate the matter carefully and report the findings to the company
8. It is the Master's responsibility to ensure that: concerned personnel carry out the on-board traing progamme
effectively
9. Manajemen yang cenderung pada pengaturan massa yang banyak dimana kita harus mampu mengatasinya, disebut :
Crowd Management
10. Manajemen yang mengatur segala sesuatu keadaan yang susah diatur atau dalam situasi krisis, disebut : Crisis
Management
11. Master of every ship must provide: A link between the shipboard training officer and the company training officer
ashore
12. Onboard training should be organised in such a way that: It is an integral part of the overall training plan
13. Pihak – pihak mana sajakah yang tidak terlibat dalam pemberlakuan ISM Code ? Buruh
14. Prior to arrival at a US port from a foreign port, as per present regulation, the USCG requires: 96 hours notice of
arrival
15. Prior to ordering stores for any department; The store inventory should be checked so that you order only the items
required
16. Proper and accurate inventory of stores should be maintained inorder to: Control the ship's budget
17. Representative of the port authorities should always receive the best possible treatment: For ship's clearance to
take place quickly and without complications
18. Salah satu keuntungan adanya ISM Code bagi pelaut adalah : Menjadikan kapal sebagai tempat bekerja yang aman
bagi pelaut
19. Suatu manajemen kapal yang sudah berjalan dengan baik dapat dilihat dari indicator – Indikator, diantara indicator –
indicator tersebut adalah SMC :
20. Suatu proses atau sejumlah aktivitas yang berkesinambungan dan saling berhubungan yang melibatkan manusia,
tekhnologi, metode, modal untuk mencapai suatu tujuan organisasi didalam pengoperasian kapal disebut :
Shipping Management
21. The majority of convensions adopted under the auspices of IMO fall into which of the three main categories:
Maritime Safety, Prevention of Marine pollution, Liability and compensation
22. The office phone, fax, telex and after office hours telephone numbers can be found in: The Ship's emergency
contingency manual
23. The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to ___draw one line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the
correction
24. The responsible person for maintaining budget on board normally is: Master
25. The Roles and Responsibilities of a team includes: c) Quality Management
26. To be an effective communicator in a team c) Never Listen by yourself
27. To help Create and Manage Diversity in a team you need to Actively take time out to include people in formal
meetings & discussions
28. To help turn an individual into becoming a Team Player we would need to d) Reward and motivate them
29. To maintain good relationship among the crew on board a vessel, one must be:Understanding, Co-operative, and
have respect from both sides
30. What Individual or Group Behaviours might lead to an effective Team? d) Able to listen to feedback
31. When observing how teams communicate what signs do we see when identifying effective team decision making? b)
Decision reached by voting or by consensus
32. Where will you normally find the ship's documents including Crew Passports and CDC on board a vessel? Ship's Office
33. Which of the Following is not a Type of Team?Individual
34. Which of the following will be reported to a company on the emergency phone? All accidents where crew are injured
or killed
35. Which of these is a Disadvantage of Teamwork?More time is taken to perform the tasks
36. Which of these is an Advantage of Teamwork? Can provide Support
37. Who is responsible for the safe keeping of the ship's documents?Master
38. Why is it important to have good relationship on-board a vessel? It leads to better work performance and positive
atmosphere among the crew
39. Why is it important to make weekly/routine rounds in the accomodation areas? To ensure that cabins and common
spaces are maintained in a clean, safe and hygienic condition
40. Yang bertugas tanggung jawab semua peralatan keselamatan yang ada diatas kapal adalah : Mualim III
41. Yang tidak termasuk setifikat sesuai dengan ISM Code adalah : CLC

XIX.CONTRIBUTE TO THE SAFETY OF PERSONNEL AND SHIP

1. As per SOLAS regulations, the general emergency alarm system must be tested: Every week
2. During a bomb search, which of the following is an important principle to follow?" Do not touch any suspicious
packages
3. During test and/or maintenance work of the CO2 system affecting the release system, precautions to ensure that the
gas is not released into the engine room due to a mistake are to be ensured. What precautions should be taken?
The main supply line to be blanked off prior to the work.
4. Every inflatable liferaft , inflatable lifejacket and hydrostatic release units shall be serviced: Every 12 months.
5. How often must the Emergency Steering Gear be tested, and how is this information recorded in the OLB? Every
three months. Details of test with signatures of Master and witness
6. How often should the lifeboat wire falls be turned and renewed? Turned at intervals of not more than 30 months
and renewed every 5 years
7. On all UMS operated vessels and also on most other vessels the engine room is equipped with fire detectors. What
requirements of testing and checking of the detectors are to be observed? All the mentioned alternatives.
8. Ship Security Plans all look the same. FALSE
9. The best way to identify an IED is to? Recognize its components.
10. The steps of the embarkation ladder used must be proportioned as it follows: length = 480 mm, breadth = 115 mm,
depth = 25 mm
11. The steps of the embarkation ladder used must be spaced apart by a distance of: Equally spaced and not less than
300 mm or more than 380 mm
12. This device can detect a package of drugs inside a large delivery of ship’s stores. What is it? Pallet scanner
13. What do crew, visitors and contractors all have in common?" They all have opportunity to smuggle drugs.
14. What is an IED? A homemade bomb
15. What is the purpose of the Ship Security Plan? Protect your ship from risks posed by security threats or incidents.
16. When handling drugs…Wear skin protection and a facemask.
17. When is a visitor onboard required to present an ID? "On SECURITY Level 1, 2 & 3"
18. Which of the following areas may be possible restricted areas? (Review all answers) All alternatives
19. Which of the following requirements regarding life-buoys correspond to present regulations? (SOLAS III/7.1) Not less
than half the total number of lifebuoys shall be provided with self-ignighting lights
20. Which of these actions should crew take if a suspicious object that may be a bomb is located during a search?
Confirm with their search partner that the object found is suspicious.
21. Which of these are indications that a parcel is suspicious? "The parcel is addressed to no one in particular, arrives
unexpectedly and seems heavy for its size."
22. Which of these are indicators that an individual may be a drug smuggler? The individual wears bulky or out of season
clothing.
23. Which of these procedures should crew follow when conducting a bomb search? "Stand quietly in various spots
around the space, listening for unusual sounds like the tick tock of a clock mechanism."
24. Which of these types of information is considered sensitive? Voyage itinerary and departure and arrival times.
25. Which of these weapons are widely available and commonly used by criminals and terrorists to further their aims?
Gun
26. Which one of the listed requirements regarding life-saving appliances corresponds to present regulations? All
prescribed life-saving appliances shall be made of non-combustible or fire retardant material
27. Which one of the listed requirements regarding service and maintenance of life-saving appliances correspond to
present regulations? Instructions for onboard maintenance of life-saving appliances in accordance with the
regulations shall be provided
28. Which Security Levels requires the highest security alert? Security Level 3
29. Which statement about IED’s is true? All IED’s have four common components.
30. Which type of equipment can be used to detect explosives? Particulate detector

XX.CAMPURAN
1. 90° - Ho = ______Sextant altitude
2. A general cargo vessel is loading to its Summer Marks. Upon completion of loading, the final level of the
water would be at: The top of the summer load line mark.
3. A heavy metal concentrate bulk cargo has a moisture content of 16 and a transportable moisture limit of
18, what should the Master do? Refuse to load the cargo as the moisture content is outside acceptable limits
4. A lantern combining the sidelights and stern light MAY be shown on a 20-meter vessel
engaged in fishing and making way
5. A basic radar plot can be used to__ estimate the speed of target.
6. A bulk cargo declaration shows that the iron ore to be loaded has an angle of repose of 45 degrees; what does this
indicate? The cargo pile is stable and unlikely to shift
7. A bulk cargo has a stowage factor (S.F) of 1.50 cubic metres per metric tonne (m3/mt). If 1000 tonnes are to
be loaded what volume will this cargo occupy? 1500 cubic metres ( m3)
8. A bulk cargo is loaded and the cargo stow has been left with an excessive peak height; what could be the result
of this situation? Excessive stresses on transverse bulkheads
9. A bulk cargo is loaded and the shore cargo figure is 10 000 tonnes; the chief officer calculates 9 500 tonnes have
been loaded; what should the Master do? Inform Designated Person Ashore( DPA)
10. A bulk cargo of Coal is to be loaded in Australia for Europe; the coal is declared as having a high moisture content
(but less than the transportable moisture Limit (TML)); what must the Master ensure? All cargo hold bilges are
sounded daily and the amount of water logged; the bilges can then be pumped out.
11. A bulk cargo of steel coils is loaded and a number of the coils are noted by the Chief Officer to be rusted;
what must the Master ensure? Clause the Bill of Lading with the reference numbers of the rusty coils and so make
the Bill of Lading a "dirty" Bill.
12. A bulk cargo vessel is found to be 4.0 centimetres over her maximum loadline draft after loading; what should be
the actions of the master? Order the pumping out of fresh water or ballast until the maximum allowed loadline is
achieved.
13. A bulk carrier is to carry a full deck cargo of packaged timber; to what regulations must the vessel comply? IMO
Code of Practice for the carriage of Timber Deck cargoes
14. A bulk coal cargo is to be loaded and the moisture content is declared as 19 ; the transportable moisture limit of
the cargo is declared as 15, what should the Master do? Refuse to load the cargo unless the vessel is specially
designed for the carriage of cargo which may liquefy
15. A Bulk Vessel is to load a cargo of grain; pre loading calculations show that IMO stability criteria cannot be
achieved; the vessel should do which of the following? The grain surfaces in some or all of the cargo spaces must
be secured
16. A cargo plan would NOT include: loading and discharge equipment details
17. A Cargo Ship Equipment Certificate will be issued for: 2 years with control every 6 months
18. A chemical tanker may be granted, by the Government of the receiving Party, an exemption from carrying out a
mandatory prewash provided that the: Vessel temporarily has defective tank cleaning equipment and the prewash
will be carried out at the first available opportunity after repairs have been completed and the tank will not be
loaded or ballasted before that time.
19. A chronometer is said to be loosing if : if it is slow one day and fast the next day.
20. A circle whose plane pass through the center of the sphere is called? Great circle
21. A cloud whose name has the prefix nimbo- or the suffix –nimbus is Rain-producing
22. A Company's safety management objectives and requirements, which are set above the standards of the ISM code,
should be encouraged and supported.
23. A container full of scrap metal is being loaded, and you sight water dripping from it. You should: Ensure that
the container is stowed on deck.
24. A container vessel has lost several dangerous goods containers overboard. The master must report this loss of
container incident to: The ship owner.
25. A contractor is hired to install new navigation equipment onboard your ship while it’s berthed. For a period of time
he’s left unsupervised and photographs schematics of the ship that he finds rolled up and stored in the corner of a
nearby office. Later, from home, he hacks into the network and prints off information about the ship’s security
 procedures. Which of these information security measures would have prevented his unauthorized access?" "Secure
area, passwords, a firewall and a securenetwork."
26. A correction for augmentation is included in the Nautical Almanac corrections for The Moon
27. A diabetic has eaten too little food and the person may feel dizzy and lightheaded. The skin becomes pale, with
profuse sweathing. Limbs may begin to tremble and pulse becomes rapid. The urine glucose reaction is negative.
What kind of medicine will the person need as soon as possible? Sugar lump, sugar drink or something sweet
28. A drawing used to identify individual strakes and plates is called a: Shell Expansion Plan
29. A falling barometer is an indication of …bad weather to come.
30. A fixed quantity of Mercury will weigh more at ______. 30?N Latitude
31. A General Arrangement drawing gives details of a vessel's: Layout
32. A General Cargo vessel develops an angle of loll while loading a heavy item of deck cargo alongside the jetty.
You should immediately: Stop cargo, reduce FSE in tanks, lower weights within vessel and fill small ballast
tank on low side of vessel.
33. A General Cargo vessel is deemed to be cargo worthy when: The hatch covers and/or hatch pontoons are weather
tight.
34. A general cargo with a large metacentric height (GM) would be expected to have:A fast roll period and large
righting levers (GZ Levers).
35. A gnomonic projection is based on a(n) _____Plane tangent at one point
36. A great circle on the earth's surface which passes through the terrestrial poles is known as meridian
37. A GZ curve is used to determine: Stability
38. A heavy piece of machinery is loaded on deck of a container vessel, stowed across several flat rack containers. The
most appropriate method for lashing such cargo would be by: Taking all lashings to the hatch coamings, pillars and
lashing bridges.
39. A katabatic wind blows Down an incline due to cooling of the air
40. A keel structure constructed to allow piping to run through it is called a:Duct Keel
41. A lantern combining the sidelights and stern light MAY be shown on a _6-meter vessel under oars
42. A large vessel develops a sudden sheer when it stops moving through the water, having been steaming through
a shallow water channel for several miles. The sheer may be strong and unexpected and is due to what reason?The
large volume of water dragged behind the vessel continues to move forward and cause a strong turning moment on
the stern of the vessel
43. A large vessel is coming alongside a pier with two tugs assisting and there is little wind or current affecting the
vessel. What would be considered the best use of the tugs and at which position? Pushing on the ship's side and
made fast in case the vessel's movement towards the berth requires reducing by the tug pulling off.
44. A large vessel is proceeding slowly up a narrow channel, using its own engines and assisted by the use of one tug.
Where should the tug be connected to assist the ship in maintaining its course in the centre of the channel? Made
fast on a line through the centre lead astern.
45. A line connecting all possible positions of your vessel at any given time is a Line of position
46. A line of position derived by radar range from an identified point on a coast will be a(n) B. Arc
47. A line of position formed by sighting two charted objects in line is called a(n) Range line
48. A loaded bulk carrier experiences heavy ice accretion on deck forward, what are the major concerns of the changes
in stability? Reduction of metacentric height (GM) and loss of freeboard forward
49. A P - H type Mollier diagram or chart is often used when dealing with LNG cargoes. What is the main
information that can be obtained from a Mollier diagram? Information about the exact values of the pressure,
density, specific volume and dryness fraction of the vapour when both the enthalpy and temperature are known.
50. A perforated flat is part of the structure in the: Double Bottom
51. A person slowly feels more sleepy and thirsty. The skin and slimhinner become very dry and there is a sweet taste of
the breath. The glucose reaction shows positive. What kind of medicine will the person need as soon as possible?
Insulin.
52. A point given at navigational charts to revamp bow before ship arriving at way point's is : Wheel Over Point
53. A power-driven vessel at anchor, not fishing or otherwise restricted in its ability to maneuver, sounds her fog
signal at intervals of not More than two minutes
54. A radar fix at long range from land should be used in preference to other methods.
55. A radar presentation feature which can often be used to advantage for position fixing is : A. relative motion
56. A reference for target bearings is provided by a line on the radar screen called the : heading marker
57. A relative bearing is always measured from The vessel's head
58. A semidiameter correction is applied to observations of ___B. The Moon
59. A severe blow to or a heavy fall on the upper part of the abdomen (solar plexus) can upset the regularity of
breathing. What is the symptoms and signs? Difficulty in breathing in and the casualty may be unable to speak.
60. A ship experiences an interaction effect known as "Squat" when moving in shallow water. The amount of Squat is
affected by the speed of the vessel through the water. If the speed through the water is HALVED what will be the
change in the affect of "Squat" The squat effect will be reduced to a quarter of its original value
61. A ship has turned a complete circle (360 degrees) in deep water at full ahead throughout the turn. The same
ship, in the same conditions, is now to make a complete turn (360 degrees) at half ahead throughout the turn. Would
 there be any difference in the size (diameter) of the turning circle? No, the diameter of the turning circle
would be almost the same.
62. A ship is in longitude 54°00'W on a true course of 270°. The ship's clocks are on the proper time zone. At what
longitude should the clocks be changed to maintain the proper zone time? 67°30'W
63. A stiff vessel will have a GM which is: Large
64. A strain occurs when a muscle or group of muscles is over- stretched and possibly torn, by violent or sudden
movement. Strain can be caused by lifting heavy weights incorrectly. The treatment of strain may be remembered
as the word RICE.What is RICE an abbreviation for? Rest, Ice, Compression, Elevation
65. A strong, often violent, northerly wind occurring on the Pacific coast of Mexico, particularly during the colder
months, is called Tehuantepecer
66. A tank which contained a category "X" product must undergo a prewash before leaving port in compliance with
MARPOL. The resulting residues shall be discharged to a reception facility until the concentration of the
substance in the effluent, as indicated by analysis of samples of the effluent taken by the authorized surveyor has
reached a level of: 0.1% by weight.
67. A That type of planets can never be in opposition with the sun? Inferior planets
68. A transactional leader is one who: Does deals with people in order to get them to do things the leader wants
69. A tug is connected by a line to the bow of a ship. Will the bollard pull exerted by the tug be the same at any
speed? No, when the ship's speed exceeds about 5 knots it will be expected that there will be a reduced pull exerted
by the tug
70. A typical hazard associated with the carriage of ammonium nitrate is: Environmental pollution.
71. A useful aid to identifying land at long range is : the calculation of distance to the radar horizon
72. A vertically welded shell joint is called a: Butt
73. A vessel berths at two different jetties under the influence of a 1 knot beam current. At the first jetty the ship has
an underkeel clearance of 5 times the draught and at the second the underkeel clearance is only 0.5 times the
draught. If the current exerted a force of 50 tonnes on the ship at the first jetty, what would be the approximate force
exerted at the second if the draught is the same? 150 tonnes
74. A vessel constructed without bulkheads on the main cargo deck will be assigned the class notation: Container
75. A vessel constructed without bulkheads on the main cargo deck will be assigned the class notation: Ro-Ro

76. A vessel in the condition shown in figure will be: Hogging

77. A vessel is overtaking when she approaches another from more than how many degrees abaft the beam? 22.5°
78. A vessel may exhibit lights other than those prescribed by the Rules as long as the additional lights _do not
interfere with the keeping of a proper look-out
79. A vessel nearing a bend or an area of a channel or fairway where other vessels may be hidden by an obstruction
shall Sound a prolonged blast
80. A vessel restricted in her ability to maneuver shall When operating in restricted visibility, sound a whistle
signal of two prolonged and one short blast
81. A vessel restricted in her ability to maneuver shall Show a day-shape of two diamonds in a vertical line
82. A vessel underway and making way in fog shall sound every two minutes _one prolonged blast
83. A vessel which is fishing is required to show sidelights and a stern light only when Underway and making way
84. A weather forecast states that the wind will commence backing. In the Northern Hemisphere, this would indicate
that it will Shift in a counterclockwise manner
85. A weather forecast states that the wind will commence veering. In the Northern Hemisphere this indicates that the
wind will Shift in a clockwise manner
86. According to the Navigation Rules, all of the following are engaged in fishing EXCEPT a vessel ___ trolling
87. According to the text, leadership is often more associated with ? Paperwork
88. According to the text, which of the following statements is true? Leadership and management have some unique
functions with an area of overlap
89. Additional bottom stiffening is required immediately aft side of the collision bulkhead to resist: Pounding
90. After a partial discharge and prior to sailing, it is important to: carry out a cargo survey
91. After discharging a high density cargo a serious crack is found in an upper ballast tank amidships of a Bulk
Carrier; what must the Master do? Inform Designated Person Ashore (DPA) and call in Classification Society
92. After the discharge of Lube Oils, Lube Oil Additives, Phthalates and Olefins and before the loading of "high-
spec" cargoes on a chemical tanker, the test that might be expected to produce unsatisfactory results during
initial wall-wash analysis would be: Hydrocarbons.
93. All bridge member shall attended if there is available changing to passage plan : All the above
94. All requirements of the ISM code are to ensure that safe practices are taken into account in ship operation through
written procedures. These requirements include the following information: …All of these.
95. Although not required by the IMDG Code, on a container vessel, carrying Calcium Hypochlorite under
refrigeration is beneficial so as to: Prevent the cargo temperature increasing into the danger zone.
96. An aid to identifying land features at long range is: a chart with topographic details
97. An alarm signal consisting of seven short blast followed by one prolonged blast is sounded by the ship's whistle and
alarm bells. What are you to do? Go to your lifeboat station
98. An alarm signal consisting of seven short blasts followed by one long blast is sounded by the ship's whistle and the
alarm bells. What are you to do? Go to your lifeboat station (muster station).
99. An alien crewmember with a D-1 permit leaves the vessel in a foreign port and fails to return. The first
report you make should be to theIMigration Servies.
100. An anchored vessel on pilotage duty must show which light(s) at night? A white light over a red light and anchor
lights
101. An emergency situation on board must be reported to the company by: The fastest means available
102. An important physical property of LNG is the saturation vapour pressure. What is the IMO definition of the term
"saturated vapour pressure"? The pressure at which all of the vapour returns to the liquid state.
103. An occluded depression tends to move ……………….. slowly and irregularly.
104. Are there any exceptions from OPA-90 Yes, transit passage through US waters to a non US port
105. Area which shall be avoided by all ships or for ship by classification indeed is : No Go Area
106. Areas which the ship cannot go safely are shown by highlighting or cross hatching on a chart - What are these areas
called? No go areas
107. As a vessel changes course to starboard, the compass card in a magnetic compass Turns counterclockwise to port
108. As defined in the Rules, a towing light is a yellow light having the same characteristics as a(n) _____stern light
109. As per MARPOL 73/78, coal slurry, clay slurry, dextrose solution and molasses are classified as:Category Y
110. As per MARPOL, for control of discharge of Noxious Liquid Substances, the area(s) designated as “Special
Areas” are: The Mediterranean Sea, Baltic Sea, Black Sea, Red Sea, "Gulfs" Area, Gulf of Aden, Oman Area of the
Arabian Sea, Southern South African Waters, Antarctic and North-West European Waters.
111. As with heat burns the damage of frostbite /hypothermia may be either superficial or deep, and the affected tissues
may be destroyed. What kind of first aid should be given a person with frostbite ? Hand or body heat the affected
parts skin-to-skin (e.g. frozen hand in persons opposite armpit...)
112. Asthma is a distressing condition in which the muscles of the air passage go into spasm. How can the asthma attacks
be triggered off ? Nervous tension,allergy, or none obvious cause
113. At about GMT 1436, on 3 December 1981, the lower limb of the Moon is observed with a sextant having an index
error of 2.5' on the ar The height of eye is 32 feet. The sextant altitude (hs) is 3°38.8'. What is the observed altitude?
. Ho 4°29.1'
114. At least, how often shall life boats be launched with their assigned operating crew aboard and manoeuvred in the
water according to SOLAS? Every month
115. At the first point of aries and first point of libra, the sun's declination is 23.5 deg
116. At the horizon refraction is = 0 min ; 1min ; 34 min ; 16min
117. At the horizon, refraction: Is maximum
118. At what stage of a passage plan should light for making landfall and primary/secondary position fixing methods be
identified? At the planning stage
119. Augmentation at the horizon is 0.1 ; 0.3 ; 0.2 ; 0
120. Bale capacity compared to grain capacity is: less
121. Ballast introduced into a cargo tank on a chemical tanker which has been washed to such an extent that the ballast
contains less than 1 ppm of the substance previously carried may be discharged into the sea without regard to the
discharge rate, ship's speed and discharge outlet location, but under certain conditions, which require: That the
vessel is not less than 12 miles from the nearest land and is in water that is not less than 25 metres deep.
122. Ballast lines to deep tanks should be: blanked prior to loading dry cargo in them
123. Ballast lines to deep tanks should be: flooded to keep pumps primed
124. Barges being towed at night Must be lighted at all times
125. Basic procedures for bunkering operations on all ships require that……should personalty supervise all bunkering
operations. The chief engineer
126. Bearings picked up from a chart are: True bearings
127. Besides normal loads, the lashings of the containers stowed at the outboard part of the deck stow are additionally
subjected to: The effect of wind on the containers.
128. Best location to stow containers loaded with Calcium Hypochlorite would be: On deck, away from sources of heat.
129. Bulk liquid cargoes carried in flexi-tank containers are considered dangerous: When the associated material safety
data sheet shows a constituent(s) listed in the IMDG Code.
130. Bulkhead stiffeners are attached to the tank top by. Brackets
131. Bunkering procedures for all ships require that communication should be maintained with the shorelbarge staff in
charge of the transfer ? Continuous
132. Bunkering procedures on all ships require that the deck officer on watch be informed prior to the starting of
bunkering. This is because …… The bunkering flag has to be hoisted and the oil spill recovery team put on
stand-by.
133. By day, you sight a vessel displaying three shapes in a vertical line. The top and bottom shapes are balls, and the
middle shape is a diamond. It could be a _vessel engaged in replenishment at sea
134. Can apparent solar day be used for measuring time? yes
135. Cargo residues of certain chemical substances are permitted to be removed by ventilation. This may be
carried out provided that: The volume of the tank does not exceed 1750 cubic metres, the maximum remaining
residues are less than 75 litres and ventilation is additionally possible directly down the pumpstack.
136. Cargo sweat may be anticipated when: the dewpoint of ventilation air is above that in the hold
137. Cargoes referenced within the IMDG code may be anticipated to be: of a hazardous nature
138. Carriage of wet scrap steel borings, turnings and swarf in containers is generally considered dangerous, because:
This type of cargo will corrode the container.
139. Chemical burns in eyes or on the skin can cause severe damage. Some chemicals may be absorbed through the skin
and cause widespread and sometimes fatal damage within the body. What is the first main treatment if someone is a
victim of chemical burns? Remove any contaminated clothing and flood the affected area with slowly running water.
Make sure that the contaminated water drains away freely and safely.
140. Concerning a celestial observation, the azimuth angle is measured from the principal vertical circle to the
_____Greenwich celestial meridian
141. Containerised scrap metal fire is best extinguished by: Dousing with seawater.
142. Containers may NOT contain: dangerous cargo
143. Containers may NOT contain: livestock
144. Containers on Deck are secured: with twistlocks, rods and chains
145. Contingency theory is based on the assumption that the ideal leader: Shapes their leadership style depending on the
situation.
146. Dangerous cargo on a pallet should be stowed: In a secure container
147. Deck cargo stowage should: allow unobstructed view from Bridge
148. Define the required interval between position fixes. d. Such that the vessel cannot be set appreciable off
course, or into danger by the effects of wind, tide or current
149. Define the required interval between position fixes. Such that the vessel cannot be set appreciable off course, or into
danger by the effects of wind, tide or current
150. Define the required interval between position fixes.Such that the vessel cannot be set appreciable off course, or
into danger by the effects of wind, tide or current
151. Definitive information on whether a particular cargo is classified as a “Noxious Liquid Substance” (other than
products provisionally assessed) can be obtained from: The product groups within the list of cargoes contained
in the Chemical Data Guide for Bulk Shipment by Water.
152. Deviation in a compass is caused by the Influence of the magnetic materials of the vessel
153. Distance on a chart is measured using : Latitude scale
154. Due to exposure to heat fatigue, heat stroke and dehydration, what is the maximum recommended effective
temperature (ET) for full work load in enclosed spaces? 30.5°C ET?
155. During a loaded winter passage across the North Atlantic, the master of a container vessel would be most
concerned with: The added weight of icing on container stacks, leading to loss of GM.
156. During a loaded winter passage across the North Atlantic, the master of a container vessel would be most
concerned with: Metacentric height of the vessel.
157. During a normal voyage heat is transferred to the LNG cargo through the cargo tank insulation which causes
some boil off of the cargo. This boil off changes the composition of the LNG as more of the lighter components will
vaporise. Which component of the LNG cargo is likely to have a lower than original percentage on arrival at the
discharge port? Methane.
158. During a pre-loading survey prior to loading grain on a Bulk Carrier, very small amount of the previous grain
cargo is found in a cargo hold; what is the significance of this situation? The affected cargo hold should be
left empty
159. During abandon ship exercise, what life-saving equipment must be demonstrated? How to communic a te using
the hand-held radios
160. During cargo operations winch operators should: have a clear view of the work area
161. During loading dangerous goods, the documentation is incomplete regarding stowage and classification details.
The deck officer should: request the missing details before sailing
162. During loading of dangerous goods a package is dropped. Despite damaging the packaging the product can be
clearly seen and is not damaged. What should be done? Reject the package
163. During Marpol inspections by port state control inspectors ships have been detained because The oily water
separator filters were found dirty.
164. During Marpol inspections by port state control inspectors ships have been detained because An oil film was found
in the overboard discharge pipe of the oily bilge water separator.
165. Duties of the OOW also include one for the following People working on deck
166. ECDIS must have the capability to preserve the record of the voyage track for the previous 12 hours
167. Edges of land should be avoided if possible when position fixing by radar because of : the effect of vertical
beamwidth
168. Eductors are used within oil tanker cargo operations for: cargo stripping
169. Exposure to moderate concentrations of ammonia may cause: Instant death.
170. Fast moving high clouds are an indication of …good weather to come.
171. Fire in a container carrying chemicals is difficult to extinguish, because: Chemical fires always spread
instantaneously to other containers. , Chemical fires always spread instantaneously to other containers , Such
containers containing chemicals are always inaccessible.
172. For a container stowed in a position equidistant from the roll and pitch axes of a ship, what will quarter the
acceleration forces acting on it? Halving the roll period
173. For a ship operating or calling in US waters, COTP can request (OPA-90) Unannounced drills at any time
174. For general cargo, thorough hold preparation is required. This is mainly to ensure that: bilges are clean and working
175. For guidance on lashing arrangement of containers on-board the vessel, the most important document to refer
is:The Code for the Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing.
176. For how long is the health certificate valid for a seafarer above the age of 18? Two years.
177. For identification purposes at night, U.S. Navy submarines on the surface may display an intermittent flashing
light of which color? Red
178. For what period of time is the protection and environment committee elected? 1 - 2 years.
179. For what purpose would using a Lambert conformal chart be more convenient than using a Mercator? Plotting radio
bearings over a long distance
180. For which of the following ships, is the MARPOL convention applicable? For all listed vessels.
181. For which ships is the SOLAS convention applicable? For all vessels.
182. Freeboard is the vertical distance measured from the: Main Deck to the Waterline
183. From the list below, which is among the recommended actions for a vessel to take, on entering an area known for
pirate activity?" To transit with maximum safe speed
184. From where can the maneuvering characteristics of the vessel be obtained? Ships' particulars
185. Frontal depressions moue in families, each depression following its predecessor but in…………a slightly lower
latitude.
186. Full reference and details relating to dangerous goods will be found in which document? IMDG Code
187. Give the meaning of the following symbol: muster station
188. Great circles passing through the observer's zenith and nadir are called: Vertical circles
189. Groupthink is used to describe The positive aspects that accur when a group works together.
190. Guideline requirements for the carriage of bulk grain state that: following a cargo shift, the maximum heel must be
no ore than 12°
191. Gyrocompass repeaters reproduce the indications of the master gyrocompass. They are Accurate only in the Polar
regions
192. Handling fuel oils without proper care can lead to Overflow, pollution and gas formation.
193. He item marked 5 is a: Frame
194. How are ship's stability characteristics affected by Parametric Rolling? By the virtual loss of GM
195. How can the crew be helped to understand how they personally benefit from the SEP policy and how could their
perception of ownership be encouraged Through regular meetings at which the crew members are encouraged to
participate in the continuous development of the objectives of the SEP
196. How do the human body absorb toxicants? The human body absorb toxicants through respiration, skin and the
aliment channel
197. How frequent should reports from protection and environmental work be send to shore based management?
Annually.
198. How many annexes do we find in MARPOL and what is the content of annex 1? We find 6 annexes in
MARPOL and annex 1 is the regulations for the prevention of pollution by oil
199. How many time zones are there? 12
200. How much space would 300 tonnes of Tea with a stowage factor of 3.0 take up, if it had a broken stowage factor of
10%? 990 cubic metres
201. How often are "abandon ship" drills required to be held on cargo vessels according to SOLAS? Once every month.
202. How often are chart corrections published ?Monthly
203. How often are cumulative lists published ? Twice a year
204. How often are nautical almanacs published ? Annually
205. How often is a chart catalogue published? Annually
206. How often must manual steering be tested ? When there has been a steering failure
207. How often shall crew members participate in fire drills? Once every month
208. How often shall each member of the crew participate in an "abandon ship"-drill? Once every month
209. How should mild steel slabs be loaded in a bulk carrier? Interlocked across the entire cargo hold with the
longitudinal axes athwartships
210. How will you treat a seasick person? Leave him in bed or request him to have some fresh air.
211. How would the OOW be provide with an immediate check as to whether engine orders are being followed?
Telegraph
212. Hydrate formation may be a problem with some LPG cargoes. The hydrates may enter cargo pumps, block
lubricating passages, unbalance impellers and seize bearings. What is the most common practice to prevent such
problems? Inject a small quantity of freezing-point depressant into the pump.
213. Ideal leaders according to a survey were commonly characterized as all of the following except Cooperative
214. Identify this symbol: Emergency generator?
215. If immersed in a group that gives a person a sense of anonymity, a Persocould Unleash inhibitions because
of deindividuation
216. If a cargo tank on a chemical tanker is to be cleaned by recirculation with a low flash or static accumulator
product: All lids and other penetrations must be securely closed before recirculation is commenced.
217. If a tank container of liquid ammonia is engulfed in fire, it is recommended: To allow ventilation.
218. If depression has a large warm sector, it has a tendency to deepen.
219. If Mouth - to - Mouth (M-T-M) ventilation by itself is unsuccessful and the casualty's heart stops, or has stopped
beating, you must perform External Chest Compression (ECC) in conjunction with M-T-M. What is the complete
rate when performing ECC? Complete 30 compressions at the rate of 100 compressions per minute
220. If Mouth - to - Mouth (M-T-M) ventilation by itself is unsuccessful and the casualty's heart stops, or has stopped
beating, you must perform External Chest Compression (ECC) in conjunction with M-T-M. What is the rythm when
performing M-T-M in combination with ECC with one First Aider only ? a. 15 compressions followed by 2 full
ventilations.
221. If Mouth - to - Mouth (M-T-M) ventilation by itself is unsuccessful and the casualty's heart stops, or has stopped
beating, you must perform External Chest Compression (ECC) in conjunction with M-T-M. When performing ECC,
where do you place your hand on the casualty's body? b. Place the heel of your hand on the top of the heart
position. Cover the hand with the heel of the other hand.
222. If parts of an adjacent coastline do not show on the radar, one possible reason is the : presence of horizontal radar
shadow sectors
223. If pollution takes place, what would you do immediately? Report to relevant authorities.
224. If properly secured what benefits do high sided car carriers have over other ship types regarding seaworthiness?
Their large reserve buoyancy prevents capsizing
225. If sailing on a great circle track, which of the following is correct? The initial and final course will always be the
same what ever the intermediate course is
226. If the angle at the pole between the observer's meridian and the hour circle passing through a heavenly body • s
called: Local hour angle
227. If the cargo loading rate on a bulk carrier exceeds the de-ballasting rate and thereby affecting the hull stresses, the
OOW must Notify the terminal representative and ask him to stop loading for a while
228. If the highest part of the coast is not the first target detected, the most likely reason is : that the scanner is
positioned too low
229. If the vessel is between latitudes 5 - 20 degrees North, the most likely direction of movement of a storm is North
East.

230. In a longitudinally framed vessel transverse strength is maintained by fitting: Pillars

231. In case of pollution in US waters, do you always have to notify the National Response Center (OPA-90)
Yes, within thirty (30) minutes
232. In the figure, which letter gives the correct understanding of the term "LENGTH OVERALL"? Length
Overall is indicated by B, in the figure
233. In a 250,000 tonne VLCC, how many tonnes would typically be discharged by a single main cargo pump? 2,000
tonnes
234. In a 250,000 tonne VLCC, how many tonnes would typically be discharged by a single main cargo pump? 4,000
tonnes
235. In a longitudinally framed vessel transverse strength is maintained by Fitting: Deck Girders
236. In a single side skin bulk carrier of 155m in length constructed in 2000 and carrying cargo of density 1010 kg/cu.m.,
which cargo hold should be able to withstand flooding? The midships cargo hold
237. In a tropical revolving storm, “The eye” is a small central region of comparatively light winds and little clouds.

238. In discussing the properties of Noxious Liquid Substances, the criteria for defining Threshold Limit Value (TLV)
is: The maximum concentration of harmful vapour to which a worker may be exposed for a period of 15 minutes up
to 4 times within any 24 hour period without adverse respiratory effects.

239. In Figure shown, the section marked 4 is: A Flat Bar

240. In ideal conditions, the forward distance a propeller will move in one revolution of the shaft is the: Pitch
241. In latitude 42 36? N, a ship sails due east from Longitude 26 30? W to longitude 21 12? W . What departure has she
made? . 235.08 miles
242. In leadership trait theory what is a trait? A list of key characteristics that makes a leader great.
243. In meteorology, isobars are the lines joining places having the same pressure.
244. In meteorology, isotherms are the lines joining places having the same temperature.
245. In preparing a passage plan the effects of squat must be borne in mind, as under keel clearance gets reduced. Which
of these factors will cause the vessel to squat?Speed
246. In reading a weather map, closely spaced pressure gradient lines would indicate _________High winds
247. In relation ot OPA 90, Which of the following statement is correct? COTP-zones may have additional rules and
regulations
248. In respect of a chemical tanker, carrying category “X”, “Y” & “Z” Noxious Liquid Substances, the term “Clean
Ballast” as defined in the IBC Code means: Ballast water carried in a tank which, since it was last used to carry a
cargo containing a substance in category "X","Y" or "Z", has been thoroughly cleaned and the residues resulting
there from have been discharged and the tank emptied in accordance with the appropriate requirements of Annex II.
249. In shallow water a ship will experience "Squat". What are the principle reasons creating the effects of squat?
There is an increase in the water velocity and a decrease of water pressure around the ship's hull
250. In the celestial equator system of coordinates, what is comparable to latitude on the terrestrial sphere?. Declination
251. In the daytime, you see a large sailing vessel on the beam. You know that she is also propelled by machinery if
she shows A black cone
252. In the doldrums you will NOT have Steep pressure gradients

253. In the equation d = (t x s) r2, the quantity S is: The speed of the radar waves

254. In the Figure shown, the items marked 6 are: Bilge Brackets
255. In the situation illustrated, a ship is proceeding in the centre of the channel and approaching a bend in a river.
What helm would probably be required to safely round the bend and what other effects could be expected in this
situation? The heading should be carefully monitored, some port rudder may be required to start the swing,
though starboard rudder may be required to balance any bank rejection.
256. In the situation illustrated, what should be the power distribution of the tugs to maintain the ship sideways
motion with only minor changes in the ship's heading? Considerably more power on the aft tug than the
forward tug, while monitoring the ship's gyro heading
257. In the situation illustrated,what should be the distribution of the power requirements from the tugs, if the ship is
to be moved sideways without changing the heading? Both tugs have similar bollard pull and are of
conventional propulsion. Much greater power on the forward tug than on the after tug while monitoring the gyro
heading
258. In the vicinity of a tropical revolving storm, a prudent master will first determine which semicircle his ship is in
and then set a course to ? heave to ; get away from the dangerous semicircle ; Head for the lee of the nearest land ;
The centre of the storm.
259. In US waters "Oil Pollution Act of 1990" was activated in August 1993. What is the main issue for the introduction
of the act? To prevent oil spills in US waters?
260. In what latitude do tropical revolving storms generally originate ?0 to 25 degrees.
261. In which case is augmentation necessary: Sun
262. In which publication can characteristics be found? Ship's routeing
263. In which Publication can information on ship reporting be found? Ship Routeing
264. In which publication can information on VTS be found? Routeing Charts
265. In which publication will you find information pertaining to the general interest of the Mariner? Mariner's handbook
266. In which way may intake of poisoning material occur? By inhaling, skin penetrating, skin absorbing and swallowing
267. Information obtained from harbour authorities are called: Local warnings
268. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these instructions?
If the hot work is to be carried out at the bottom of the tank, the entire bottom shall be thoroughly cleaned and all
sediments removed.
269. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these instructions?
Before hot work or welding in tanks is started, a complete set of duly signed check lists and certificates shall be
provided.
270. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these instructions?
Tanks adjacent to the tank where work is to be carried out shall be cleaned and free of gas.
271. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these instructions?
Before the tank is entered, lifeline, rescue harness and compressed air apparatus shall be ready at the relevant hatch.
272. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these instructions?
The entering permit shall be based on the check-list for gas freeing and check-list for equipment and preparedness.
273. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these instructions?
The tank shall be mechanically ventilated as long as there are people inside it.
274. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. During ongoing inspection on work in cargo tanks, the gas concentration shall be checked: Every
second hour in the first 24 hours.
275. Instructions for "Preparation for welding or hot work in cargo tanks" is laid down by the Norwegian Maritime
Directorate. Which of the following requirements regarding welding or hot work corresponds to these instructions?
If it is decided that work shall be carried out, the decision and the reason for it shall be entered in the ship's log book.
276. Is it the duty of the master to meet personally at a Norwegian Consulate if he is called for by the head of the
Consulate? Yes
277. Is it the duty of the Master to see to it that legislation and CWA/CBA are available to seafarers on board? The
seafarers shall have available for their use the Seamen's and NIS-acts with regulations, together with all relevant
CWA's/CBA's.
278. Is the crew entitled to compensation if the master has to reduce the diet during a voyage? Yes
279. Is there any particular procedure to be followed when dismissing a seafarer? A hearing shall be held before a
committee on board.
280. Istortion of a vessels structure caused by rolling is called" Racking
281. It is considered especially necessary to continue to ventilate the tank and to continuously monitor the
atmosphere when working inside a cargo compartment which still contains vegetable oil residues, because: The
decomposing residues continue to release hazardous gases, reducing the levels of oxygen in the tank and making the
atmosphere potentially dangerous. ; Forced ventilation will create a hard "skin" on the residues, making them safer
to stand on. Testing the atmosphere will indicate when this skin has formed, as no further vapours will be released.
; For a tank which has contained vegetable oils, if it is continuously ventilated an Enclosed Space Entry
Permit is not required. However, for anyone entering the compartment without a permit in place, they must carry
an oxygen meter which continuously monitors the atmosphere
282. It has been established by experience that the most successful method of double banking two vessels, when no
tugs are available, is one of the following methods. Select which answer is considered the most successful metho
When both vessels are underway, fig. 1
283. It is masters responsibility to ensure that?. Concerned personnal carry out the on-board traing progamme
effectively.
284. It is the Master's responsibility of reviewing the Safety Management System and reporting its deficiencies to …the
shore based management
285. It is the Master's responsibility to ensure that: All information regarding the onboard training is given to the ship
manager.
286. It is the Master's responsibility to verify that the specific requirements (procedures and instructions) regarding the
Safety Management System are observed. Who will actually verifythis on board ? The Master
287. It is the responsibility of the Company to define and document the company's ………… which forms an integral
part of the Safety Management System ? safety management objectives
288. It is through ............. that group members can be inspired, motivated and guided to be successful and productive.
Leadership
289. It should be checked that the Company has documented that the Master has overriding responsibility and authority
as required ………by the SOLAS Convention
290. Line joining a place of equal magnetic variation is called: Isogonic line
291. Lines on a chart which connect points of equal magnetic variation are called Isogonic lines
292. Lines which shall follow for the ships to entering or outer an area Leading lines
293. LNG is often considered as an ideal gas when looking at the physical properties and characteristics. With reference
to the physical properties of gas mixtures which of the given options is the SIGTTO definition of the term 'mole'?
The mass that is numerically equal to the molecular mass.
294. LNG is one of the liquefied gases transported by sea. What is the IMO's definition of liquefied gases? Liquids
with a vapour pressure exceeding 2.8 bar absolute at +37.8 C and certain other chemicals listed in the Gas
Codes.
295. Longitudinal zones of the earth’s surface, each 15deg in extent, measured eastward and westward from longitude 0
deg are called:Zone time
296. MacGregor style steel hatchcouers are secured against unwanted movement by: side securing lugs
297. Magnetic compass deviation Is the angular difference between magnetic north and compass north
298. Magnetic variation changes with a change in The vessel's position
299. MARPOL - Annex IV. Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from ships. What do you understand by the word
"Sewage"? Drainage/waste from toilets/urinals.
300. MARPOL 73/78 defines ‘solidifying substances’ as: A noxious liquid substance which, in the case of a substance
with a melting point of less than 15°C which is at a temperature of less than 5°C above its melting point at the time
of unloading, or in the case of a substance with a melting point equal to or greater than 15°C which is at a
temperature of less than 10°C above its melting point at the time of unloading.
301. MARPOL 73/78 defines a ‘high viscosity substance’ as: A noxious liquid substance in category "X" or "Y" with a
viscosity equal to or greater than 50 mpa.s at the unloading temperature.
302. Mat entries must be made in the Oil Record Book - Part I (machinery space operations) about the condition of the
Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control system ? The time when the system was started and the time when the
system was stopped
303. Minority influence can Decrease creativity
304. Moulded beam is the measurement taken to the: Inside of the Plating
305. Moulded beam is the measurement taken to the:Inside of the Plating
306. New MARPOL regulations came into effect from July 93 stating that the previous instantaneous rate of
discharge of oil content (60 litters per nautical mile) was changed to: 30 litters per nautical mile
307. New MARPOL regulations came into effect from July 93 stating that the oily water separator which was
previously certified for 100 ppm be changed to: 15 ppm
308. NGA (NIMA) charts are adopting the metric system in order use the conversion lable found All of the above
309. NOAA VHF weather reports are continuously broadcast on VHF channels WX-1, WX-2 and WX-3 on a frequency
of 162.55, 162.40, 162.475 mhz
310. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations , are
deemed to present a hazard to either marine resources or human health or cause harm to amenities or other
legitimate uses of the sea and therefore justify a limitation on the quality and quantity of the discharge into the
marine environment". Such substances are: a category "Y" substance as identified in MARPOL Annex II,
and a liquid cargo that is prohibited for carriage in vessels other than type 1 chemical tanker, as defined in the IBC
Code
311. On 16 January 1981, you take a sight of a star. The sextant altitude (hs) is 4°33.0'. The temperature is -10°C, and the
barometer reads 992 millibars. The height of eye is 42 feet. The index error is 1.9' off the ar What is the observed
altitude (Ho)? C. 4°17.0'
312. On 21 January 1981, you observe a back sight of the Sun's lower lim The sextant altitude (hs) is 121°31.5'. The
index error is 2.5' on the ar The height of eye is 31 feet (9.3 meters). What is the observed altitude (Ho)? . 58°53.1'
313. On a roro vessel, in addition to longitudinal, transverse and vertical accelerations what else must be taken into
account when calculating the external forces acting on a cargo unit? Longitudinal forces by sea sloshing ;
Longitudinal and vertical forces by wind pressure ; Vertical and transverse forces by wind pressure ; I don’t know
314. On board passenger ships an abandon ship drill must be performed: Every week
315. On multi-purpose vessels, responsibility for the stowage and securing of containers is: Determined by the clauses of
the charter-party.
316. On the Beaufort scale, hurricane force corresponds to wind ………force 12.
317. On the diagram, what is the area at the forward end of the vessel shown by the letter "A"? It is normally raised by
318. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "AIR DRAUGHT" given. Which one is the correct
one? Air draught is given by C on the figure
319. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "AFT" shown. Which one is the correct one? Aft is
defined as A on the figure
320. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "AIR DRAUGHT" given. Which one is the correct
one? Air draught is given by D on the figure
321. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "ASTERN" shown. Which one is the correct one?
Astern is defined as D on the figure
322. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "BOLLARD" given. Which one is the correct one?
Bollard is given by D on the figure
323. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "BREADTH" given. Which one is the correct one?
Breadth is given by B on the figure
324. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "CENTRE LINE" given. Which one is the correct
one? Centre line is given by A on the figure
325. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "MIDSHIPS" given. Which one is the correct one?
Midships is given by B on the figure
326. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "QUAY" given. Which one is the correct one? Quay
is given by A on the figure
327. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "STARBOARD QUARTER" given. Which one is
the correct one? Starboard quarter is given by C on the figure
328. On the figure there are four (4) possible definitions of the term "WINDLASS" given. Which one is the correct one?
Windlass is given by B on the figure
329. On the pole side of the high pressure belt in each hemisphere, the pressurediminishes. The winds along these
gradients are diverted by the Earth's rotation toward the east and are known as the Prevailing westerlies
330. On what kind of document shall working hours on board ships be kept? On a time sheet arranged by the Norwegian
Maritime Directorate
331. On what type of charts would you draw coastal and estuarial tracks? Medium scale charts
332. On-board training in the use of davit-launched liferafts (including inflation and lowering whenever practicable) must
take place Every 3 months
333. One finding of the risky shift effect is......That group decisions are often risker when groupthink sets in.
334. OPA-90 is referring to a Qualified Individual (QI) QI is an authorised individual, situated in the US, and
contracted by the owner or operator of the vessel
335. Panting stresses are most severe: Forward
336. Planning for a heavy lift, the preferred derrick type would be: Hallen swinging
337. Planning for a heavy lift, the preferred derrick type would be: Velle
338. Portable lights should be removed from work areas after use. The most important reason is to: reduce the safety
hazard
339. Portable lights should be removed from work areas after use. The most important reason is to: meet SOLAS
requirements

340. Positions obtain by radar : should only be used in restricted visibility

341. Possible shifts of grain cargo may be controlled by: "saucers-filled with bagged grain
342. Possible shifts of grain cargo may be controlled by: maintaining a low GM
343. Priming of the tides occurs When the Moon is between new and first quarter and between full and third
Quarter
344. Prior to entering a space the oxygen level should be shown to be at least: 21%
345. Prior to loading a refrigerated cargo scrupulous preparations are required. The most vital precaution is: chilling units
set to maximum cooling
346. Prior to loading heavy lift cargoes on a General Cargo Vessel, it must be ensured that: There are minimum free
surface moments in tanks.
347. Prior to preparing and cleaning holds in preparation for bulk cargo it is important to: increase ventilation
348. Prior to preparing and cleaning holds in preparation for bulk cargo it is important to: consult the IMO Code of
Practice
349. Racking stresses can be reduced by fitting a good system of: Deck Girders
350. Radar does not transmit continuously because it would: reduce the life of components
351. Radar makes the most accurate determination of the ____B. Distance to a target

352. Radar navigational techniques should : only be used in poor visibility

353. Radar uses pulse transmission in order to: detect close range targets
354. Railway Iron as far as possible should be stowed fore & aft
355. Railway Iron as far as possible should be stowed on deck
356. Referring to the SOLAS convention, how often should a crew member on a cargo ship participate in one abandon
ship drill and one fire drill? Monthly
357. Refraction correction must always be: Subtracted
358. Region grooves traffic for ships does range TSS Traffic in shore's lines, traffic corresponds to that region is : Range
of Traffic
359. Research on working in pairs, teams, or in groups has shown that. Collaborations can be productive
360. Rigging a Jumbo Derrick for a heavy lift, which of the following is standard practice? To put winches in double gear
361. Right ascension is measured: Westward from aries
362. Route with prescribed bounds where ships shall get navigations with extra caution is Precautionary area
363. Safe water buoys may show ONLY . White lights
364. Safety management objectives of the Company should amongst other things establish ……sources of information
concerning operational pollution prevention for joint departmental use and consultation in case of emergency
365. Sailing vessels are stand-on over power-driven vessels except ___when they are the overtaking vessel
366. Settlement of disputes, not belonging to the category of the NIS Act, outside Norway between the master and any of
the crew regarding wages, the ship service or the employment relationships in general shall be brought before: The
Norwegian Consulate
367. Severe pains in the chest occur when the coronary arteries, which supply blood to the heart, become too narrow for
sufficient oxygenated blood to reach the muscles of the heart. Normally these attacks only last a few minutes, and
the pain stops if the casualty rests. What kind of medicine to be taken when an Angina Pectoris attack occurs? Nitro
glycerine tablets
368. Shall every seafarer bring with him a valid health certificate issued as per Norwegian provisions? Yes
369. Shall the seafarer receive a statement showing the calculation of his wages? Yes, showing how it has been calculated
and with possible deductions.
370. Ships of 10.000 tons gross tonnage and more, shall be fitted with oil filtering equipment, complying with Reg.14
(7) of MARPOL for the control of machinery space bilges. What would be the maximum oil content of oily-water
mixture to pass through the filter? Plugging the scuppers
371. Ship's speed through water is measured in Knots
372. Should the Master's authority be emphasized in the Safety Management system ? The Company should ensure that
the SMS operating on board the ship contains a clear statement emphasizing the Master's authority
373. Social comparasion theory is offered as one explanation for .............Pluralistic ignorance
374. South Westerlies and Roaring Forties are general surface wind in which of the following latitudes ? 40 - 60
degrees.
375. Stack allowable weights on a container vessel should not be exceeded because this can cause: The GM toys
become excessive leading to high roll accelerations.
376. Storms along a cold front are usually short-lived and sometimes violent, while storms along a warm front produce
precipitation over a large area, and are sometimes violent.
377. Sun rays and light reflected from a bright surface (e.g. sea); can cause damage to the skin and eyes. What is this
type of burn called? Radiation burns
378. Target ranges are obtained from: the range marker
379. Targets echoes appear along a line called the : heading marker
380. The safety objectives and requirements of a Company may be standards required by the ISMcode ? set above
381. The dangers associated with carriage of empty tank containers is that: They may not be declared as being
empty.
382. The following vessels are all required to make the same sound signal when in or near an area of restricted
visibility: a vessel not under command; a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre; a vessel constrained by her
draught / a sailing vessel; a vessel engaged in fishing; a vessel engaged in towing or pushing another vessel. What is
that signal? One prolonged blast at intervals at not more than two minutes
383. The height of eye correction is smaller than geometrical dip because of Terrestrial refraction
384. The highest level of commercial navigational accuracy is provided by DGPS, within a coverage area
385. The Safety Management System should ensure in the first place …compliance with mandatory Rules and
Regulations.
386. The angle at the observer contained between the plane of the sensible horizon and the direction of his visible horizon
is called: dip
387. The angle of repose of a bulk cargo is defined as: ? the smallest angle from the horizontal to which a substance can
be raised without it shifting ; the smallest angle from the vertical to which a substance can be raised without it
shifting ; the greatest angle from the vertical to which a substance can be raised without it shifting ; the greatest
angle from the horizontal to which a substance can be raised without it shifting
388. The angle subtended at the observer's eye by the horizontal distance between two objects is known as : Horizontal
sextant angle
389. the arc of a vertical circle through a body or the angle at the center of the earth contained between the observer’s
zenith and the centre of the body is called: Calculated zenith distance
390. The athwartships cross section structure shown here is a: Flat Plate Keel
391. The Beaufort scale, storm force corresponds to wind ……force 10 and above.
392. The best land target to use for radar ranging is : a small rock
393. The best way to identify an IED is to? Recognize its components.
394. The bridge is informed by an eye-witness that a man has just fallen overboar Which of the following manoeuvres is
the most appropriate action when the person is still close to the vessel? Scharnow Turn
395. The carriage of bulk grain cargo should be carried out as directed under the rules of: the SOLAS (IMO) Grain Rules
396. The cause for ice accumulation on the ship is due to freezing of sea spray at the temperature below …… 0 degree
C
397. The centre of pressure, on a bulkhead flooded on one side to a depth, h. measured from the bottom is: 0.33 h
398. The centre of pressure, on a bulkhead flooded on one side to a depth, h. measured from the bottom is: 0.5 h
399. The centre of pressure, on a bulkhead flooded on one side to a depth, h. measured from the bottom is: 0.33 h
400. The chronometer which was losing 8 seconds every day was 4m 48s fast on GMT on 20th March. What will be the
error on 4th April? 5m 48s
401. The Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing was prepared to give guidance for: Securing of deck
cargoes.

402. The commonest type of radar scanner is the : Horizontal slotted waveguide
403. The Company must be sure that the Master is ……………. properly qualified for command.
404. The Company should ensure that the Master is informed of all requirements relating to safety and environmental
protection by ………including such requirements in operating instructions.
405. The compass rose on a nautical chart indicates both variation and Annual rate of variation change
406. The condition in which the greatest pounding stresses are liable to occur is: In ballast, head sea
407. The connecting plate between a side frame and a transverse deck beam is called a: Knee
408. The connection of frames and beams at deck level between the bulkheads is designed to resist: Racking
409. The correct order to follow while planning a passage would be plan, monitor, execute, appraise.
410. The 'Critical Temperature' is important when dealing with liquefied gas cargoes. What is the IMO Gas Codes'
definition of the term 'Critical Temperature'? It is the temperature above which a gas cannot be liquefied by
pressure alone..; It is the temperature at which a cargo of liquefied gas must be carried.; It is the temperature at
which liquefied gas cargoes give off flammable vapours..; It is the temperature at which vapours from a liquefied
gas cargo will self- ignite.
411. The densities of most hydrocarbon gas mixtures which evolve from normal petroleum products are greater than
the density of air. What would be the approximate relative density of a mixture of 50% by volume of air and
propane relative to 100% air? 2.0
412. The direction of the centre of the tropical revolving storm may be found by Buys Ballot's law, namely face the
wind and ? the center of the storm will be right behind you about a point on your left. ; the center of the tropical
storm will be ahead about a point to the right. ; the centre of the storm is to your left if you are in Northern
hemisphere and to your right if you are in Southern hemisphere. ; in the Northern hemisphere the centre of the storm
will bear 8 to 12 points to the right.
413. The direction of wave encounter that is most likely to cause a parametric roll condition on large container
ships is: Beam seas.
414. The discharge of oily mixtures is not allowed within special areas unless, with exemption of processed engine room
bilge water, unless certain conditions are satisfied. Which of these conditions must be satisfied ? II, IV, V, VII, VIII
415. The Dock Water Allowance is calculated as a proportion of the: Fresh Water Allowance
416. The effective stability of a tug, when assisting a vessel to manoeuvre, can be decreased by hydrodynamic
interaction with the ship it is assisting. Where is the most dangerous position of the tug relative to the ship, for this
adverse affect to be found? The most dangerous position is where the tug approaches the bow rounding the forward
shoulder of the larger vessel.
417. The effectiveness of a rudder is dependant on the flow of water past the rudder. If the rudder is put hard over
when the ship is at full ahead in deep water, and then the engines are stopped, how much lift force remains? About
20 %
418. The emergency fire pump is in accordance with good seamanship and precautionary routines run and tested weekly.
Routine checks and maintenance are normally carried out by dedicated personnel. To ensure safe and appropriate
operation of the pump, would you consider it beneficial that the same dedicated personnel operate the pump in
emergencies? In case of accidents, it is important that a wide range of personnel must be permitted and trained to
operate the pump. ; To ensure safe operation of the emergency pump,only dedicated personnel must be permitted to
operate the pump. ; Only senior engineers should operate the emergency pump. ; Only senior deck officers should
operate the emergency pump.
419. The error in the measurement of the altitude of a celestial body, caused by refraction, increases as the . Altitude of
the body decreases
420. The eye of the tropical revolving storm is an area with light wind but with seas that are very high and confused.

421. The Figure shows a: Bulwark Stanchion

422. The final valve between the ship's side and the onshore terminal is called the: Manifold Valve
423. The function of the waueguide is to: block the transmitter during reception / Conduct pulses to and from the
scanner
424. The functional requirements for a Safety Management System is to develop, implement and maintain a system
which includes the following…a safety and environmental protection policy 2) instructions and procedures to ensure
safe operations and protection of the environment.
425. The geographical mean between two latitudes is called: Middle latitude
426. The hinge on which a rudder turns is called a: Gudgeon
427. The horizontal distance between the forces of Buoyancy and Gravity acting on a vessel when heeled by wind or
waves is called the: Righting Lever
428. The IMO Code requires protection against spillage of the most dangerous products (ethyl ether, antiknock lead
compounds such as TML and TEL etc) by prescribing that: They shall be carried in cargo tanks independent of the
ships hull structure?
429. The IMO Convention that is not applicable to a general cargo vessel when it is carrying timber deck cargoes
is: SOLAS 74/78.
430. The IMO regulations for Timber Deck Cargoes require: a taut lifeline on the ship's C/L
431. The IMO regulations for Timber Deck Cargoes require: lifelines to be rigged on the Port & Stbd sides
432. The intact volume of a vessel above the waterline is called:Reserve Buoyancy
433. The item of structure numbered 10 in the Figure given is a: Breast Hook
434. The item of structure numbered 11 in the given Figure is a: Wash Plate

435. The item of structure numbered 12 is a: Stern Bearing

436. The item of structure numbered 9 in the given Figure is a: Panting Stringer
437. The level of database information which cannot be removed from the ECDIS display and consists of
information which is required at all times in all geographic areas and under all circumstances is the Display base
information
438. The LHA of the body when on the observer's meridian is ___. 270?
439. The lights required by the Rules must be shown ONLY from sunset to sunrise
440. The lights required by the Rules must be shown from sunrise to sunset in restricted visibility
441. The longitudinal curve of the deck is called: Sheer
442. The lower end of the stem bar is attached to a: Keel Plate

443. The magnetron sends the R.F. pulses to the : display unit
444. The magnitude of three stars is indicate Which star is the brightest? B. Altair + 0.9

445. The main component in the display unit is the : cathode ray unit

446. The main component of the transmitter is the: power supply

447. The Master is responsible that all crew participate in monthly emergency drills. If 25% of the crew - or more - has
not participated in such drill during the last month, what is the time limit to conduct such a drill after the vessel has
left a port? Within 12 hrs
448. The Master's review reporting on the Safety Management system should include any deficiencies and may include
proposals for corrective action and recommendations for improving the SMS.
449. The method used to plot ship?S position when only one navigational mark is available and radar cannot be used to
find the distance off is called ______A running fix
450. The minimum number of transverse bulkheads required for a vessel with machinery aft is: Three
451. The most appropriate measure to reduce the build-up of ice on containers during a sea passage is to: Heave to and
wait for ambient temperature to rise to safe levels.
452. The most appropriate method for adjusting the trim on a container vessel would be: By internal shift of ballast.
453. The most common form of solid precipitation is Snow
454. The most important consideration, in terms of stress, when planning stowage of containers on a container vessel
would be: Distribution and weight of the containers.
455. The period of the day between the time when the Sun's center is 6 deg. below the horizon and sunrise, or between
the time of sunset and that when the Sun's center is 6 deg. below the horizon is called : civil twilight
456. The pipe which directs the anchor cable from the windlass to the chain locker is called a: Spurling
457. The preferred method of radar position fixing for greatest accuracy is : taking a radar range and radar bearing
458. The primary reason for ventilating holds is to: maintain cargo in the optimum condition
459. The Prime meridian is at: 80 deg long ; 90 deg long ; 45 deg long ; 0 deg long.
460. The principal reason for cargo segregation is to: keep apart cargo that should not be mixed
461. The purpose of radar is to enable: The range and bearing of objects to be obtained

462. The purpose of the anodes in the CRT. Is to : attract the electrons to the screen
463. The restriction of overtime work is that the person shall not be required, under normal circumstances, to work more
than: 14 hours per day
464. The rudder is hard over when steaming at full ahead in shallow water. How much "lift force" remains when the
engine is stopped? About 10 %
465. The safety management objectives of the Company should amongst other things include continuous improvement of
safety management skills of personnel including preparing for emergencies related to safety and environmental
protection
466. The safety management objectives of the Company should amongst other things provide for …safe practices in ship
operation and a safe working environment
467. The scale on a chart is given as 1:5,000,000. This means that 1 inch is equal to 5,000,000 inches on the Earth's
surface
468. The ship is approaching shallow water where the Under Keel Clearance will reduce to about 0.25 of the ship's
draught. Which of the following answers most accurately summarizes the aspects to be considered when deciding a
suitable speed? All of the suggested answers
469. The ship is berthed in a steady offshore beam wind of 30 knots which suddenly increases to 60 knots. What
will be the change of force exerted on the ship driving it off the jetty? The force will be Quadrupled
470. The ship is in a sharp starboard turn and the Doppler log shows a sideways motion to port at both forward and aft
positions. Where would the "pivot point" be considered to be located? At a position outside the hull of the ship itself
471. The small circle of the celestial sphere parallel to the celestial equator, and transcribed by the daily motion of the
body, is called the ___B. Parallel of declination
472. The small circle on the earth's surface bounding the observer's view at sea is called: None of the other options
473. The SMS (Safety Management System) should ensure, amongst other things, that applicable codes, guidelines and
standards recommended by………..are taken into account. All of these.

474. The steel section shown here will be used to construct a: Bulkhead
475. The Stowage Factor is the: volume per unit of weight
476. The subject of minority influence refers to? When the minority opinion in not able to sway the majority opinion
477. The term "power-driven vessel" refers to any vessel _with propelling machinery in use
478. The time of position at which a planet is farthest to the sun is called : perihelion
479. The top of a stern frame is connected to the vessel's structure at the: Transom Floor
480. The transformational leadership style Encourages group members to transform themselves into better people
481. The transmitted pulse length is determined by the action of the : magnetron
482. The transmitter P.R.F. is determined by the : trigger unit
483. The transverse curve of the deck is called: Camber

484. The type of framing shown in the drawing of this ship cross section is: Longitudinal

485. The type of rudder in the Figure is: Unbalanced

486. The type of weld shown here is a: Fillet

487. The type of weld shown in Figure is a: Butt ◄ (seharusnya Tee Joint)
488. The unit which radiates the radar pulse is the: scanner

489. The unit which sends returning ragets echoes to the receiver is the: scanner unit
490. The uppermost continuous hull plating is called the: Sheer Strake
491. The use of radar ranges in preference to radar bearings for position fixing is because : they are more accurate
492. The value of GZ is no longer able to be calculated using GM Sine Angle of Heel formula at? Small angles of
heel.
493. The value of the GZ lever at small angles of heel on a General Cargo Vessel can be denoted by the formula: KN -
KG x Sin angle of list.
494. The values of the Greenwich hour angle and declination, tabulated in all almanacs, are for the _____. Centers of the
various celestial bodies
495. The vertical distance measured from the deck line to the centre of the load line disc is the: Statutory Freeboard
496. The vertical distance top to top between the load line marks S and F is the: Fresh Water Allowance
497. The vessels structure foreside the collision bulkhead is stiffened to resist: Panting & Pounding
498. The void space between a cargo tank and the machinery space of a crude tanker is called: A Cofferdam
499. The weight a vessel can carry is called the: Deadweight
500. There are three levels of burning, namely:*Superficial *Intermediate*Deep burns (also called full-thickness burns)
A large burn will almost certainly contain areas of all three grades. How many per cent of the body may be burned
before the danger of shock occurs? 15 percent

501. This drawing shows a: Bulwark Stanchion

502. This is a conventional distinction made between managers and leaders. Managers maintain while leaders develop
503. Threshold Limit Value (TLV) is the maximum concentration of a substance that should be present in: an
atmospheric sample
504. To fix the ship's position by horizontal sextant angle you need at least _. 3 objects
505. To many, the word management suggests Efficiency
506. To measure distance on a Mercator chart between the parallels of LAT 34°30'N and LAT 31°30'N, which 30 mile
scale should be used? C. 32°45'N to 33°15'N
507. To navigate a ship safely and support the bridge team, it is essential that the passage plan is made from berth to berth
508. To prevent water entering the space below, door openings on the weather deck should be constructed with
approved: Sills
509. To which of these does semi diameter correction not apply: stars
510. Trade winds are the general surface wind in which of the following latitudes ? 60-90 degrees ; 05-25 degrees ; 00-30
degrees. ; 25-60 degrees.
511. Tropical revolving storms are accompanied by ? heavy rains sometimes with thunder and lightning. ; dense fog. ;
very cold air and sometimes hail ; slight wind and heavy rain.
512. Ullage is the term used to describe: the vertical space above a liquid cargo
513. Unconscious casualties who are breathing and whose hearts are beating should be placed in the Recovery Position.
Why is this position so important? a. The position ensures that an open airway is maintained.
514. Under ISM, any responsibility imposed on the Company by the ISM Code which is subcontracted……becomes the
responsibility of that subcontractor
515. Under ISM, can a company contract with third parties to manage specific ship related activities such as manning,
technical support or maintenance ? Yes, it is allowed
516. Under ISM, during assessment for issue and compliance with a DOC the auditor must be satisfied that the company
is in control of …all activities concerning the Safety Management System which have been subcontracted.
517. Under ISM, how could it be assessed whether or not the Master has effectively implemented the Safety and
Environmental Protection policy as defined by the Company By the state of cleanliness on board
518. Under ISM, if the Company has subcontracting arrangements for manning, technical support or maintenance, how
many Documents of Compliance are to be issued ? Only one DOC can be issued to the Company
519. Under ISM, is shipboard presence required by the Designated Person ? Every 2 to 3 months
520. Under ISM, the company should define and document the responsibility, authority and interrelation of all personnel
who manage, perform and verify work relating to and affecting safety and pollution prevention. How ? By charts
and/or job descriptions to identify positions related to safety and pollution prevention activities for each functional
area
521. Under ISM, the Company should establish ………….to describe how the objectives of the ISM code willbe
achieved. a safety and environmental policy
522. Under ISM, the holder of the DOC or Document of Compliance is the company who ………..the ship. Has assumed
responsibility for the operation of
523. Under ISM, the master must implement the Company's Safety and Environmental policy and should issue
appropriate orders and instructions in a clear and simple manner. How is this to be done ? Tell what is expected in a
casual and amicable way during social gatherings to officers and crew
524. Under ISM, the overriding authority of the Master applies ……………. In both normal and extreme circumstances
525. Under ISM, the responsibility and authority of the Designated Person should include……monitoring the safety and
pollution prevention aspects of the operation of each ship
526. Under ISM, what kind of support is to be provided to the Designated Person in order to carry out his functions ?
Adequate resources and shore based support
527. Under ISM, what methods should be used to motivate the crew to observe the Safety and Environmental protection
policy ? Ensure that the crew understand how they will personally benefit from the implementation as well as
encouraging reception of ownership
528. Under ISM, what qualifications are required by the Designated Person ? Appropriate knowledge and experience
associated with verification and control of safety and pollution prevention requirements of the ISM code
529. Under ISM, who is responsibility to implement the Company's Safety and Environmental Policy on board ? The
Master's
530. Under ISM, who should motivate the crew to observe the Safety and Environmental policy on board ? The Master
531. Under the ISM code the Company must ensure that the Safety and Environmental Policy known and maintained at
all levels of the organisation both ship based as well as shore based.
532. Under the ISM code, what is meant by a non-conformity ? A situation which indicates the non-fulfillment of a
specific requirement
533. Under the ISM Code, what is understood by the Shipping Company or “The Company” ?The Owner
534. Variation is not constant; it is different with every change in Geographical location
535. Variation is the angular measurement between Compass north and true north
536. Verification of the master's qualifications should be done firstly by interview of the candidate with emphasis
on safety and environmental awareness.
537. vessel constructed without bulkheads on the main cargo deck will be assigned the class notation: Ro-Ro
538. Vessels engaged in fishing may show the additional signals described in Annex II to the Rules when they are
In close proximity to other vessels engaged in fishing
539. Vessels engaged in fishing may show the additional signals described in Annex II to the Rules when they are
Fishing in a traffic separation zone
540. Vessels of less than what length may not impede the passage of other vessels which can safely navigate only within
a narrow channel or fairway? 20 meters
541. Water is drained from an exposed deck by: Freeing Ports
542. Water Jel is a unique product regarding protection and first aid of burns. Water Jel is delivered in different sizes.
Biggest is a carpet with the size 182cm x 152 cm. What is the highest temperature the Water Jel carpet is resistant
against? 1530 C
543. Welding and use of open flames on board tankers in operation are subject to regulation laid down by the Norwegian
Maritime Directorate (Norwegian Ship Control Legislation - NSCL). Which of the listed requirements regarding
washing and gas freeing before hot work in cargo tanks corresponds to these regulations? (NSCL 22/1294/5). The
atmosphere in the tank where hot work is to be carried out, and adjacent tanks shall be checked immediately prior to
commencement of hot work.
544. What roll amplitude is generally used by classification societies in calculating rolling forces? 24 - 30 degrees
545. What would be the correct understanding of the term "a ship is directionally unstable"? When the rudder is
kept amidships, the ship will continue on a straight course
546. What air masses generally move eastward, toward Europe?Maritime polar Atlantic
547. What alarm signal must be sounded by the alarm bells in case of fire? The signal which is stated in the muster list
548. What are planets which are closer to the sun called? Inferior planets
549. What are the advantages of ballasting double bottom ballast tanks by gravity filling on a Bulk Carrier? There is
minimum pressure head on the tank top and pumps are not required
550. What are the average total working hours per week that must be exceeded over a period of at most one year on board
NIS ships? 56 hors
551. What are the best means of verifying that specked requirements (procedures and instructions) regarding the Safety
Management System are observed ? By dividing the responsibility amongst officers who have to keep their own
Safety Work Book
552. What are the duties of a master if a seafarer gets ill at sea? All the other mentioned alternatives according to the
situation
553. What are the duties of a master if he has to leave a sick or injured seafarer behind in a foreign port? Notify nearest
Norwegian Consulate
554. What are the duties of the master if a seafarer dies in service on board? The master shall notify next of kin/
Norwegian Consulate - arrange for burial/ repatriation of coffin/ashes - and maritime inquiry
555. What are the effects of a bulk vessel loading a high density cargo resulting in a large metacentric height (GM)?
Have a fast roll period and possibly suffer racking stresses
556. What are the functions of a flag state administration? They have responsibility for setting, monitoring and
enforcing standards of safety and pollution prevention on vessels flying the countries flag
557. What best describes the leader-follower relationship? Leadership and followership merge and are linked concepts
558. What can lead to "Unlimited responsibility" (OPA-90) Wilful misconduct, gross negligence and violation of Federal
Safety
559. What charts are used for coasting, pilotage waters and plotting waypoints Large scale
560. What charts are used for plotting Great circle courses. Gnomonic
561. What could happen if a bulk vessel failed to display placards notifying the crew of the disposal of garbage within
and outside Special Areas? The vessel could be detained by port state control authorities
562. What day-shape would a vessel at anchor show during daylight? One black ball
563. What differences in design are there between a standard cargo hold and a cargo hold which can also be used for
ballast on a Bulk Carrier? This hold does not have ventilators
564. What do you call the area where the ship can safely navigate ? Safe water
565. What does heaving result in? Shearing of container twistlocks
566. What does STCW deal with? STCW deals with minimum recommendation of education for seafarers and
minimum standards for training centre and schools
567. What does the abbreviation SOLAS mean? International Convention for the Safety of Lives at Sea
568. What does the abbreviation STCW stand for? The International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping of Seafarers

569. What does the lower figure represent? Mean resultant

570. What does the term OIL mean, as used in the Oil Pollution Regulations? All of the mentioned
571. What does this control on the radar indicate? (see figure) Performance monitor.
572. What equipment for fog signals is required for a vessel 20 meters in length? Whistle and bell only
573. What governs the disposal of dry bulk cargo residues at sea? The Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes
574. What great circle is always needed to form the astronomical triangle?Celestial Meridian
575. What hazards are associated with the carriage of wood pellets in bulk? Spontaneous combustion and self-heating
576. What IMO conventions take care of the human safety at sea? It is the SOLAS conventions that take care of the
human safety at sea
577. What instrument is used for taking bearings of celestial bodies/objects? Azimuth circle
578. What is a "passenger" according to SOLAS regulations? Every person other than the Captain and the members of
the crew or other persons employed or engaged onboard the ship in the business of that ship.
579. What is a chronometer used for? Indicating GMT
580. What is a combination of great circle and parallel sailing known as? Parallel track sailing
581. What is a contingency plan for ships? Plan for safety preparedness
582. What is a position shown on the chart, where a planned change of status will occur? Waypoint
583. What is a requirement for any action taken to avoid collision? The action must be positive and made in ample time.
584. What is a routeing measure aimed at the separation of opposing streams of traffic by establishing traffic lanes
called? Traffic separation scheme
585. What is a transformational leader? A leader who inspires the workers to new levels by offering them a vision of a
better future.
586. What is an advantage of the magnetic compass aboard vessels? It is reliable due to it's essential simplicity.
587. What is essential to ensure that efficient stripping of ballast tanks on a Bulk Carrier can be achieved? A good stern
trim is maintained during de- ballasting operations
588. What is full form of VRP (OPA-90) Vessel Response Plan
589. What is Hypothermia and how is it cured? Body temperature below 35C / Heat the body
590. What is mean by bulk Grain cargoes have a low angle of repose? Liable to shift
591. What is meant by a "Safety Management system" ? A structured and documented system enabling personnel on
board to implement the company safety and environment protection policy.
592. What is meant by a major non-conformity under the ISM code ? A deviation from the ISM code which poses a
serious threat to safety of ship or personnel or to the Environment
593. What is no.12 ? (see figure) CRT
594. What is no.4 ? (see figure)c. Modulator
595. What is obtained by working out a long by chron of sun ? none of the other options
596. What is pelorus used for? Taking bearings
597. What is post-heroic leadership theory? A theory which states that there is too much emphasis on leaders and more
attention should be placed on followers.
598. What is Skinner's A-B-C of behaviourism? Antecedents-behaviour-consequences
599. What is SOPEP? A Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan
600. What is the alcohol content in the blood permissible under US legislation before it is defined as intoxication? 0,04
%
601. What is the average distance of the sun from the earth? 9,300 million miles ; 930million miles ; 93 million miles ;
9.3 million miles
602. What is the basic principle of the magnetic compass? The Earth's magnetic lines of force are parallel to the surface
of the Earth.
603. What is the circle of the celestial sphere on which a heavenly body appears to moue daily across the sky From east
to west, rising in the east and setting in the west called? Diurnal motion
604. What is the closest point of approach of target A ? Between 4 - 5 miles
605. What is the closest point of approach of target A ? Less than 0.9 mile
606. What is the common name for hurricanes, typhoons or cyclones ? Tropical revolving storms.
607. What is the definition of a waypoint ? A way point is a position where the ships course is to
608. What is the diameter about which the earth rotates? Axis
609. What is the difference between the Safety Representative and the Working Environment Committee's area of
activity? The Safety Representative's field is the work situation, the committee’s the total environment, also spare
time
610. What is the disadvantage of using High Tensile Steel (HTS) in ship construction? Enhanced vibration in HTS areas
611. What is the first sign and symptom of a Cardiac Infarction? Sudden crushing, vice-like pain in the centre of the chest
612. What is the general emergency alarm signal as specified in SOLAS ? seven or more short blasts followed by one
long blast
613. What is the line drawn on the chart around the no-go areas at a distance such that, any part of the ship being
navigated will not pass? Margin of safety
614. What is the line roughly following the 180th meridian called ? The date line
615. What is the main reason that LPG boil-off gas is unsuitable for use in the vessel's fuel supply? LPG vapour is
heavier than air at atmospheric conditions and represent a risk as they may accumulate in machinery spaces.
616. What is the main rules as to period of notice of termination as per the Seamen's Act? One month
617. What is the master's position if he is asked to load a container that is incorrectly manifested, but which is
believed to contain dangerous goods, about which insufficient information is supplied? He must load it, but
immediately advise his operations department and request full information.
618. What is the maximum declination of the sun? 23 deg 26.7min N or S
619. What is the maximum oil content in the sludge/ bilge water allowed to be pumped over board during a voyage?
30 litres per nautical mile

620. What is the meaning of this symbol ? Lifeboat

621. What is the meaning of this symbol ? Lifebuoy with light and smoke

622. What is the meaning of this symbol ? Embarkation ladder

623. What is the meaning of this symbol ? Lifejacket

624. What is the meaning of this symbol ? Line-throwing appliance

625. What is the meaning of this symbol ? Fasten seat belts
626. What is the phenomenon when the sun has reached it's maximum north declination and all northern latitudes will
experience the longest day and shortest night and vise -versa in the southern hemisphere? Summer solstice
627. What is the possible concern if fuel tanks on a Bulk Carrier, which are close to cargo spaces containing grain,
are excessively heated? The cargo may liquefy
628. What is the primary cause of fatigue damage to the hull girder? The number of repeated stress cycles
629. What is the primary hazard associated with the carriage of a bulk cargo of salt on a Bulk Carrier? The only
possible hazard is associated with ingress of water into the hold and a loss of stability
630. What is the purpose of a draught survey before and after loading on a Bulk Carrier? The calculate the stability of the
vessel
631. What is the purpose of a Medico Message? Call an hospital for professional medical assistance by radio when
needed
632. What is the purpose of Ship Reporting Systems? To ensure all ships are complying with regulators
633. What is the relative liquid density of Methane? 0.554
634. What is the shortest distance between any two points on a sphere? Great circle
635. What is the social construction of leadership? What counts as good leadership is a construction of the perceptions of
the followers.
636. What is the status of the rules of the SOLAS convention? Mandatory.
637. What is the top priority if an incident occurs in US waters (OPA-90) Safety of ship and crew
638. What is the true shape of the earth? an oblate spheroid
639. What is the westerly hour angle of the first point of Aries measured from the observer's meridian called? Local mean
time
640. What is this on the PPI? (see figure) Raymark
641. What is understood by the term "Balanced Rudder"? A rudder with part of the rudder area forward of the turning
axis, therefore reducing the load on the steering motor.
642. What is understood by the term "Balanced Rudder"? A rudder with equal rudder area forward and aft of the turning
axis, the turning axis being at the geometrical centre of the rudder area
643. What measures should be taken in order to avoid flammable gases forming on top of coal cargoes on a Bulk
Carrier? Ventilation to be carried out as indicated in the IMO solid Bulk Cargo Code
644. What must be ensured, prior to receiving a bulk cargo of iron ore on a Bulk Carrier? Cargo hold bilge
suctions must be satisfactorily tested
645. What must by carefully checked when loading a bulk carrier to maximum draft The vessel is trimmed by the head on
completion
646. What publication must be carried on a vessel carrying dry bulk cargoes? IMO Solid Bulk cargo Code or IMO Solid
Bulk?
647. What shall you do if you see a person falling into the sea? Throw a lifebuoy over board and report to the bridge
immediately
648. What signal, if any, is specified in SOLAS as the "Abandon ship" signal ? the "Abandon ship" signal is not
specified, only the general emergency alarm signal is stated
649. What special design feature is attributed to roro vessels which are only car carriers? A stern ramp
650. What type of courses are laid on a Mercator Chart? True courses
651. What type of motion do planets have around the sun? direct
652. What type of vessel is most likely to be fitted with a Ring Main cargo system? Product Carrier
653. What weather phenomenon can cause a reduction of radar range due to attenuation ? Fog.
654. What will a veering wind do?Change direction in a clockwise manner in the Northern Hemisphere
655. What will have a major effect on the performance of a tug when used to assist in the manoeuvring of a large
vessel? The position of the tug relative to the ship's pivot point
656. What will you do if you are helmsman and the OOW (officer on watch) gives you the order: “Port 20” and after a
while the order: "Ease to 10"? Apply 20 degrees of rudder towards port and then after the second command reduce
the wheel to 10 degrees of helm.
657. What will you do if you are helmsman and the OOW (officer on watch) gives you the order: ”Starboard ten” Repeat
the command back and then turn the wheel to make the rudder turn 10 degrees to starboard of amidships
658. What wind reverses directions seasonally? Monsoon winds
659. What would a cracked cross-deck plating found during a loaded passage on a bulk carrier indicate? That failure of
the shell plating is imminent
660. What would be the preferred colour to use when maintaining the paint on shell, plating, structure and
bottom/tanktopp in the engine room?White or light grey to ensure all minor spills and leakages are noticed and
dealt with.
661. What would be the correct understanding of the term "a ship is directionally unstable"? The ship requires
continual application of the rudder to maintain a steady course.
662. What would indicate the onset of Parametric Rolling? When twice the wave encounter period approaches the
natural roll period of the ship
663. When loading a bulk cargo of Coal the ship must be fitted with appropriate instruments to measure the
concentration of what gases within the cargo space? The gases specified in all of these answers
664. When observing how teams communicate what signs do we see when identifying effective team decision
making? Decision reached by voting or by consensus
665. When a conventional rudder is put hard over it creates a lift force and a drag force. When the ship has started to
turn, how much lift force do you think remains if the rudder-angle is decreased to 20 degrees from hard over
position (35 degrees)? About 80 %
666. When a fire breaks out in the accommodation, cargo holds or on deck, who is in charge of the fire fighting
operations? The person who is designated in the muster list
667. When a fire breaks out in the engine room, who is in charge of the fire fighting operations? The Chief Engineer
668. When a ship reaches a point, beyond which it will not be possible to do other than proceed ahead, then, it is called:
Last waypoint
669. When a vessel is hogging the keel will be in: Compression
670. When a vessel is in neutral equilibrium, the GM will be: Zero
671. When a vessel is moving in shallow water it will experience an effect known as "Squat". Which of the
following statements most accurately specify the results of squat on the vessel? There will be a reduction of the
vessel's underkeel clearance and a possible change of trim.
672. When a vessel is to experience a long tow across an ocean, what would be the best system of connecting the tow?
Wire from a deep sea tug connected to the ship's anchor chain.
673. When a vessel sounds three short blasts on the whistle, this indicates that ___her engines are going astern
674. When anchoring a 20-meter vessel at night, you must show _one all-round white light
675. When applying a dip correction to the sighted sextant angle (hs), you always subtract the dip because you are
correcting ________. Hs to the sensible horizon
676. When calibrating a sextant for Index Error using the Sun the micrometer reading 'off the arc' was 32.8' and on the
arc was 32.0'. What is the index error of the sextant?. 0.8' on the arc
677. When carrying refrigerated cargo, while on passage the most important monitoring is: regular temperature checks
678. When changes are made in a passage plan, who should be consulted and briefed to ensure the revised plan is
understood master
679. When connecting a tugboat, what speed do you think is best for your vessel to maintain during this operation?
The speed should be less than 5 knots, normally 3 - 5 knots
680. When considering how to deal with cargo residues during hatch cleaning at sea on a Bulk Carrier, what is the most
careful consideration? Consult MARPOL handbook and the vessels Safety Management System (SMS) for
guidance
681. When crew are working in confined spaces that have been cleared of hazardous materials, ventilation should be
provided: continuously
682. When deck cargo is loaded it is important to: maintain access to moorings
683. When do vertical accelerations acting on containers reach their maximum values? When a ship changes direction at
its extreme angle of pitch
684. When does wind force cause heeling moments on a container ship? When the on-deck containers present a certain
profile to the wind direction
685. When having a fire alarm during normal working hours, what immediate actions should be taken? Act according to
instruction given in the fire plan
686. When in the vicinity of a tropical revolving storm it is important to determination in which semicircle the ship is
situated. In the northern hemisphere which of these statements is true ? If the wind is steadyyou are in the dangerous
semicircle. ; If the wind is backing you are in the dangerous semicircle. ; It is not possible to determine if you are in
the dangerous semicircle. ; If the wind is veering you are in the dangerous semicircle.
687. When is a body said to be circumpolar? Latitude + declination is greater than or equal to 90
688. When is the Master to review the Safety Management System and to report to the Company ? The Company should
set a standard interval for such reviews
689. When light reflected and scattered by the upper atmosphere when the sun is below the horizon, it is called: twilight
690. When loading a bulk cargo of cement the specific gravity and flow characteristics are dependant on what criteria?
They are fixed and the cargo has a stowage factor of 0.5 cubic metres/tone
691. When loading vehicles for carriage, the fuel tanks should be: carrying a minimum of fuel
692. When must a passage plan be prepared ? Before the voyage commences.
693. When must the position marked on the navigation chart be erased? End of the voyage
694. When mustered to an abandon ship drill, what is the first thing you do when entering the muster station? Put on a
life jacket
695. When navigating in high latitudes and using a chart based on a Lambert conformal projection, __A straight line
drawn on the chart approximates a great circle
696. When operated over a muddy bottom, a fathometer may indicate . Two depth readings
697. When operating Union Purchase lifts: angles between married runners should never exceed 120°
698. When planning a container cargo, the cargo officer should ensure that: containers carrying dangerous cargo are
separated from each other
699. When planning ocean passages, which of these publications are useful? Ocean passages of the world
700. When planning to load a coal bulk cargo, you should: blank off the hold ventilation system
701. When planning to load an iron ore bulk cargo: sea water flooding must be available
702. When possible, a DR plot should always be started from where? A known position
703. When reasonable and practicable, how often shall rescue boats be launched with their assigned crew aboard and
manoeuvred in the water? Every month
704. When should a crew member joining a ship for the first time be given some training and instructions in the use of the
ship's fire-fighting appliances ? As soon as possible
705. When should a master agree to accept a bulk cargo of concentrates? When he is fully satisfied that the actual
moisture content of the cargo is less than the Transportable Moisture Limit (TML)
706. When should operational checks on navigational equipment be carried out? When preparing for sea and prior port
entry
707. When taking action to deal with under-deck cargo spillage on container ships, reference must be made to: The
ems Guide.
708. When the axis of the telescope is not parallel to the plane f the sextant, it is called index error
709. When the equation of time is taken from the Nautical Almanac for use in celestial navigation, it is used to determine
________. Time of local apparent noon
710. When the fire alarm signal is sounded every member of the ship's crew shall immediately proceed to their assigned
fire station. Which one of the following signals is used as fire alarm signal on board cargo ships? Intermittent signals
on the ship's alarm bells
711. When the horizon glass is not perpendicular to the plane of the sextant , it is called : error of perpendicularity
712. When the moon is at first quarter or third quarter phase, what type of tides will occur? Neap
713. When the position of the vessel is determined by the courses and distances run, including set and drift of known
currents, independently of celestial observations or terrestrial bearings, it is called :DR
714. When Timber Deck cargo has been loaded, the stowage should be such that: there is solid stowage to prevent water
from flowing on deck
715. When transiting along the coast it is advisable to use: Charts of the hydrographic office of the relevant country
716. When two bodies are on the same side of the earth and the centers of the three bodies are in one line, then the bodies
are said to be in opposition
717. When two tracked targets are very close to each other, the data of one target shifts over to the other target. What is
this called? Plotting
718. When using GPS without Selective Availability, you may expect your horizontal accuracy to be better than
_______B. 20 meters
719. When using horizontal sextant angles of three objects to fix your position, an indeterminate position will result in
which situation?. A circle will pass through your position and the three objects.
720. When will a ro-ro vessel pitch heavily? When wave lengths are equal to twice the ship's length
721. When you join a new ship, how are you informed about safety rules, alarm instructions and your own duties in case
of an emergency? By muster lists exhibited in conspicuous places
722. Whenever the Master, in his role as the responsible person for on-board safety, finds a deficiency in the Safety
Management system relevant to the ships operation he should ……inform the Company.
723. Where can monthly information on ocean routeing, currents, wind, ice limits and carious meteorological Information
be obtained from? Notices to mariners
724. Where can you find what your duties are during a life boat drill? Muster List
725. Where do you find instructions for tasks and duties in case of an emergency? In the muster list.
726. Where do you find minimum drill requirements? In the SOLAS convention and its annex
727. Where is the normal position of the "Pivot Point" of a vessel when going astern? Between 1/4 of the ship's length
from the stern and the rudder post
728. Where is the normal position of the "Pivot Point" of the vessel when going ahead? 1/3 of the vessel's length from the
bow.
729. Where should notices be posted when work is being carried out on aerials/sound signaling apparatus Cargo Office
730. Which of the following would be considered pollution, when discharged overboard, under the US water
pollution laws? A. All of the mentioned
731. Which are the two reasons which cause ocean currents? Wind-drift currents and pressure gradients
732. Which Beaufort force indicates a wind speed of 65 knots? Beaufort force 12
733. Which data must ECDIS be able to record at one-minute intervals?All of the above
734. Which feature, when set to zero, might allow a GPS unit to have an accuracy equivalent to Precise Positioning
Service receiver capability? Selective Availability
735. Which mandatory handbooks for medical treatment shall be carried on board? One control book for special
medicines, one approved by Norwegian authorities medical book ("International Medical Guide for ships") and three
pamphlets regarding first aid.
736. Which method is useful in monitoring cross track tendency in both poor and good visibility Parallel indexing
737. Which of following items shall be included in an abandon ship drill? Instruction in the use of radio life-saving
appliances
738. Which of the alternative methods of using a tug when escorting a ship through narrow waters would be
considered the most effective in the event of loosing steering power? The tug made fast on a line through the
centre lead astern. (figure 4).
739. Which of the below word(s) is defined as follows: "Service on board a ship which gives the knowledge, insight and
skills required for the issue of a certificate or other document referred to in these regulations" Seagoing service
740. Which of the following cargoes would be most likely to be discharged using positive displacement reciprocating
cargo pumps? molasses
741. Which of the following groups of chemical cargoes is particularly susceptible to polymerisation, especially
through exposure to heat? Monomers.
742. Which of the following is not a primary purpose for using dunnage? To prevent chafage on cargo
743. Which of the following items must be included in each fire drill? Checking fireman's outfits and other personal
rescue equipment
744. Which of the following items shall be included in an "abandon ship"-drill? Checking that passengers and crew are
suitably dressed and lifejackets correctly donned
745. Which of the following refrigerated cargoes is not compatible for carriage in the same conditions as the others
listed? Butter
746. Which of the following requirements regarding life-buoys correspond to present regulations? (SOLAS III/7.1) All the
life-buoys shall be placed in holders with quick-release arrangement
747. Which of the following should not used for collision avoidance? Manual Radar potting
748. Which of the following statements about leaders versus managers is false? Leaders are thought to do things right,
managers do the right things
749. Which of the following statements concerning the rational and emotional aspects of leadership is false? Good
leadership involves touching others’ feelings
750. Which of the following statements describes what happens when the sun heats water and land? Water heats more
slowly than land does.
751. Which of these are ''high clouds” ? Cirrus, cirrocumulus, cirrostratus.
752. Which of these are indications that a parcel is suspicious? a. "The parcel is addressed to no one in particular,
arrives unexpectedly and seems heavy for its size."
753. Which of these are 'low clouds" ? Nimbostratus, stratus, stratocumulus.
754. Which of these are 'Medium clouds’ ? Altocumulus, altostratus.
755. Which of these are used to steer a ship by keeping a conspicuous object lying ahead of the track? A bearing line
756. Which of these atmospheric layers is closest to the earth? Ionosphere
757. Which of these celestial bodies is principally responsible for tides? Moon
758. Which of these covers the rules and regulations for General Average on a Bulk Carrier? The York Antwerp
rules
759. Which of these is a morning and evening star? Venus
760. Which of these is an inferior planet? Mercury
761. Which of these is correct sequence of visibility associated with a "cold front" ? In advance - very poor ; during the
passage - bad ; in the rear - moderate. ; In advance - very good ; during the passage - moderate in showers ; at
the rear - usually poor. ; In advance - usually poor ; during the passage - first bad than good ; in the rear - usually
very good except in showers. ; In advance - very good ; during the passage - very poor ; in the rear - moderate.
762. Which of these is Disadvantage of teamwork?. More time is taken to performthe task.
763. Which of these is not a principle of great man theory? A great leader is only great in certain situations.
764. Which of these is the correct pressure sequence associated with a "cold front " ? In advance - fall ; during the
passage - sudden rise ; in the rear - rise continues more slowly.
765. Which of these is the correct sequence of weather associated with a "cold front" ? In advance - no rain ; during the
passage - moderate rain ; in the rear - heavy rain. ; In advance - clear skies ; during the passage - thunderstorms,
often with hail; in the rear - steady drizzle with cloudy skies. ; In advance - usually some rain and perhaps thunder ;
during the passage - rain, often heavy; in the rear - heavy rain for a short period than fair . ; In advance - heavy rain
; during the passage - no rain ; in the rear - no rain.
766. Which of these is the correct weather sequence associated with a "warm front" ? In advance - continuous rain;
during the passage - rain almost or completely stops; in the rear - mainly cloudy and slight rain.
767. Which of these items concerning accidental or other exceptional discharges of oil must be recorded in the Oil
Record Book - Part I ? I, II, V,VII ; I, II, III, V ; I, III, IV,VI ; I, II, V, VI
768. Which of these publications are not used in a passage plan? P & I guidelines
769. Which one of the following items has to be included in an abandon ship drill according to SOLAS regulations?
Checking that life-jackets are correctly donned.
770. Which one of the listed requirements regarding abandon ship drills corresponds to present SOLAS regulation? Each
lifeboat shall be launched, and manoeuvred in the water with its assigned crew at least once every three months
during an abandon ship drill
771. Which organs absorb oxygen and part with carbon dioxide? The respiratory organs
772. Which publication contains detailed information, in the form of material safety data sheets, relating to the chemical
and physical properties and associated hazards of the most commonly transported liquefied gases, in cluding
LP The ICS Tanker Safety Guide (Liquefied Gases)
773. Which rights does a seafarer who is unfit for work normally have? Care, wages, free passage home
774. Which special regulations cover transportation of grain on a Bulk Carrier? IMO Grain Rules?
775. Which special regulations cover transportation of solid Bulk cargoes? IMO Bulk Cargoes Code (BC) and the IMO
International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargo Code( IMSBC)
776. Which stages following Apraisal stage of passage planning : A. Checking, maintain and records Planning, execution
and monitoring
777. Which stages following Apraisal stage of passage planning : Planning, execution and monitoring
778. Which statement is TRUE concerning a partly submerged vessel being towed? A diamond shape will be carried at
the aftermost extremity of the tow.
779. Which statement is TRUE concerning a vessel of 150 meters in length, at anchor? She must show all-round white
lights forward and aft.
780. Which statement is TRUE concerning apogean tides? They have a decreased range from normal.
781. Which statement is TRUE concerning risk of collision?Proper use shall be made of radar equipment to
determine risk of collision.
782. Which statement is TRUE concerning the light used to accompany whistle signals? It is used to supplement short
blasts of the whistle.
783. Which style of leadership focuses on goals, standard and organization ? Transformational leadership
784. Which vessel is to sound a fog signal of one prolonged followed by two short blasts? All of the above
785. Which vessel is, by definition, unable to keep out of the way of another vessel? Vessel restricted in her ability to
maneuver
786. Which vessel may carry her sidelights and stern light in a combined lantern on the mast?An 18-meter sailing vessel
787. Which vessel must exhibit forward and after masthead lights when underway? A 50-meter power-driven vessel
788. Which vessel must show a masthead light abaft of and higher than her identifying lights? A 55-meter vessel
trawling
789. Which vessel must sound her fog signal at intervals not to exceed one minute? A vessel aground
790. Which vessel would be required to show a white light from a lantern exhibited in sufficient time to prevent
collision? A 6-meter motorboat
791. Which wind pattern has the most influence over the movement of frontal weather systems over the North American
continent? Prevailing westerlies
792. Which wind results from a land mass cooling more quickly at night than an adjacent water area? Land breeze
793. Which word will precede a safety message ?SECURITY
794. While underway in a narrow channel, a vessel should stay to the starboard side of the channel
795. Whit respect to failure warnings and status indicators,GPS received All of the above
796. Who are free riders ? People who volunteer to give others ride home in situations of potential drunk driving
797. Who finally shoulders the responsibility for passage planning? Second officer
798. Who is responsible for the storage and use of substances injurious to health on board? The shipping company and
the master
799. Who is responsible to ensure that bridge watch manning levels are at all times safe for the prevailing circumstances
and conditions? Navigating Officer : Helmsman : OOW : Master
800. Who is the leader of the lifeboat drill (abandon ship drill)? Sen.Off.Deck.
801. Who publishes the chart catalogue? Hydrographer to the navy
802. Who shall check the ship's medical supplies? A pharmacy authorised or accepted by the Norwegian Board of Health
or, if no such pharnacy is available, the master and a doctor approved by a Norwegian Consulate shall perform
inspection once every 12 months.
803. Why shall a duly qualified officer supervise any potential polluting operation? To avoid pollution.
804. Why do structural steel products often shift or collapse in a bulk carrier's cargo holds? Because the irregular
shape of the cargo holds results in void spaces
805. Why does a ship move laterally (sideward drift) when turning. Because the pivot point is not at the centre of the ship
806. Why is air draught an important consideration when loading bulk cargoes on Bulk Carriers? Because the vessel
may pass under a bridge(s) whilst approaching or leaving the berth
807. Why is it important to make weekly/routine rounds in the accommodation areas?. To ensure that cabins and
common spaces are maintained in a clean, safe and hygienic condition.
808. Why would a very large container vessel pitch more than a feeder vessel? Because container stacks on large
container vessels are more exposed to wind forces
809. Wich of these is the correct pressure sequence associated with a "warm front" ? In advance - steady fall ; during the
passage - fall ceases ; in the rear - little change or slow fall.
810. Wind force 10 correspond to wind speed of ………48 - 55 knots.
811. Wind force 5 corresponds to wind speed of 17 - 21 knots.
812. Wind velocity varies Directly with the pressure gradient
813. With regard to GPS, a civilian receiver may be capable of achieving the same accuracy as a military receiver if
________Selective availability is set to zero
814. With regards to carriage of Calcium Hypochlorite in containers, as per IMDG Code it is not allowed to: Pack and
ship the cargo in bags.
815. You are 10 to 60 nautical miles away from the centre of a tropical revolving storm. What barometric changes
would you expect ? No change.
816. You are 60 to 120 nautical miles from the centre of a tropical revolving storm. What barometric changes would
you expec? Slight fall with diurnal variations still in evidence. ; Rapid increase with no sign of diurnal variations. ;
A steady slowly dropping pressure ; A marked fall with diurnal changes completely masked
817. You are approaching a bend in a channel. You cannot see around the bend because of the height of the bank. You
should Sound a whistle blast of 4 to 6 seconds duration
818. You are approaching a bend in a channel. You cannot see around the bend because of the height of the bank. You
should Sound passing signals to any other vessel that may be on the other side of the bend
819. You are approaching a light fitted with a RACON. The light may be identified on the radar by A coded signal
appearing on the same bearing at a greater range than the light
820. You are approaching a port in a snowstorm. You hear this signal. what is it doing? It comes from a vessel restricted
in her ability to manoeuvre
821. You are approaching a vessel dredging during the day and see two balls in a vertical line on the port side of the
dredge. These shapes mean that __there is an obstruction on the port side of the dredge
822. You are enroute to Jacksonville, FL, from San Juan, P.R. There is a fresh n'ly wind blowing. As you cross the axis
of the Gulf Stream you would expect to encounter _____Steeper waves, closer together
823. You are fishing at night, and you sight a vessel showing three lights in a vertical line. The upper and lower lights are
red and the middle light is white. Which statement is TRUE? You must keep out of the way of the other vessel.
824. You are heading due east (090°) and observe a vessel's red sidelight on your port beam. The vessel may be heading
___southwest (225°)
825. You are on course 238°T. To check the course of your vessel you should observe a celestial body on which bearing?
C. 328°
826. You are plotting a running fix in an area where there is a determining the position The course and speed made good
should be determint
827. You are proceeding up a channel at night. It is marked by a range which bears 185°T. You steady up on a compass
course of 180° with the range in line dead ahea.This indicates that you(r) Course is in error
828. You are Sen.Off.Deck / Duty officer onboard one of the vessels involved in a collision. What will your
actions
829. You are Senior Deck officer / Duty officer onboard one of the vessels involved in a collision. What will your
actions be following the collision? Make sure your vessel + crew are safe and then offer your assistance to the
other
830. You are senior Deck Officer onboard a merchant vessel. During the night you have been in a collision with a sail
boat and there are no signs of life in the water. What would you do? Alarm the rescue centre and commence
searching for any survivors
831. You are to carry a cargo of Phenol across the North Atlantic in winter time. What precaution will you take with
the double bottom tank located under the cargo tank containing the Phenol? It should be empty, to avoid cold
water contacted the structure around the product because Phenol has a relatively high melting point.
832. You are underway in fog and hear one short, one prolonged, and one short blast in succession. What is the meaning
of this signal? A vessel is at anchor, warning of her position.
833. You are underway in reduced visibility. You hear the fog signal of another vessel about 20° on your starboard
bow. Risk of collision may exist. You should Reduce your speed to bare steerageway
834. You are using a radar in which your own ship is shown at the center, and the heading flash always points to 0°. If
bearings are measured in relation to the flash, what type of bearings are produced? Relative
835. You have just loaded a cargo of Toluene on a chemical tanker and are about to clear the lines into the ship. The
one particular hazard that must be noted about this product would be that: It has a relatively low density. Tanks
which are close to maximum filling are especially liable to overflow during the line clearing operation unless the
flow of blowing medium is strictly controlled.
836. You hear this signal from the vessel behind you.What does it mean? I am faster than you. Get out of the way.
837. You plot a fix using three lines of position and find they intersect in a triangle. The actual position of the vessel
_____C. May be inside or outside of the triangle
838. You sight another power-driven vessel dead-ahead showing both the red and green sidelights. The required action
to take would be to Alter your course to starboard
839. You would find the variation on a polyconic projection chart On the compass rose
840. Your DR latitude is 10?S. A body whose declination in 20?S when setting makes an angle of 30? At the observer's
zenith. What is its azimuth?. 330?
841. Your power-driven vessel is stopped and making no way, but is not in any way disable Another vessel is
approaching you on your starboard beam. Which statement is TRUE? Your vessel is the give-way vessel in a
crossing situation.
842. Your power-driven vessel is stopped and making no way, but is not in any way disable Another vessel is
approaching you on your starboard beam. Which statement is TRUE? You should be showing the lights or
shapes for a vessel restricted in her ability to maneuver
843. Your ship is 120 to 500 nautical miles from centre of tropical revolving storm. What barometric changes do would
you expect ? No change in the diurnal variation. ; Rapid fall. ; Slow increase with the diurnal variation still in
evidence.; A slow fall with diurnal variation still in evidence
844. Your vessel is progressing within a Traffic Separation Scheme and receives a navigational warning of
another vessel progressing the wrong way within the scheme. What actions should be taken on the bridge, if any?
Use the Arpa for early identification of all other ship movements within the traffic lane and give rogue vessel a wide
berth
845. Your vessel enters fog. You stop your engines, and the vessel is dead in the water. Which fog signal should you
sound? Two prolonged blasts every two minutes
846. Your vessel is involved in a collision with another vessel. What should you as Master tell the Master on the
other vessel? Explain your actions prior to the collision and request details of actions taken by the other vessel
which resulted in the collision.